JPHiP Forum
The Hello! Project Fanfics => H!P Fanfics => Topic started by: resop2 on February 21, 2011, 07:28:42 AM
-
Hello everyone!
This is resop2 from the jpopmusic forums (RIP).
I have a bunch of fanfics that I have written, so I thought I would share them with you. At the very least you'll have something to laugh at.
The first story I want to serialize is called "An Annoying Paradise".
The fic is really two stories in one, so very often the story will go over events that have already happened, but from the point of view of a different character.
The "gimmick" of the story is that one of the points of view is supposed to evoke the feeling of a manga serialized in "Sho-Komi" and the other viewpoint is supposed to evoke the feeling of a manga serialized in "Shounen Jump".
The story will start in the next post and I will try to update it every three days or so.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This story was inspired by a description of a manga at http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/ (http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/)
An Annoying Paradise ("serialized in sho-komi")
Towa struggles to get to Junior High School. His mother and father had held him up again with their endless fussing over him.
"Hey cutie, do you want a love love date?"
Towa cringes, this was the third time this week he had been approached by some creepy guy, a different one each time.
Towa motions for the guy to come closer to him and when he does Towa surprises him by grabbing his wrist and flipping him to the ground. A situation made even more surprising because Towa is only half the size of the pervert. "Listen up, baka. You just propositioned a guy. You also propositioned a boy in Junior High School. What do you think the cops would say if they found out?"
"I'm sorry, I'm sorry."
"See that sign over there. It's the sign for my Junior High School. Stop looking for dates around here."
"I understand. I won't ever again. It's just..."
Towa painfully twists the pervent's wrist a little harder. "Just what??"
"You complexion was so flawless, I really thought you were a grown up girl."
"Get out of here!"
The pervert runs away.
Towa sighs. Why were his parents so weird? They wouldn't let him cut his hair and they tried their best to keep him away from doing guy things.
Towa enters homeroom.
"Towa-kun you have to see this!" Santa waves a trade magazine at him.
Towa and Santa are on the softball team together. Although Towa is smaller than the other boys he gets on base often by walking and is considered solid in left field being able to cover a large area and being able to throw the ball well.
Towa cringes a little. Gee, Santa is a wota, so the article is probably about some audition for girl idols. Maybe he's going to tease me and say that I should audition as a girl?
Santa spreads out the magazine. "Audition tonight for male idols at the hotel. You would be a shoe-in."
"Me?"
"You kicked some ass in the school play last year. With your long hair hidden under a wig everyone thought you had star potential."
Suddenly a thought strikes Towa. Even though most of the time at home he isn't allowed to be boyish, his room is kind of his male sanctuary. And, in the middle of this sanctuary is a poster of the glamorous pop idol Reina. The poster shows Reina in an atypical cute pose compared to her usual bad girl image. Gee, Reina is close to me in age. If I could become an idol, maybe I could meet her?
Towa shudders. That's pretty far fetched.
"We don't have practice tonight. And, I can get you that wig from the drama club. You should give it a shot."
"Well, I suppose that if I didn't do it I would regret missing the chance later, right?"
Santa nods.
Towa is very careful to explain the situation to his parents carefully and truthfully. It's not that he was a bad liar, but his parents were both very sharp so lying to them would never work. They are at first enthusiastic but then are disappointed when he says that he will be wearing a wig for the audition.
Towa arrives at the hotel. Hundreds of guys have shown up to audition, almost all of them taller. However, Towa is not intimidated. He is used to be smaller than the other guys around him and is not afraid of standing out.
After a brutally long wait, his name is called to go on stage and sing. Towa hits the stage with energy and gives it his all with his voice.
Things go well until he trips over a loose wire and his wig falls off revealing his long hair.
Towa doesn't even see the two security guards coming and no amount of his protesting that he was really a guy prevents them from showing him the door.
Towa mopes around in the hotel hallway in shock. He had auditioned well! He was head and shoulders better than the guys who had come before him. This wasn't fair!
"Excuse me? May I talk to you?"
Towa half expects to see another pervert, but instead the person asking was a nice looking well dressed business man.
"What do you want?"
The man bows respectfully and carefully hands Towa a business card. It says among other things "record producer" and it was a name he had heard of! In fact, it is the producer of Reina!
Towa looks at the guy, and there is no doubt. Towa recognizes him from Reina's last television appearance. "Wow, this is a shock."
"I was in the audience as a guest. I thought you had some real spunk on stage. I think I could really do something with you if you signed with me."
"But, sir, I don't understand. I am a boy. Your company produces girl idols, right?"
"That is correct, but I was thinking of branching out."
"Oh my god. This is awesome."
"Are your parents available? I would like to discuss this with them."
Towa calls his parents on his cell phone. He had made them promise not to come to the audition so he wouldn't be nervous, but this was different.
Within a couple of minutes (much faster than they could have come if they were really at home) his parents arrive and the producer, a mysterious man who goes by the American letter "T," leads them to his hotel suite.
Towa's mom, a stunning former model, gushes with excitement. "I can't believe that my Towa won the audition."
T pauses a moment before speaking. "Actually, he was disqualified because the judges thought he was a girl. But, I'm from a different company than the one that sponsored the audition."
"But, you still want to sign our son?"
"Yes. But, I need to discuss one detail with you so I can get your approval. I would need for him to cut his hair."
Towa's mom's jaw drops. "His hair?"
"Yes, I think he would be much prettier with a shorter, more layered cut. I have some stylists with me now. The could demonstrate."
The stylists come over and give Towa's mom an idea of what he would look like with shorter hair.
Towa's mom starts crying. "Towa, your mom has failed you. I'm sorry I'm not as good as a professional stylist."
Towa starts getting very worried over his mother's approval. "Wait a second, I thought that you were thinking of branching out into boy idols. If my mother is approving, they must be making me look even more girly than usual."
T strikes an enigmatic smile. "Towa, I like you. I like kids who have quick minds. All right, I'll lay out my plan for you. I would like to put you and Reina in a singing duo."
"What?"
"However, Reina has a phobia about boys. I think that if she teams with you for a while without knowing that you're a boy, then she'll be able to overcome her phobia."
"So, you're signing me as a girl idol?"
"Yes."
Towa looks at his parents who are beaming joyously at each other.
Still, I would get to meet Reina. It wouldn't be the best of situations since I would be meeting her under false pretenses, but at least I would be meeting her. "Okay, I'll do it."
T brings out contracts for Towa's parents to sign.
"Okay, now that the legal stuff is out of the way, I am going to need you, Towa, to have your make over now, before I show you my company's headquarters. I can't let Reina see the before pictures, so to speak."
The stylists grab Towa and go to work on him. Fifteen minutes later, they are done. They show Towa his new look in a mirror.
"I don't understand, I look a lot more like a boy now."
T nods. "Before you looked like a girl trying to be a boy. Now you look like a boy who could be girl." T turns to the stylists, "Can we change the girl's lipstick?"
"I'm not wearing any! And, why are you referring to me as a girl?"
"From now on, you will be called a girl exclusively. I am also going to give you a new name. Your new name is Aika."
"This is so weird."
"But, it's necessary. To maintain the illusion you have to be Aika now."
Towa looks in the mirror at a stranger. Well, at least I will be able to meet Reina.
"Okay, my name is Aika."
To be continued
-
cross dressing very interesting concept here, well I expect a post in about three days right?
-
A reverse cross dressing story.... It' a good idead, having the biy dress as a girl as we so often see it the other way round
looking forward to more! :twothumbs
-
Oh!!!
This sounds interesting!
Wait for the next chap >w<
-
I feel sorry for Aika now :nervous
Sounds interesting so far so i'm waiting for next chapter :w00t:
-
i like it :)
-
Hey, you made it over here! Welcome :)
This is definitely a bit... different than what I'm generally used to over here lol, but it seems a creative story. Definitely nice and messed up. ^_^ This isn't really a regular "H!P girl with guy" story, at least. XD
I see you've some support already too, so keep at it! More forum activity is always great!
You should check out the pairings forum too (under The Piehole - H!P Crapola) to get a bit of a pulse on what's big around here!
-
WHAHAHAHAHAH. this is fun
i wasn't expecting it to be aika XD
-
@aya-chii - who were you expecting?
@rokun - I will definitely check out the pairings forum. However, I was shocked to see yesterday that a crack pairing I was using in a different story (a sempai/kouhai pairing), misono/makoto had at least one picture to it's credit.
@ms.chayla-tan, Shiawase_Honoo - Thanks!
@shenlog - As well you should as this story is called an Annoying paradise for a reason ...
@oddball - Yeah, it's rare in shoujo manga for a boy to cross dress as a girl, but there are isolated examples. The story that inspired this half of the fanfic was about a girl cross dressing as a guy.
@kurosawa87 - your wait is over.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This story was inspired by a description of a manga at http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/ (http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/)
An Annoying Paradise Part 2 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Aika's eyes grow large as he looks at the headquarters of Harmony Project. He had seen it in the news before, but it looked much more dramatic in person especially at night.
Aika gets out of the car.
Immediately, T pounces on him. "I guess this is going to be more complicated than I thought."
"What's wrong?"
"I guess you haven't worn a skirt before?"
"Why would I do that?"
T hits himself in the head. "Okay, when you exit a car in a short skirt you need to make sure your skirt is in the correct position or else you'll be giving anyone around a free panty shot."
Aika blushes. T was correct. It was embarrassing enough that he had to wear panties now, there was no need to show them unnecessarily.
Aika gets back in the car and comes out again properly. "And, this goes on my shoulder?"
T nods as Aika adjusts the purse that he had been given. "It's a little short on cute things, but that will come. For now, your story is that you're a super Tom boy who hates cute things."
"That won't be a problem."
Aika and T approach the door. Even though it is now late at night Aika can see the place is buzzing with activity. "Do you guys always work this late?"
"Of course. All of the girls go to school during the day. As will you."
"Okay."
"As a girl."
Aika gulps. "You've got to be kidding."
"No, I am not. There will be photographers for dirt sheets that will be following you from now on. We need to maintain the illusion at all times. Especially now."
Aika and T walk into the building. Dozens of employees greet T respectfully.
"Let Reina know that she has a visitor."
"Yes, sir, T-sama."
Aika and T reach the elevator.
"You're really respected around here."
"I write all of the songs and direct all of the producers. I don't ask for people to fawn on me, it just seems natural that they should."
Aika and T arrive at an unmarked room.
Aika anticipates the room to be small because there are so many doors in the hall.
"This is Reina's favorite rehearsal room." T knocks.
"Come in!"
Aika enters what is more than a booth than a room. Sitting on a stool in the middle of the room is Reina. Reina wears purple sweats and no make up. She looks unnervingly plain. Behind Reina, sitting behind a stand up piano is an older woman.
"Reina, this is a new girl who I recruited tonight. Her name is Aika."
"Hi, Aika." Reina barely speaks above a whisper.
The older woman speaks. "Hello, Aika, my name is Sachiko. I am Reina's vocal coach. Don't mind her whispering, she's just saving her voice."
T smiles. "Reina is a very hard worker. She had a great many vocal deficiencies when she started but she's overcome them all, thanks to Sachiko."
Reina enthusiastically nods.
"You and Aika might be teamed together if she can get it together."
Reina smiles. "Which designers do you like, Aika?"
Aika gets a deer in the headlights look. His mom would talk about designers all the time but he would tune it out. "Um, er, I usually wear pants."
Reina smiles. "That's fine. Better no fashion at all than crappy fashion."
T moves in to rescue Aika. "Reina, I'm sure that you'll be a good senpai for Aika and teach her all there is to know about fashion. Truth be told, I had to convince her not to come in a softball uniform."
"A sports girl? Good, I need someone tough on my side. There's a lot of backstage bullying that goes on. You can be my boyfriend, okay?"
"I guess?" Aika looks very flustered.
"I'm going to show Aika her office now. Tomorrow evening you can lead her around to make her introductions."
Aika bows. "Please take care of me."
"Of course."
T leads Aika away. "I think that went well."
"If you say so."
Later that night, after Aika gets home, he calls Santa.
"Towa-kun, are you okay?"
"What do you mean?"
"I saw them throw you off stage at the audition."
"Yeah, that kind of stunk. My wig fell off so they thought I was a girl. I didn't even get to see your audition."
"Ouch! That's horrible. Especially since you were better than me, so you would have won for sure."
"What do you mean?"
Aika hears Santa cackling like a maniac. "You're talking to the next big boy idol star."
"You won?"
"Yes. And, now I'm going to get to hobnob with all of the girls that I have idolized as an equal."
"That's great!"
"Well, I have to go, I have a new school to go to tomorrow."
"I, ..." Aika pauses. Well, there's no need to tell him now is there? "Good night, and show them your true terror."
The next day Aika shows up at his new school. T had explained to him that he could use the cover story that he had to do things at home so that he could leave campus frequently during the day so that he wouldn't have to use the student's girls room. Also, since he was in show business, he was going to get credit for music and physical education, since he was going to get a lot of that at night.
Aika reports to the principle, as all transfer students are supposed to. When he gets there, to his dismay there is another transfer student already there.
"Hey cutie, how are you doing?"
The principle slaps the boy upside the head. "Your manager made it clear to me that you're not supposed to cause any scandals."
"Yes, sir."
"Especially since this girl is also a recently signed idol." The principal picks up some forms and picks them back down. "Miss Aika, let me introduce you to Santa."
To Be Continued
-
w...w...what the...!? (=[]=!?!?!?!
It's seem to be great, however in the last line...(=[]=!!!
Oh...oh...
-
They are in the same school :lol: :lol:
and Santa's already hitting on Aika :smhid
I want him to find out who Aika really is :D
-
:lol: seems that poor Aika has a few things to learn about being a girl :doh:
Ans 'she' gets put into the same School as Santa, who immediatly tries to hit on her!?! :panic: XD
-
@Shiawase_Honoo, shenlog, oddball
It's called an Annoying paradise for a reason ...
And, don't think that Santa will be the only boy cold crushing on Aika, or that undesired same sex attention will be his only problem.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This story was inspired by a description of a manga at http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/ (http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/)
An Annoying Paradise Part 3 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Aika looks at his friend Santa with disbelief. Santa has no clue who I am? "Pleasure to meet you."
"Likewise."
"Both of your are in the Peach Class on the second floor."
Aika and Santa walk the halls. Aika fidgets slightly. "So, you're a big star?"
"I just got signed, but don't worry, I'll be the biggest."
Aika nods. "I wonder if I'll even be okay."
"Believe in yourself, that's the key."
The teacher of the Peach class welcomes them. Aika carefully writes the Kanji of her name that T had given her the night before on the blackboard.
Aika looks around the class. Oh, great. I'm supposed to be a girl idol, but I don't really measure up well in a room full of other girl idols.
"Aika-kun, please take the seat next on the right."
"Yes, sensei." Well, at least I get to sit next to Reina.
Aika sees Santa is already flirting with the other girls in the class. Maybe I don't need to worry about him trying to latch onto me.
"Don't let people's looks fool you. This is a brutal school."
Aika is surprised not only by Reina's comment but also by Reina's deadpan delivery. "Okay."
Aika's new school proves as boring as his old school, but finally lunch occurs.
"Let's go to the cafeteria!"
Aika nods. He leaves with Reina but after going down a hall stops. "Oops, I forgot my purse."
"Woah, girl. You must be really nervous to do that. I'll wait here."
"Yeah, nervous, that's it." As opposed to this being only the second day that I have had this purse.
Aika runs back to the room and gets his purse. But, on the way out of the room ...
"Hey, it's the new girl."
Aika finds his path blocked by two girls, both taller than him. Both also have noticeable bust lines, unlike Reina.
"Let's tease this new girl until she cries."
"I like that. Being a good girl is so boring."
Aika raises an eyebrow. He has always been somewhat smaller than his peers, so he had to learn how to deal with bullying at an early age.
"Oh, boo hoo hoo. I'm being bullied. How's that?" Aika delivers his line in a flat sarcastic manner.
"I don't think you're taking us seriously little girl."
Aika steps forward, invading the personal space of the bully who just spoke. "Serious? Why should I be serious with you?"
The girl steps back. "Oh my god, she's a psycho."
"I'm scared."
"Let's get out of here."
The two girls run off in terror.
Aika walks over to Reina who had been watching the whole thing.
"Damn, girl. You're definitely my boyfriend now."
"Bullies can't stand it when things don't go the way they expect."
"What if they attacked you?"
Aika stands straight. "It would have been a bad day for them."
Aika looks at Reina and sees the cogs in her head turning.
"I got it. In our business the public needs to be able to pigeonhole us into various personality types. That's why I play up dressing like a bad girl so much. But, for you, I'm seeing a haughty Queen type."
Aika looks uneasy. "If you say so."
"Try the imperious laugh."
"What's that?"
"Ho, ho, ho, ho, ho." Reina puts her hand under her chin and sticks her nose straight in the air.
"I thought they only did that in anime."
Reina nods. "Maybe a withering stare would be better."
Aika looks at Reina, starting to feel annoyed.
"Exactly! You're a natural."
"But, I wasn't doing anything."
"So much the better. Now let's get something to eat."
"Okay, but I will have to visit home before the next class."
The rest of the day passes without incident. Reina is able to help Aika stay out of trouble.
Aika reports to the Harmony Project building. He is met this time by an older woman.
"Good evening Aika. My name is Megumi. I will be one of your handlers. T has decided that you will share Sachiko with Reina as a vocal coach, but I will be in charge of your fashion. Basically I can be your buyer, so just point things out to me and I can get them for you, if we don't blow our budget."
Aika nods nervously.
"You should join Reina in dance class now. There should be some cute sweats in the locker in your office. Let's get you changed."
Megumi leads Aika to her office/booth.
"Ah, do you mind?"
"My, my. You do realize that when you do a concert you'll have to change costumes in front of the costume team who are all gay men?"
Aika blushes. That would be game over. "Even so, I'm not doing a concert today."
"Okay." Megumi waits in the hall for Aika to change.
"So, where's the dance lesson?"
Megumi leads Aika down the hall to the dance rehearsal room. Several girls are warming up and stretching themselves. "Aika, here are some of Reina's co-workers. This is Risa, Eri, Sayumi and Risako. They are in a five person unit with Reina. Over here is Maasa and Momoko. They are in a three person unit with Reina. They are also in other units, but you don't have to learn all of them today."
Aika notices that Sayumi and Risako are cowering in terror behind Risa and Eri. "Don't tell me." A quick look behind Risa and Eri confirms her suspicions. "You guys again?"
"Megumi, save us! She's insane!"
Megumi frowns. "Sayumi, Risako, what have I told you about bullying younger idols?"
Both girls hang their heads in shame.
"I'm sorry, Aika, sometimes fame can go to these girls' heads."
Aika sees Reina wink to her. Aika tries her withering stare. "Well, it's not like these two are going to succeed at bullying anyone anytime soon."
Aika sees that her stare even upsets Megumi a little.
"Will you two apologize?"
"Yes, sensei. Please forgive us, Aika-kun."
Aika maintains her stare. "I suppose so, just this once." Will I ever get to work with normal people at this company?
To Be Continued
-
Lol death stare Aika :lol: Well at least it seemed to impress Reina, hmm I wonder how they will get roung the problems of Aika changing at concerts?
-
...You do realize that when you do a concert you'll have to change costumes in front of the costume team who are all gay men?"
is that true? :shocked
haha. wearing panties even you're not a boy.. wouldn't it be a problem if the skirt flies off...? *imagines* yeah.. terribly bad... :panic:
-
@oddball, aya-chii - Having to change backstage in front of gay male costume workers is part of life at that "other" h!p organization (I think KonKon brought it up in an interview).
And, now for something similar but completely different...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This story was inspired by a description of a manga at http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/ (http://niko-niko.net/shoujo/2009/07/14/abunai-paradise-by-hasegawa-jun/)
Note: The arc starting in this episode was inspired by a thread on the JPM forums where someone mistakenly thought that Kirarin Revolution was serialized in "the biggest selling manga in all of Japan". However, the biggest selling manga in Japan is Shounen Jump, well known for manga stories where the lead characters are boys who want to be the greatest fighters of all time, such as Naruto, Bleach, and Dragon Ball.
An Annoying Paradise Part 4 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
A young girl walks to school, alone.
"Hey little girl. Give me your lunch money. You don't need it. you're chubby."
Faced with three older boy bullies the little girl starts crying.
Suddenly the three bullies, skater punks with un-stylish clothes, have their cool demeanor broken by the clearing of a throat.
"I thought I told you punks not to come to this neighborhood."
The largest of the punks decides to man up. "Kiraki Takabono, just because your dad was a sumo champion you think you're tough. That pisses me off. You're skinny. You're nothing."
"Is that so?" Kiraki flips his spiky orange bangs out of his eyes.
The punk throws a punch at Kiraki.
The other two punks wince in pain as Kiraki throws the punk some six feet head first into a garbage can.
A second punk charges Kiraki but is met with lightning like open hand strikes to the face and shoulders, knocking him flat.
The third punk looks at the girl with the idea of holding her hostage, but this plan never materializes as Kiraki closes the gap and kicks him in the face.
"Let's get out of here."
"Yeah, we'll never live down being punked out by a kid."
The three punks run away.
Kiraki turns to the girl and smiles. "You have to stop oversleeping and missing your friends as they walk to school. Okay?"
The girl nods and runs off.
Kiraki walks to his school. As it is his custom, he stops along the way to admire one particular building, home of the elite fighting dojo, The Yoshizawa Fighting Academy. Kiraki looks down at his well worn shoes and sighs.
Kiraki spends most of the school day depressed, until he sees a advertisement left behind in the cafeteria that says that there is an open audition for idol singers that night.
After school Kiraki comes home. Kiraki and his father live upstairs from his father's restaurant. He enters the restaurant and is greeted by all the happy customers. Kiraki smiles back but is secretly annoyed. If my father wouldn't charge them so little for food then they wouldn't be so overly happy and I would be able to afford to go to that dojo!
Kiraki goes into the kitchen where a his father, a large imposing man, works both preparing food and shouting instructs to his assistants. His three assistants also look happy, since his father always lets them work within their abilities and never gets too upset if the mess something up.
"How was school son?"
"Okay. Oh, there's an idol audition tonight."
"My, my. Developing an interest in girls? I'm sure that sounds like a lot of fun to watch."
"No, no. It's an audition for idol boys."
Kiraki's father gets a nervous look on his face.
"I want to audition."
Kiraki's father raises an eyebrow. "Are you sure they're looking for a boy like you?"
"I'm twelve, and the ad said that they are looking for boys twelve to fourteen."
"I didn't know you loved singing."
"I've never tried it before, but if I can do it then I will be able to afford to go to that fighting academy."
Kiraki's father laughs. "I don't know if I told you this or not, but my father was also really surprised when I told him that I wanted to try out for sumo. But, if my dad couldn't stop me, then why should I even want to try to stop you? You're turning into a true Takabono."
"Thanks, dad!"
"But, you'll need some energy."
"I don't have much time."
Kiraki's dad turns to one of his assistants. "Pancakes, and quickly!"
"Pan-Pan-cakies?"
In five minutes Kiraki is set up with a mountain of pancakes and he wolves them down and runs out.
Kiraki shows up for the audition. There are hundreds of boys there to audition. Kiraki waits his turn and watches the other boys perform.
After watching dozens of boys make fools of themselves, Kiraki notices one boy who is auditioning that seems to be competent. Kiraki then notices that the boy next to him is rolling his eyes. "You don't think he is good?"
The other boy smirks. "He was okay, but he doesn't have what I have."
Kiraki nods. "It's good to be confident."
"Better to be prepared."
Another contestant is called up. This contestant is shorter than the other boys, has short hair, and looks very pretty for a boy. Kiraki gulps. He could be some serious competition!
Kiraki gulps again when the boy starts singing. This boy has some power and energy! Can I equal that?
The boy then trips over a wire and his wig falls off revealing long hair. He is escorted off the stage.
"No!" The boy next to Kiraki is visibly upset.
"Do you know that girl?"
"That boy is my best friend. He can't help it if he looks a little girly. It's his parents fault. I wanted it to come down to him and me."
"Santa."
The boy next to Kiraki takes the stage. Kiraki looks on with great interest. Woah, we wasn't just making idle boasts. He does seem well prepared.
"Kiraki."
Kiraki takes the stage and gives it his all, improvising dance moves on the spot.
Kiraki goes back to his seat.
"Kiraki, huh?"
Kiraki nods.
Santa smiles. "I liked your audition. You can't sing to save your life but you did make me smile with your antics."
Kiraki feels the backhanded complement fall on his head like an anvil.
After all the auditions were over the producer in charge takes the stage. "Thank you all for coming. All of you boys shined brightly tonight. However, tonight I will only be choosing one boy as my new idol, and another boy as a trainee. The new idol will debut within the year, and the trainee will re-audition within the year to see if he has improved enough to continue. So, without further ado, my new idol is Santa."
Many of the boys break out with respectful applause and head nodding.
"And, my trainee will be Kiraki."
Dead silence.
The producer notices the atmosphere. "Kiraki might have a ways to go in learning to sing, but he does have a unique energy to him."
Wow, I don't these other boys are too happy with this decision!
To be continued!
-
So Kiraki has got thrown into the mix aswell, hmm, I wonder if anything intresting will happen if he and "Aika" meet?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This arc is inspired by a thread on the JPM forums where someone mistakenly thought that Kirarin Revolution was serialized in "the biggest selling manga in all of Japan". However, the biggest selling manga in Japan is Shounen Jump, well known for manga stories where the lead characters are boys who want to be the greatest fighters of all time, such as Naruto, Bleach, and Dragon Ball.
An Annoying Paradise Part 5 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki's eyes grow wide as he looks over the producers suite. I knew this was a ritzy hotel but they didn't realize they had rooms like this!
The producer's assistant hands them forms to fill out. "Your parents have been called and they'll be here soon to sign all of the legal documents. What I would like now is for you two to fill out these forms so I can try to see which mold you will fit in."
Santa nods as if he knows what the assistant is talking about.
Kiraki looks that the assistent with bewilderment. Which mold? What the heck? "Ah, excuse me? Ah, ..."
"You can call me Josephine."
"But, that's a girl's name, right?"
"Honey, what you are on the inside is more important that what you are on the outside."
"Okay, Josephine, but, what do you mean by molds?"
Santa pushes Kiraki's head. "You don't know anything about idols, do you?"
"No, I want to be a fighter."
Santa nearly face plants but Josephine looks like he understands Kiraki. "Do you think that being an idol will make you a better fighter?"
"No, but I would be able to afford to go to the dojo that I want to go to."
A vein pops out on Josephine's forehead. "I see." Josephine regains his composure. "Well, it's like this. We're not in the business of selling ordinary boys to the public. Ordinary boys might have one mood in the morning, one mood in the afternoon and one mood at night. The boys we sell need to have a uniform mood. To do that, we have to fit them into various molds so that girls will look at them and know immediately what they are all about."
"Well, then make me the fighter type."
"Doesn't exist."
"Waaa?" Kiraki's jaw drops.
"There's only a limited number of types that we support. But, I'm not going to tell you what they are."
"Why not?"
"Because you would cheat on your questions. Santa already knows the types but I trust him to give honest answers."
"Why?"
"A woman's intuition." Josephine pushes Kiraki's head back with his index finger.
Kiraki sighs. I have come this far, I might as well trust that this company knows what they are doing.
Kiraki looks at the paper. After answering two of the questions veins start popping out on his forehead.
"Something wrong, Kiraki?"
"I think on half these questions I am going to have to answer I don't know."
Josephine is very calm. "Then answer I don't know. You don't have to be anything now. The boss picked you and he doesn't pick people who can't make it."
Kiraki finally fills out the forms. Santa has already finished and is helping himself to some snacks. Kiraki sits down with him. "So, what is it about these molds?"
Santa, who saw Kiraki agonize over the test, smiles. "There are five that I know of. One is the rebel bad boy. Then, you have the shota type, the wide eyed dewy youth. Usually a shota type will be paired with a reassuring big brother type. You can also have an unassuming bashful type. And, the one that everyone wants to be, but the type that don't really sell a lot of records are the heart throb types."
"I don't understand, why wouldn't they sell records?"
"Don't know. But, they are useful to the industry because they sell lots of photo books."
"You sure know a lot."
"I learned all that off of on-line forums."
Kiraki nods in respectful amazement.
Josephine rolls his eyes. He looks over Santa's papers and immediately sees that Santa did not answer the questions truthfully. Wow, he really has his heart set on being a heart throb to tell this many whoppers.
Finally, after the legal documents are signed, the producer meets with them. "Santa, I want you to know that your skills are about the highest that we've ever had for a new recruit. But, don't think that your life is going to be easy because of this. You'll have to work twice as hard as everyone else because we're going to expect twice as much out of you. Are you okay with this?"
"I am."
"Good. I talked to Josephine and we both agree on what mold to fit you in. However, there is one small problem."
Santa looks worried. "What?"
"You'll have to use a stage name. There's already a musician with the same name as you. But, don't worry. On your fan site page we'll be up front that you're using a stage name and give the reason why. The fans will understand if the reason is valid."
Santa breathes a sign of relief. "Wow, I thought it would be something weird."
"Be sure to tell Josephine what you were worried about. He won't make you do those weird things, but he might use it on some of our other idols." The producer winks.
"Okay." Santa looks uncomfortable.
"So, we'll work out a stage name in a couple of days. At school, you'll just announce it like it was something normal. It won't be the first time that someone at that school has been given one."
Santa nods.
"Now, Kiraki, Santa, the two of you will transfer tomorrow to a special school where all of the idols go to. I'm sure that you two think that this will be a good thing, that you're going to a school with the most beautiful young women in the country. But, as representatives of Jeneral Entertainment, both you and them are not allowed to date. If we find out that either one of you is dating one of the girls at the school, then we will drop you."
Santa nods. "Understood."
"Santa, you will soon be boyfriend to all of the girls in Japan. For you to have a real life girlfriend would be unthinkable."
Santa nods.
"Now, Kiraki, I don't think I am going to hurt your feelings if I tell you that we are starting at square one with your singing."
"I'm fine with that."
"Good. We have vocal coaches who cannot be exceeded. If anyone can help you to learn to sing, they can. But, you have to do what they tell you."
Kiraki nods.
"And, within a year we'll review your progress. If you work hard then I think we can debut you."
"Thank you, sir."
"Do you promise to give your all?"
"Yes, sir."
"Absolutely promise?"
"Yes, sir."
"There's nothing I can tell you would make you quit?"
"Nothing."
"Good. We just signed a contract with your father so that your father's restaurant will be featured on several of our television shows. You now all ready have all the money you need to go to that dojo."
"What?"
"Are you quitting?"
Kiraki doesn't hesitate. "I will not disgrace my father by quitting something that I have started."
The producer smiles. "That's the spirit. Well, I have some good news and some bad news. The good news is that you get to skip the first period class of your new school every day."
Kiraki beams.
"The bad news is that as a trainee you need to come to the company every day before school and clean the offices."
Kiraki's jaw drops.
To be continued!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: This arc is inspired by a thread on the JPM forums where someone mistakenly thought that Kirarin Revolution was serialized in "the biggest selling manga in all of Japan". However, the biggest selling manga in Japan is Shounen Jump, well known for manga stories where the lead characters are boys who want to be the greatest fighters of all time, such as Naruto, Bleach, and Dragon Ball.
An Annoying Paradise Part 6 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki sighs. The room cleaning was really tedious, but now I get to go to that new high school!
Kiraki composes himself. Life at a fighting dojo is little different for the new recruits. Lots of menial tasks is the norm. Maybe being an idol was like being a fighter?
Kiraki walks into the locker room to change back into his new school uniform. He is startled and falls backward onto his butt when he sees a turtle in front of him.
"Are you okay?" Another boy appears out of nowhere.
Kiraki involuntarily gasps. The boy is so handsome that he seems to sparkle. "There's a turtle!"
The boy grabs the turtle. "There you are! I'm sorry, I turned my back for one second and she wondered off. Let me introduce you. Her name is Kamei-ko. My name is Seiji."
"Kiraki. Nice to meet you. Do you carry Kamei-ko everywhere?"
"Oh yes. We go to school together as well. She helps me with my studies."
Kiraki has to physically stop his eyes from rolling. "That's good."
Kiraki changes into his school uniform. When he turns to leave a strange person is standing in front of him. "Whaa?" Kiraki sees that Kamei-ko is on this strange person's shoulder. Kiraki then sees that under the unfashionable hat and weird glasses is Seiji. "Why are you dressed like that?"
"I'm going to debut soon, and already the company has put out advance publicity. If I walk the streets normally the girls will mob me, and that would be bad for Kamei-ko."
"Wow."
"Are you new?"
"Yes."
"Then, let's get going, you still need to talk to the principal."
Kiraki is amazed at how fast Seiji runs. Even though Seiji looks soft and gentle he is a remarkable athlete.
After meeting with the principal, Kiraki hustles off to the Peach class. Even though the second period had already started, he is able to attract the attention of the teacher.
The teacher joins him outside. "May I help you son?"
"Kiraki Takabono. I am transferring into your class."
"Oversleep?"
"No, I was cleaning at the JE building."
"Jeneral Entertainment? Are you a trainee?"
"Yes, sir."
"Great. We had two people were just signed as idols transfer in earlier today."
Kiraki is puzzled. Two idols? Was there another audition I didn't hear about?
The teacher leads Kiraki into the class. Kiraki eyes grow wide. Nearly everyone in the class looks like a star. He spots Santa in the class and smiles. There is one, but who is the other?
"Class, we have another transfer student."
Kiraki writes his name on the blackboard. "My name is Kiraki Takabono. Please accept me into your group and take care of me."
"The Sumo Wrestler Takabono?"
Kiraki is startled by the voice. Kiraki is even more startled when he sees who is talking. It is an unusual looking pretty girl, but her husky voice sounded like it could belong to a boy or a girl. "Yes, he is my father."
"Cool, I loved his matches when I was little."
"Why aren't you big?"
Kiraki realizes that Santa is teasing him. "I'm only twelve. If I was to enter Sumo, I would still have a lot of time to fill out."
"Sounds like you're already part of in this class, Kiraki-kun. Please take that empty seat in the back."
Lunch soon comes and Kiraki pounces on Santa. "Should we go to the cafeteria together?"
Santa gives him a weird look. Why do people look up to me so much? It's not like I'm nice or even that outgoing. "I suppose so. I'm sure Josephine will be happy to hear that we're looking out for each other."
They almost make it out the door but suddenly Santa holds Kiraki back. They look out the door to see a bullying incident in progress.
"Hey, let's bully this new kid until she cries."
Kiraki is astonished when the girl who is being bullied, the same girl who had asked him about his father, is able to scare away the bullies within thirty seconds. "So cool."
"That's Aika. She just transferred in today, just like we did."
"I want to learn that fighting technique."
Santa tips over. "You don't think she's hot?"
"Every girl in this school is."
Santa nods as they walk toward the cafeteria. Still, there was something strangely familiar about Aika. Maybe she was a girl who looks different with make up on, so if she was dolled up she would look like an current idol?
"Who's the girl she walked off with?"
"Wow, you really don't know much about idols. That's Reina. Reina has been an idol for some nine months so far and has already released three singles and three photo books."
"Three photo books? She barely even looks like an idol."
"Don't let her laid back style at school fool you. She has already established herself in the tsundere mold. She is quite a fashion icon."
"Tsu-n-de-re?"
"Her third photo book was all pictures of her dressed up like a bad ass. Her first two were all about being cute. Her third single was about hating to be mean to people but it would hurt too much if people knew the real her."
"Wow, that's deep."
After getting their food, Kiraki and Santa decide to eat on the roof of the school. However, on the way up the stairs they witness another bullying incident. Two boys are picking on a smaller boy.
Kiraki puts on his fighting face and gets ready to break this up but Santa again holds him back.
Kiraki gives Santa a dirty look, but Santa indicates with his eyes the approach of another party to the conflict.
"You two again? I thought I told you two to stop doing stupid things like this!"
The two bullies immediately grovel their apologies and run away past Santa and Kiraki.
Kiraki blushes. Wow, his battle aura was so cool that it overwhelmed the bullies.
"Kiraki! How's the school treating you so far?"
Kiraki nearly falls over.
"You know this guy?"
"Oh, Santa, this is Seiji. Seiji, this is Santa. Seiji and I were cleaning at the JE building this morning." Kiraki looks at Seiji in awe. How did the gentle unassuming Seiji project a battle aura so potent that I couldn't even recognize him at first?
"Welcome to the school."
Kiraki gulps but gathers his courage. "Seiji, could you ... teach me to fight?"
Seiji nearly falls over and has to move quickly to keep from dropping Kamei-ko. "Fighting? I've never fought in my life. Those two bullies ran off because they are trainees like we are."
"Why didn't I see them this morning?"
"Because they are lazy and ditch their assignments. They are hanging on by a thread and if I reported that they were bullying other students they would be dropped."
"Oh." Kiraki looks puzzled. "You still looked pretty fierce talking to those guys."
"Anything I know about being fierce was taught to me by Josephine. Maybe he'll be your fighting teacher?"
Kiraki imagines Josephine making Kiraki practice doing fighting motions in women's clothes. However, many fighting schools do use methods of training that seem strange to outsiders. "I'll talk to him."
Kiraki is shoved by an annoyed Santa. "Maybe you should ask him first about being an idol?"
To be continued!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 7 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Aika walks to his homeroom class. Wow, has it really only been one week in this new school? The situation almost feels comfortable. Well, maybe not with the cross-dressing, but at least the people are kind of nice.
"Good morning, Aika-kun!"
"Good Morning!" Aika smiles. Yurina sure is tall. No wonder Yurina is part of the fashion club and models for them at their shows. I wonder if she'll stay with harmony project or try to become a model?
Aika remembers back to when he met Yurina, when Aika saw Yurina breaking up one of the school's frequent bullying incidents.
"Good morning, Aika-chan!"
"Good morning!" Saki sure is genki. I guess it's no surprise that Saki is part of the cheerleading squad.
Aika remembers back to when he met Saki, when Saki had tripped carrying exam books to the teachers lounge to grade and Aika volunteered to carry half of the exam books for her.
"Good morning, boyfriend!"
Aika is near thrown off of his stride by Reina throwing herself at him. "Good morning."
"You'll never guess what I heard. Risako and Sayumi split up."
"That's not giving me much of a chance to guess."
"I'm so happy. I really think it's gross when girls couple up like that."
Aika looks at Reina's hand in his hand and rolls his eyes.
The homeroom teacher brings his class to order. "Class, Santa tells me that he has an important announcement to make."
Santa walks up to the front of the class. "Thank you, teacher." Santa writes a name on the blackboard. "I would like to reintroduce myself to the class. I will now be called Hiro. Please take care of me."
The class might approve of the name, but I don't think Santa is so happy, considering how he is slouching.
During lunch, Aika notices that Hiro goes off to eat his lunch by himself. Seeing Kiraki is also by himself, Aika pounces on him. "Hey, sumo boy, what's up with the name change?"
Kiraki starts getting stars in his eyes. "Oh my god, it was such a scene! You just can't image how awesome it was."
"What was?"
"Well, last night Josephine called us in for a meeting."
"Josephine?"
"One of the coaches at my agency."
"You have girl coaches at your agency?"
"No, no. He's very fierce. Anyway, he says that Hiro and Seiji were going to become a duo."
Aika turns red. "I don't think I know this Seiji."
"He's an upperclassman. He has light hair, walks around with a turtle?"
Aika shrugs. "Sorry. But, he's going to be Hiro's boyfriend now?"
"No, no. A singing duo. Singing duos are the bread and butter of any boy idol organization and are chosen for maximal appeal to the female demographic. At least that what Hiro tells me."
Aika nods nervously. It's just like Hiro to be an encyclopedia of idol industry customs.
"So, the duos are carefully chosen to match the right images. So, you have Seiji who is the wide-eyed innocent type and then you have Hiro who is the comforting big brother type. So, the duo should be a slam dunk."
Aika nods, but then turns serious. "So, why is Hiro so sad?"
Abject panic crosses Kiraki's face. Kiraki slouches down and talks in a conspiratorial way. "How do you know that?"
Yikes! I don't want to lie to this guy, but I can't just tell him that I have known 'Hiro' for most of his life. "Women's intuition."
"Well, don't tell this to anyone, or else Hiro's feelings will really be hurt." Kiraki looks around to further insure secrecy. "Hiro has the self image of a heart throb. For him to be cast as a big brother type was a huge let down."
Are you kidding me? Aika has to stop himself from blurting out that this was the biggest piece of nonsense that he's ever heard.
But, then, maybe it is true. Maybe Hiro does think about himself that way. Even though girls didn't pursue Hiro in the previous school because of his reputation as a wota. Even though Hiro was widely popular among their guys of the school because of his confidence and encouraging words.
Aika smiles. "Thanks, I have to find my friend now."
"But, that's not the most amazing part. Josephine tells me that I am going to be their assistant. This means that when I debut next year I should be a veteran of touring circuit."
"Why aren't you debuting now?"
"I can't sing yet."
So why are you an idol if your can't sing? Aika has to stop himself from rolling his eyes. "Well, do your best. I'm sure that Seiji and Hiro are in good hands with you."
Aika catches up to Reina. "Hey, I have a question for you."
Reina looks at Aika suspiciously. "I have one for you. What was that chit chat with sumo boy?"
"I was just asking about the name change. I hope you're not going to be a jealous girl friend."
"Well, I ..." Reina stammers nervously.
"But, my question is, is there a particular standard size for girl idol groups? Sumo boy was saying that for boys duos were standard, so I was wondering if there was a similar thing with girl idols?"
"Large groups are standard. That way teenaged boys have more ways to 'couple up' the members. Usually groups of four or more get the most benefit from this."
Aika nods. "I get it. As the size of the group grows, the number of potential pairings grows proportional to the size of the group squared."
"Oh my god. You're so smart. You have to help me with my math homework."
--
In the evening, Reina and Aika drink water after an exhausting vocal practice with Sachiko.
"What a slave driver." Reina still whispers, not wanting to strain her tired voice.
Aika nods.
Suddenly, Megumi enters the talent lounge. "Aika, T-sama wants to meet with you in his office."
"Me?" Aika looks panicked.
Reina grabs Aika's shoulder to support her. "It's probably something good. T would pass the buck to a producer if it was something bad."
Aika enters T's office. "Hey boss."
T sits behind his desk. There are four chairs in front of his desk. "Miss Aika, have a seat."
When Aika gets to the desk she is startled to see that the three of the other chairs are already filled. What are Yurina, Risako, and Saki doing here?
"Aika, I have been telling these three that this agency just got a contract for a commercial. I was thinking that a new group would be perfect for the song that I wrote for this commercial. I would like you four to be this group."
To be continued!
-
Resop, you update pretty fast eh! I go away for a week and see what happens you have loads of new chapters out, really busy at the moment but wanted to say that I am enjoying this story and that I should be back to normal soon so should be able to get back to some proper commenting soon
Keep it up! :twothumbs
-
@oddball It's more like "re-writing" fast since this story has been put online before.
I have been rewriting the story as I go to fix some stylistic problems and to ret-con some concepts that show up in the (as of yet unfinished and un-uploaded) sequels.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 8 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Aika, I have been telling these three that this agency just got a contract for a commercial. I was thinking that a new group would be perfect for the song that I wrote for this commercial. I would like you four to be this group."
Aika smiles. "That's sounds cool."
Aika notices that T isn't looking at him. She turns to her right and notices that Yurina is staring a hole through Risako's head.
"Yurina-san, does this plan not please you?"
Unexpectedly, Risako replies. "Boss, I think that Yurina is uncomfortable being in a group with me based some of my recent behavior at school."
T nods, not saying a word.
Risako turns to Yurina and starts crying. "I'm sorry I bullied those other girls. I was being stupid. I accept full responsibility."
"This is unnecessary!"
Yurina and Risako turn around to look at Saki.
"We're all national idols. We're supposed to be professional. Yes, Risako has bullied me in the past. But, as an idol, if T says so then it's my job to work with Risako whether or not she apologies."
T smiles. "This is a very interesting dynamic here. What about you, Aika? Did Risako try to bully you?"
Aika turns red. He didn't want to dump on Risako even more than Saki and Yurina just have. "I don't remember it if she did."
"Well then, Yurina, the other girls seem to be okay with Risako. Will you be okay?"
"I guess I can give her a chance."
"Good. This group could have some good chemistry. Anyway, about the commercial. It's a commercial about a new soap bubble maker. So, the group will be call the Shabondama Four. How do you think that sounds?"
Aika smiles. "It's catchy. I like it."
The other girls signal their agreement.
"Excellent." T hands out compact disks. "The backing track is on here. Please become familiar with it tonight. Tomorrow, you'll start learning how to sing it. Okay?"
"Yes!" All of the Shabondama Four members shout in unison.
The next day, Aika again finds himself walking the halls of the high school.
"Hey, partner!"
Aika is surprised to see Saki and Risako run up to him.
Saki smiles. "What did you think of the backing track?"
"I liked it. I wonder what the lyrics are going to be?" Aika notices that Risako is carrying Saki's books along with her own books.
"I hope they're cool. Oops, gotta run. Come on."
Saki and Risako rush off.
"Suspicious, isn't it?"
Aika is startled by Yurina sneaking up behind him. How does she do that? She's almost eight inches taller than me. "What's suspicious?"
"It's almost as if Saki is bullying Risako now."
Aika wrinkles her brow. Wow, Yurina is really observant.
Aika continues to class, managing to pass Hiro, who is slouching as he walks. "Good morning, Hiro-kun!"
"What's so good about it?"
"Isn't your career doing exciting things?"
"Yeah, I get put in a duo, we're going to do a live debut this weekend at some faraway onson, and we get Great King Klutz as our assistant."
"Who is going to be your partner?"
Hiro smiles. "Well, that is something positive I guess. Seiji is my partner. Maybe I can introduce you to him at lunch. You can also meet Kamei-ko."
"He has a girl friend?"
Hiro chuckles. "You'll see."
Aika feels two eyes burning holes through the back of his skull. I think I know who's staring at me. Must be Reina.
Hiro rushes off ahead.
"So, what was that about?"
"Really, now. Sumo boy and Hiro are our class mates. If you act like this every time I talk to someone, don't you think that people will get the wrong idea?"
"I'm sorry. I'm pathetic. I was just so jealous of you getting into that new group."
"But, don't you think that it is better this way?"
"What is?"
"Well, when we debut as a duo, we can be Reina from the Race Cars Five and Aika from the Shabondama Four, as opposed to Reina from the Race Cars Five and some strange person named Aika who just walked in off the street."
Reina giggles. "I guess that does sound better. But, it also means that you'll have separate practices from me for a while."
"You'll survive."
That night the Shabondama Four got the lyrics and did a rough run through.
Aika is overjoyed at the result. This went okay. My voice and Yurina's voice unexpectedly blended well. While my vocal range is high for a guy's voice, it is at the lower end of a typical girls voice. Yurina's voice is also lower than average for a girl, but her voice is brash and my voice is slightly nasal. Together, we sounded unusual, but good.
Risako and Saki have higher voices. Risako has somewhat of a soulful voice and Saki has a happy vibrant voice, so together they also sounded unusual, but good.
And, at least the lyrics aren't too sappy, being about about partying and seeing a different side of yourself in the reflection of the soap bubbles.
After the practice, exhausted, they gather in the talent lounge.
"Orange juice?"
Risako immediately bolts and prepares orange juice for Saki.
Aika glances at Yurina and notes that Yurina is also making note of this.
The next day, after lunch, Aika comes back to the school. There is a study hall after lunch and no one minds that she is fifteen minutes late for it each day.
The day has been a rainy one so Aika wears his raincoat.
He walks the to coat closet to stow his coat so it wouldn't get his locker wet. He is the only one in the halls because everyone else is in class.
Aika pulls the door to the left. He starts to pull his coat off and then realizes that he is not alone.
Aika looks to the left, towards the back of the closet, squinting. Aika can discern two nearly half naked figures entwined with each other, both mortified for being caught in flagrante delicto.
To be continued!
-
So Risako is sorry she bullied everyone but it seems that perhaps Saki might now be bullying her! for revenge perhaps?
At least Reina seems cool about Aika being in another group and Aika does point out that it would be good for them as a duo so perhaps that's why Reina was cool with it
But OMG who did Aika see making out, I need to know!!! :panic:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 9 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Aika looks to the left, towards the back of the closet, squinting. Aika can discern two nearly half naked figures entwined with each other, both mortified for being caught in flagrante delicto.
Risako closes her eyes and starts blubbering.
"Please, don't tell anyone. Okay?"
Aika looks at Saki in shock. "Um, you guys better put your clothes on and come out. Like now."
Aika closes the closet door and takes off his raincoat and waits. Geez, are they going to be in there all day?
A horribly embarrassed Risako and a slightly annoyed Saki come out.
After hanging up her coat Aika lashes out at her group mates. "It's not like I care that much what you two do together, but this is a really bad way for me to find out about it."
Saki aggressively defends herself, waving her handing in front of her face. "It is a bad way, that's true, but this is our first time fooling around, so we couldn't have told you if it hadn't happened yet, right?"
Aika stares at Saki, not knowing what to think. "So, what was yesterday? Both Yurina and I thought your behavior together was kind of suspicious."
"Oh, that?" Saki nervously laughs. "Well, several months ago Risa-chan decided to let her dark side out at my expense. She didn't realize that I have a dark side as well. So, I when she had to grovel to get in with the in crowd, I was more than happy to get some payback. So, after the meeting I texted her that she should really do some servant work for me the next day, just to show that she was serious about wanting to be in the group."
Aika glances at Risako whose expression seems to be in line with what Saki is saying.
"But, she really surprised me yesterday with her being a good sport. So, last night I texted her that she passed the test and then for fun I sent her a picture of myself blowing her a kiss. What I didn't expect was for her to send me back a picture kind of upping the ante. I guess I got caught up in the moment, but soon we were 's/texting' each other."
Ehhhh? Aika looks at Saki as if she has no idea what Saki is talking about.
"Wow, did you transfer from a school from out in the country?"
"It was in Tokyo, but not really a very hip part of Tokyo."
Saki leans over to whisper in Aika's ear. "We were sending naughty pictures to each other by cell phone."
Aika turns red.
"So, Risako suggested that we could do it in real life in the closet after lunch. She didn't expect you to show up, though."
Aika thinks for a second. "I was going to say that you guys had better not let anyone else know, but on the other hand, you guys better tell Yurina. It would be a lot better if you told her rather than having her find out the same way I found out."
Saki turns red. She had not thought of all of the consequences of their forbidden love yet.
"But, definitely no one else. I don't know if you two read your contracts, but you two could easily get bounced out of the agency for misbehavior in public. Just saying."
Saki and Risako nod.
Finally Risako speaks up. "I know this is a bad time to ask, but I was wondering if you could do us a favor?"
Aika gives Risako a stony look, but Risako gathers her courage.
"It would be bad if the wota suspected me and Saki of being a couple, so when we shoot the commercial, and shoot the making of video, could you pretend to flirt with us? We know that Reina likes you, so we know that it wouldn't mean anything, but at least it will throw the media off the trail. What do you say?"
Aika looks grossed out. "I say I need to get to study hall. Maybe tonight I'll be in a better mood and I'll even be able to think about your request."
The other two girls nod.
"By the way, when we do concerts together I hope you two will changing costumes faster than that. The audience will be falling asleep."
Risako pushes her fingers together. "My bad."
Aika play smacks Risako in back of the head.
In study hall Aika catches up with Reina.
"You're later than usual."
"Had a situation that I had to deal with."
Reina looks at Aika suspiciously.
"Maybe you could clue me in on some of these idol customs."
"Oh?"
"About idol girls coupling up?"
Reina rolls her eyes. "What a bucket of worms. It's really not something that you want to deal with at all. Even though all of the wotas think that all of us are doing it with all of the other girls, it would be awful for a girl's popularity if she was caught in real life with another idol."
"Why?"
"There are some twenty girls in our agency. Believe me, no matter who else you name in our agency there are hundreds of wota who believe that I am that other idol's one true love match." Reina makes a heart shape with her two hands. "If I was caught in real life with a one specific person then all the people who paired me up with someone different would burn all of their posters of me."
Aika nods, taking all this in. "So, suppose an idol is on a video shoot and she openly flirts with another idol. That would be bad, right?"
Reina nods.
"But, what if she flirted with more than one idol?"
"Oh, that would be fine. People who pair you with one girl will view your flirting with her as proof of truest of true 'love love' bonds, while your flirting with the other girl will just be viewed as a cute sisterly exchange."
"Even if she treated both girls equally?"
"Especially if both are treated equally. The mind of the wota will see what they want to see."
"What about duos?"
"Duos are almost always assumed to be couples, unless they both make an effort to stay associated with other girls."
Aika nods gravely. How did my life became so complicated?
That night she arrived early to agency. When she got to the practice hall, Saki and Risako were still changing. However, Yurina was waiting for her.
"They told me." Yurina whispered, not trusting her own agency for privacy.
"What do you think?"
"I think they're gross, but at least it's better than them bullying each other."
Aika nods.
"So, are you going to be their beard?"
"Beard?"
"Their cover story. You know, 'Oh, we're not together, we share Aika as a boyfriend,' that sort of thing."
"I won't if you disapprove. We're a group now. We should be of one mind."
Yurina smiles. "Well, I sure don't want to do it myself. So, if you can take it, I'll support you."
Aika smiles. Aika goes to high five Yurina but Yurina puts her hand up farther than Aika can reach. Aika grabs Yurina by the shoulder and jumps up to slap her hand.
Both explode into giggles.
After practice, Risako catches up to Aika as he walks to the subway. "Wait up."
"Wow, they move fast don't they?"
"I know. We record tomorrow and then shoot the video this weekend."
"Are you excited for it?"
"Absolutely. This is what we get paid for right?"
"More excited than school closets?"
Risako pushes Aika. "Well, no. You should know that if you had told us to stop seeing each other I would have ignored you, no matter how badly you would have thrashed me."
"So, that's how it is?"
Risako nods.
"Well, let's hope our videos are half as interesting as the back stage stuff."
To be continued!
-
So in the end Saki and Risako end up liking each other enough to date! :lol: Well, wasn't quite expecting that to be sure!
Hmm, Reina's pretty clued up about this whole wota-fan thing, she should write some fiction...... :roll:
I wonder though, perhaps Reina may get a bit jealous of Aiki flirting with Saki and Rii, I suppose we will wait and see
-
So in the end Saki and Risako end up liking each other enough to date! :lol: Well, wasn't quite expecting that to be sure!
Hmm, Reina's pretty clued up about this whole wota-fan thing, she should write some fiction...... :roll:
I wonder though, perhaps Reina may get a bit jealous of Aiki flirting with Saki and Rii, I suppose we will wait and see
About Reina writing fan fiction, I have noticed that in many anime shows and live action shows that the characters will often reference their own source material. For example, a character in an anime that is based on a manga serialized in some phone book might often be seen reading that particular phone book manga.
As for being clued into the who wota-fan thing, maybe she knew (or knew of) another idol who got caught with another girl and saw the resulting backlash? Or, maybe Sachiko or Megumi are the source of such stories? Or, maybe Reina and Hiro have something in common? I have never really thought of that detail ...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 10 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki gets out of the van and looks around. Wow, this place is amazing!
Hiro gets out and shoves Kiraki. "Are you going to help load the gear or what?"
"Sorry, but look at this place!"
Hiro smiles. Kiraki has a point. They had just spent many hours driving to the mountains and the onsen that they had arrived at had views that one might only imagine seeing in a television travel show.
"You two enjoying the view? Kamei-ko is very surprised as well." Seiji is all smiles. He had been worried that his younger team mates might be nervous, but their enjoying the view puts his mind at ease.
Seiji starts pulling out some of the gear from the back of the van and Kiraki immediately runs over and takes over.
As Josephine leads Kiraki to the staging area, Seiji grabs Hiro and motions that they should introduce themselves to the onsen managers.
The managers are older ladies. "My goodness, this has turned into such an interesting day. The guests are getting a show all day long today."
Seiji raises an eyebrow. "All day? I thought the entertainment started at four? Are we late?"
"No, no, no. It's just that another group got here early in the morning and have been shooting a music video in the courtyard. They're such nice young ladies as well. They've been very open and friendly with our guests."
Seiji nudges Hiro. "Hey, why don't we take a peek?"
Hiro looks annoyed. This was his debut before a live audience and he really wasn't looking for distractions. "Well, if Josephine says it's okay."
After finding Josephine and Kiraki, the four of them make their way to the back. Soon they hear music.
"Pa pa pa pa pa pya, I see a new side of me, pa pa pa pa pa pya, at this nice party ..."
The four of them stop at a doorway that has be roped off.
Hiro and Kiraki have to stop themselves from blurting out.
"Okay! Cut. Take a break while we review this dance footage. I think we're really making progress." The male video director is all smiles.
Seiji looks at his team mates funny. "Never seen a video shoot before?"
Kiraki bounces up and down on his feet in excitement. "You don't understand. Do you see the shortest girl out there? She's in our homeroom class."
Seiji looks closer at the four girls. Even though they were taking a break, they were still being videotaped by a second crew who were shooting a "making of" extra to be released with the single for the commercial. "You're right! Hiro, that girl you introduced me to, Aika is her name, right?"
Hiro nods.
Suddenly Aika notices the onlookers and gives a signal to the making of videographers to take a break.
Aika runs over to the group. "You have got to be kidding me. There are five thousand onsens in Japan and both of our groups wind up at the same one?"
Megumi, fearing a scene, rushes over. "Aika, what's the meaning of this?"
"Don't worry, this is Seiji, Hiro and Kiraki from my school. Hiro and Kiraki are in my homeroom class. We see each other every day. They're playing here live today. And, from what I hear, this might be Josephine."
Aika's wardrobe assistant looks at Aika sternly. "Miss Aika, you know that and they know that, but the onsen guests might not know that."
Josephine clears his throat. "Please, ma'am. Don't worry. These boys have their own work to do."
Megumi bows. "Thank you sir."
Aika goes back to her group and signals that it is safe to continue shooting.
Josephine starts tapping his toe. "You boys do realize that we have a job to do?"
Seiji and Hiro turn to go back. Kiraki starts to turn but then catches a glance of Aika putting her arms around one of the medium sized girls from behind.
"You coming, Kiraki?"
"Sure!" Kiraki, in a daze, turns around and runs into a wall.
Josephine finds the stage manager and introduces him to the boys.
"My, my. I think our guests will enjoy your act. So, it's just two boys singing?"
Josephine nods. "Yes, this one is their assistant. If there is any odd job you need him to do, please don't hesitate to ask."
The stage manager rubs his beard. "Well, I have three other acts going on today. Why don't you introduce yourself to them and see if they need anything?"
"Yes, sir."
The stage manager leads Kiraki to one of the dressing rooms. "A and B? You have a visitor. Please excuse us."
The dressing room is small and dingy. Two young men sit in opposite corners shaking with nervousness, playing hand held video games.
"A, B, this is Kiraki. If you need anything, just ask him."
The two young men mumble.
"Why don't you show him your act?"
The two young men pick themselves up and address Kiraki.
"I'm A."
"And, I'm B."
"We're going to tell a story."
"There was this cow that was out in a pasture. He, ..., he, ..." B cowers behind A. "That boy is too scary looking!"
Kiraki looks on in horror. If Hiro and Seiji have to follow this train wreck of an act the show will be a disaster for sure!
The stage manager rolls his eyes. "Do try to get it together?"
The stage manager leads Kiraki to a second dressing room. "Mister Mysterio? You have a guest."
The stage manager and Kiraki walk in and are greeted by a composed and dapper looking magician in a cape.
He holds up a pack of cards. "This trick was taught to me by the great Mephisto. Behold!" The magician takes the deck in one hand and starts transferring the deck to the other hand through the air.
"Wow."
Suddenly the trick falls apart and cards fly everywhere. The magician sits down and cries. "I have disgraced the great Mephisto!"
Kiraki gets a sinking feeling in the pit of his stomach. What type of a show is this?
The stage manager leads Kiraki to a third dressing room. They are greeted by an older balding gentleman.
"Come in, come in!"
"This boy is a stage assistant today. If you have any needs let him know."
"That's wonderful!"
"Why don't you show him your act?"
"Sure! Young man, I am going to make you laugh. You see, ..." The older man looks befuddled. "He, he. I forgot my lines."
Kiraki breaks out in a cold sweat. What am I going to do?
To be continued!
-
Ha Ha this chapter was completly random! :rofl: poor Kiraki he's seems totally lost at the moment! :panic:
-
Ha Ha this chapter was completly random! :rofl: poor Kiraki he's seems totally lost at the moment! :panic:
But, it's not that originally random. There's an episode in Kirarin Revolution that had very similar opening acts.
However, Kiraki, like any good Shounen Jump hero, is probably making some good super-deformed reaction faces to all this.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 11 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki knocks on the door for Hiro and Seiji's dressing room. There is no answer. "Excuse me." Kiraki enters.
Josephine plays a note on a harmonica.
"Ah ah ah ah ah ah AH ah ah ho."
Kiraki marvels at Hiro and Seiji sitting on the floor practicing their vocal harmonies. "Amazing."
Seiji smiles. "How is it going Kiraki?"
Kiraki looks down at his feet. "The other acts don't seem to have their acts together at all."
Hiro slaps the ground in disgust and pouts.
Seiji gets up and walks over to Kiraki and puts his hand on Kiraki's shoulder. "Looks like we're in trouble then. However, you're always talking about being a fighter. Could you fight for these opening acts?" Seiji gives Kiraki his best puppy dog look.
Kiraki is torn between being moved and being confused by what Seiji just said. "I should beat up the opening acts?"
"No, you must beat up their fears. You must be their champion."
Kiraki looks straight ahead in a daze.
Josephine blows a low note on his harmonica to catch Kiraki's attention. "Kiraki-kun, you're very genki. Just give it a try. I'm sure you'll figure something out."
Kiraki nods. "All right. I'll do it."
Kiraki walks back to the first dressing room. "Excuse me."
A and B cower in the corner at Kiraki's presence.
Kiraki sits down and bows humbly, trying to diminish his presence as much as possible.
After a minute of bowing, A and B get curious. "Why did you come back?"
"Please, I need to know about this cow!"
A and B nervously rush through their story, leading to a very weak punch line.
"Is that all there is? What did the cow feel when crow started talking to him in cow language?"
A pushes B. "You baka. That was one of your lines."
"You were the one that skipped that section."
"Please, tell me the story again from the beginning. I don't mind."
A and B tell the story again, this time with about twice as much detail. This time the punch line seems to have more substance. "What did you think?"
"It was awesome, but you didn't explain why the cow knew that bull frog could not be trusted to tell him which cave the tiger was in."
A looks thunderstruck. "That's not even part of the story."
"No one has ever cared about that before."
"Please, think of a reason for tonight's performance."
A and B nod together. "Okay."
Kiraki leaves A and B's dressing room, not knowing if what he did would have any positive effect at all.
"Itai!"
Kiraki sees Aika walking the hall. "Aika, are you all right?"
"I cut my finger."
"Well, the first aid station is down the hall."
"Thanks, sumo boy." Aika runs off.
Kiraki looks at Aika as she runs off. She's is faking being hurt. My martial arts training tells me that she's being overly dramatic. I hope this didn't hurt her video.
After visiting the other two acts again, Kiraki drags himself back to Hiro and Seiji's dressing room. "Excuse me."
Kiraki enters and notices that Hiro and Seiji are now applying stage make up in a dusty poorly lit mirror.
Seiji notices Kiraki's condition. "The other acts are that bad?"
Kiraki looks at himself in the mirror. "I think my eyebrow hair is falling out."
Seiji giggles. "You know, I had days like this when I first started. Josephine would always tell me that a true idol is one that can be thrust into the absolute worst situations and come out on top."
Josephine nods.
"But, I can't say that I've had to deal with a mess like this. Do your best Kiraki."
Kiraki mumbles to himself and shuffles out of the room.
--
"Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to our show! Is everyone lively?" The stage manager cups his hand to his ear. The small number of people in the onsen's auditorium have nothing to say to him.
"That's good! Anyway, here is our first act, A and B!"
A and B walk out on stage. They try to do their story and fail about four lines in.
Kiraki has a vein pop out on his forehead. This calls for desperate measures!
Kiraki runs out on stage. "Hello, everyone! My name is C."
The audience gives him stony silence.
"I love stories about cows. Could you tell me that story again?"
A and B try again. However, they are so nervous that they obviously miss an important section of the story.
"Excuse me! Where did the cow learn his martial arts?"
A and B fill in the section that they missed and try to continue, but they again miss an important section.
"Excuse me! Was the horse against or in favor of progressive tax rates?"
A and B laugh at their mistake and continue.
However, Kiraki can tell that his interruptions were starting to grate on A and B's nerves.
"Excuse me, what type of car was the pig driving?"
A explodes. "Will you shut up!!"
The crowd explodes with applause and laughter.
Kiraki makes a comic hang dog face and tip toes off stage. "I just like cow stories."
Energized by the crowd reaction, A and B finish their story without missing any more details and get a nice ovation.
"Our next act is Mister Mysterio!"
Mysterio starts out with his card trick and promptly messes it up.
Kiraki wraps a cloth around his head, thief style, and walks on stage. "How dare you mess up a trick from me, the great Mephisto? Prepare to face the horror of my magical martial arts."
Mysterio gathers up his cards. "Is that so? I would like to see that."
Kiraki throws a strike aiming for an area about a foot and a half in front of Mysterio.
Mysterio takes the cards and does the trick again, this time transferring the deck around Kiraki's arm.
The crowd gasps.
Kiraki sulks off the stage. "Your magic martial arts is good."
Josephine looks on in wonder. Maybe the boss is right? Maybe inside of this weird untalented kid is someone who can connect with an audience?
To be continued!
-
Good Job for Kiraki for saving the show, hmm so even though he has no real 'talents' he can still rescue the show and has a presense on the stage, I wonder, will that be enough for him though?.......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 12 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Spurred by the laughter from the opening acts, the auditorium of the onsen fills up with people.
Kiraki leads the opening acts through the audience by pretending to allow them to beat him up.
Kiraki suddenly stops. Wow, Aika and those other three girls are going to be watching the show.
The opening acts fall over Kiraki and create a large pile.
Finally, the stage manager takes control of the situation. "Everyone, are you ready for a idol concert?"
The crowd cheers.
"Well, let me bring out a new group. They are making their live debut tonight. Please welcome Hiro and Seiji!"
Kiraki retreats to back stage so that he can see the concert close up.
Seiji and Hiro walk out on stage. Seiji looks totally shocked and overwhelmed.
Kiraki looks puzzled. I've never seen Seiji acting in a less than cool way before.
Hiro nudges Seiji. "Seiji, are you okay?"
"All of these people."
"Yes, all of these people are here to hear us sing. Isn't that amazing?"
"Everyone, everyone, THANK YOU!!" Seiji starts sniffling.
"Come on, they came to hear us sing."
Seiji nods.
"Hello, everyone. My name is Hiro and this is Seiji. This is our live debut, so when we become famous idols you can brag to your friends that you saw us first."
Seiji nods enthusiastically.
"We haven't figured out a name for our duo yet, but Hiro and Seiji sounds good, doesn't it?"
The crowd murmurs some approval.
"What about Seiji and Hiro?"
Hiro looks annoyed at Seiji. "I'm not sure I like that name better." Hiro hides his face from Seiji so he can wink to the crowd.
The crowd giggles.
"Shall we get started?"
Seiji nods.
Both Hiro and Seiji suddenly get serious and bow their heads.
Josephine starts their karaoke tape.
A loud rock beat starts.
Seiji jumps ahead, completely transformed from a shy young boy into an energetic star. "Come on everyone, let's start burning up!"
Kiraki hit's himself in the head. How could I be so dumb as to not realize that Seiji was playing up his stereotype before he started performing?
Seiji and Hiro perform three songs. They have the crowd in the palms of their hands the entire time.
Seiji and Hiro say thank you to the crowd and exit.
The crowd loudly starts demanding an encore.
Josephine hugs both Seiji and Hiro.
Seiji starts looking panicked. "We don't have music for any more songs. What now Josephine?"
Kiraki pipes up. "Didn't you tell me that a true idol can be thrust into the worst of situations and come out on top?"
This calms Seiji down. "What about it Hiro? Want to try a Capella?"
Hiro nods, but then grabs Kiraki. "Come on, you need to lead a question and answer session first. It will make people forget that we had a crappy a Capella encore." Hiro shoves Kiraki on stage.
"Hello everyone! This is a person C's special interview segment and today I would like to interview Seiji and Hiro!"
The crowd cheers.
"Of course, as a grizzled and tough reporter, I will be asking the hard questions." Kiraki pats his biceps and strikes a heroic pose. "So, Hiro, Naruto or Naruto: Shippuden?"
Hiro nearly falls over. "What kind of silly question is that?"
Kiraki turns red.
Rats. I shouldn't yell at a host, no matter how much of a baka sumo boy is being. "The first series, up until the point where the manga writer couldn't keep up with the television series and the story wondered out of control with filler episodes."
Seiji nods. "The first series was good, but I have been enjoying Shippuden as well."
"So, Seiji, which shinigami from Bleach is your favorite?"
Yikes! This crowd is rapidly turning on Kiraki. "Not to dodge this worthy question, but I'll bet there are lots of people in the audience who have their own questions."
Kiraki does a good job in organizing the questions from the audience, until ...
"I have a question for Hiro. What type of girl are you interested in?"
Hiro shoots a look at the girl who asked the question, the tallest girl from the video shoot. Oh great. The last question I want to answer. Any answer I give will alienate any girl who doesn't fit that description.
Kiraki smiles. "So, what about it Hiro? Are their any girls you all ready fancy? Anything that you're looking for in a girl?"
Hiro coughs. Oh no. I do have a prepared answer, but now I realize that it would sound too smug. "Well, to be honest with everyone, I'm still going to school. The school I go to is overrun by people who are signed as idol singers. So, I am surrounded all day by the same girls that many of the guys in this very audience dream about. And, I have to admit, they are good at what they do, which is getting guys to dream about them. However, I don't have a favorite right now. But, if I did, I would want them to be a friend and someone who was dependable."
This response draws applause.
--
On the ride home the three boys are in high spirits and take turns throwing rolled up pieces of paper at each other.
After a while Seiji and Kamei-ko take a nap.
Kiraki teases Hiro. "That was a slick answer to the girl friend question."
"I was lying."
"What?"
"There is a girl at the school that I have a crush on, but I haven't told her yet."
Kiraki nods. "I can see how that question must have been awkward."
Hiro rolls his eyes. "That question was a receipt."
Kiraki looks at Hiro with a uncomprehending look.
"The question was that girl's revenge on me. You see, she's in our school, and she's in the fashion club. When I came to the school she tried to recruit me to be a model for the fashion club but I turned her down."
"How mean."
"Forget about it. An idol has to be able to handle adversity."
Kiraki nods.
"Unless she makes a habit out of trying to throw me off, I would just forget it."
"That's so cool of you."
"Hey I have worse things to worry about. My singing was flat twice in the second song. You have no idea what torture Josephine is going to put me through next week."
Josephine, who is driving the van, laughs an evil laugh.
To be continued!
-
Ah ,well done to Hiro and Seiji on a successful debut, even if Kirako did bungle the Q&A :doh: still nevermind....
Hmm, I wonder if this girl who's following Hiro around may cause more problems down the line?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 13 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Okay, Shabondama Four's first video making of, say yea!"
The four members say "yea" in unison and make peace signs. They stand in front of the bus that they had just spent three hours driving in.
Aika yawns. The sun is just rising now? They had us report to the agency building at four in the morning! I had no luck trying to sleep on the way up.
"Miss Aika, please don't zone out." The camera man in charge of the making of video tries to encourage Aika so that he can continue to shoot "candid" video.
I just rode three hours. You'd zone out too. Aika tries to compose himself. "Good morning. My name is Aika, and I apologize for being sleepy. We just got here to this onsen and I have never imagined coming to a place this amazing."
Risako jumps in front of Aika and starts clowning around, acting like a monkey.
"You'll probably want to know who I am shooting this video with. There are four of us, as you might expect from a group called the Shabondama Four. One of our members is this trained monkey right here. What is your name, monkey-san?"
Risako scratches the top of her head and gives Aika a confused look.
Yurina walks over pretending to hand turn a music box and singing some old fashioned song. "Oh, kind lady. I see you have found my trained monkey."
"Oh, this is yours? It's a nice monkey. What is monkey-san's name?"
"Her name is Risako."
Risako jumps up and down to signify knowing it's name.
"Yurina!" Saki joins the other three clowns. "I thought I told you to find a job. Yet, here you are again with this monkey. What am I to do?" Saki pouts, overacting as much as she can.
Yurina pretends to be hurt. "But, Saki, my monkey and I can earn much more on the streets than I can make in a regular job."
Megumi gives Aika a signal to herd the troops into makeup.
"Well, as you can see, the girls of Shabondama Four are completely normal girls so please support our first song for our first commercial."
The other three girls continue clowning until the cameraman signals that he is done.
Aika drags the other girls through the onsen, following Megumi to the makeup area.
Risako pokes Aika. "Hey you. It looks like you're going to be the straight man of the group, so when we're acting like clowns you need to tease us more. If you don't tease us it looks like you're expecting us to act stupid because we are stupid."
"Sorry."
One of the makeup artists begins working on Aika.
Aika quickly becomes bored and starts reading anything that is available. Aika looks at one of the brochures.
This onsen has separate baths for women and men, as well as rooms with private baths. While bathing in hot springs is generally considered safe, the management recommends not bathing if you have a cut anywhere on your body...
Megumi comes over to Aika. "Now look. I know that we've had this argument before. Are you still sure you don't want boots with heels? You are already the shortest of the group. Not wearing heals will make you stand out even more."
"I'm sure."
"Okay, but I brought two pairs of boots for you, one without heels and one with heels, just in case you change your mind."
Aika nods "Well, you know me. I've never wore high heels before, so trying to dance in them before I learn how to walk in them would be a disaster."
Finally, the make up is applied and the costumes are put on. The group runs out in the courtyard where the crew has already put up elaborate decorations to make it look like a party is going on.
Aika notices that there are dozens of the soap bubble machines lying around. "Hey, do these things really work?"
"Try it out." The making of cameramen grunted.
Aika starts turning the wheel of the machine and soon hundreds of huge bubbles start filling the sky. "Oh my god, this thing really works. So pretty!"
"You'll be sick of them by the tenth take."
The director for the video tries to line up the group. "Come on now, you guys did this dance perfectly in practice yesterday. It should be easy going today. The only thing different are the costumes. Now line up."
The group lines up in the following order: Saki, Risako, Aika and Yurina. The director scratches his head. "Miss Aika, doesn't your costume come with high heels? You guys look ridiculous lined up like that."
"I didn't practice in heels."
"Can't you put them on, though?"
"I've never worn heels before."
The director shoots a dirty look at Megumi. "What type of a national idol is this?"
"I'm sorry. T warned me that she was the least feminine girl he had ever hired."
Aika turns red. That's the understatement of the century!
The director starts pouting.
Megumi adjusts her glasses and gathers her courage. "Director-san, I think that we should just start shooting as it is. Maybe the strangeness of line up will make people look at it twice? Like something that is subtly wrong?"
The director rolls his eyes. "Okay, but I can't promise to like any of this."
The director lines the group up again. "Okay, intro and first verse!"
They do the dance and lip sync the intro. At the break in between the intro and verse each one of the four picks up a bubble machine and start cranking them.
Aika is very surprised. When she was using the machine by herself there was an impressive amount of bubbles, but with four machines going at the same time she could barely even see the director through the thick cloud of soap bubbles.
After five takes the director finally calls for a break. "Okay, good job, take a five minute break."
Aika turns to Saki to ask her if she thought that the director got any usable footage out of that soap bubble explosion, but is cut off.
"Don't forget your promise."
Aika frowns. Oops, that's right, I promised to flirt with her and Risako. Aika nods to Saki. "I'll get on that now."
Aika catches the eye of the making of cameraman and then sneaks up behind Risako, who is trying to negotiate sampling some of the food on the party table without messing up her outfit.
Aika stands on his tiptoes and puts his arms around Risako's head.
Risako smiles and uses a plastic spoon to scoop some of the frosting off of the cake and puts some of the frosting on Aika's nose.
Megumi runs over and grabs both of them by the ear. "Come on, you two, the makeup artist's job is hard enough without you ruining Aika's foundation."
Risako gives Megumi a hang dog look. "Sorry, it just happened."
"Aika, get that touched up."
Aika runs back to the makeup room. Yes! One down, one to go.
To be continued!
-
Poor Aika, seems as though the sooner 'she' gets trained to wear heels the better
The director shoots a dirty look at Megumi. "What type of a national idol is this?"
"I'm sorry. T warned me that she was the least feminine girl he had ever hired."
Aika turns red. That's the understatement of the century!
:lol:
So Aika got her flirting done with Risako, nice now that just leaves Saki.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 14 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Okay, bridge two, take thirteen."
Aika tries hard not to wince in pain. Wow, even with boots without high heels, this shoot is a killer.
Aika remembers some of the advice that Reina gave him on the phone the night before: "Never forget to smile." I wish that she hadn't called so late last night considering that I had to get up so early, but at least the advice is coming in handy.
"And cut. Okay, take a five minute break."
Aika breathes a sigh of relief. How many takes of each part of the dance did they really need?
Suddenly Aika notices a new crop of spectators who had come to check out the shoot. Hey, this group looks familiar. "No way!"
Aika signals to the making of cameraman to stop shooting and runs over to the spectators. "I can't believe it! There are five thousand onsens in Japan and we wind up at the same one?"
Hiro looks totally embarrassed, but Kiraki is bouncing up and down with excitement.
"Aika, what are you doing?"
Aika sees Megumi charging straight at him, looking furious. Oh no, Miss Megumi thinks that I am flirting with a bunch of random guys. "It's okay. We already know each other. These three boys are from my school. Kiraki and Hiro are in my homeroom. Seiji and Hiro are going to perform today. The older guy, from what I've been told, must be Josephine."
Josephine smiles and bows.
"But, what are the onsen guests going to think if you're so familiar with these boys? They don't know you guys go to the same school."
Josephine waves his hand. "Don't worry miss, these boys have a lot of work to do so they'll be going now."
Aika waves good bye and then runs back to the set. He catches the eye of the making of cameraman. Okay, one left to go. Aika puts his arms around the head of Saki, in a similar way that he did to Risako.
Aika hears a loud thump but tries to ignore it so that the cameraman can get some good flirting footage.
Finally the shooting is over.
"Okay, that's a wrap!"
Yurina sighs. "Finally. Every muscle in my body is sore. But, now we get our reward."
Aika smiles. "The cake?"
Yurina waves her finger. "That's later. They got a room with a private spring just for us. We can all hit it together."
"But, I didn't bring a swimsuit."
"Swimsuit? No one brought a swimsuit."
Aika's stomach turns upside down. Oh no! What am I going to do now? Obviously the group is going to want us all to be there, but they'll be nude and worse they're going to expect me to be nude, too!
Panicking, Aika looks around the area until he finds an exposed sharp object.
"Itai!" Aika grabs his right index finger with his left hand.
Megumi runs over "Miss Aika, what's wrong?"
"I cut myself."
"I think there's a first aid station."
"I'll try to find it." Aika runs off.
Megumi starts to run after Aika, but stops. Aika is pretty level headed, she can probably stay out of trouble.
After Aika gets out of visual range of the set he stops overacting and starts giggling. This plan is going to work. All I need to do is put a band-aid on the finger. No one is going to want to look underneath it. Then, I can claim that I am not allowed to go into the hot spring.
Aika rounds a corner and then immediately jumps back. He sees that Kiraki is walking down the other hallway. If sumo boy sees me not being in pain the word would get around and my story and possibly my cover could get blown.
"Itai!" Aika rounds the corner pretending his finger hurts.
"Aika-kun, what's wrong?"
"I cut my finger."
"There's a first aid station down the hall."
"Thanks sumo boy." Aika runs down the hall. Did he buy my story?
Aika puts a band-aid on his perfectly good right index finger. Done, now all I have to do is explain things and then take a walk outside on the trail.
After finding the room number from Megumi, Aika knocks on the door. "Excuse me, coming in."
Aika walks in to see the other three girls patiently waiting dressed in towels.
"Oh my god, I can't tell you how happy I am to see you. This is the most difficult atmosphere here with these two people." Yurina points to Saki and Risako, who giggle and poke each other.
Aika bows apologetically. "I'm horribly sorry but I cut myself. I'm not allowed to go into the spring."
"At least could you hang out?"
"I would feel weird. I was thinking I would just walk the trail outside."
Yurina sighs. "Okay, but you owe me a favor, Aika."
"Absolutely."
Aika escapes outside. The trail is nice and secluded and features nice views of the mountain and the adjacent ravine.
Aika rests on a bench and takes out his cell phone. Fortunately, the onsen is only two miles away from a town so there is adequate reception.
"Hello Reina?"
"Oh my god, oh my god, how did the shoot go?"
"Tough, but we got through it."
"Great."
"And, I remembered to smile."
"What are the other girls doing now?"
"They're in a hot spring."
"Why aren't you with them?"
"I cut myself."
"Oh no! That's terrible! I'll make it up to you. I'll take you on a date and we can go to an onsen together."
Aika turns red. "Well, maybe after our debut as a duo."
"Absolutely."
"Well, I had better go back. I went outside to get better reception."
"Okay. Remember to enjoy yourself. We're only young once so don't hold back."
"I won't hold back."
Since Aika is more than halfway around the trail, he continues along.
Suddenly Aika realizes that there is a point in the trail were there is an inadvertent view into some of the hot spring areas. The point is at a rest area, but one has to stand on the bench to fully see. Yes, we're only young once. I won't hold back!
Aika gets up on the bench and realizes that he can see the hot spring that his group is using. Although he is far away, he can see that Yurina looks totally awkward and embarrassed and Risako and Saki are all over each other.
To be continued!
-
Good thing Aika can think of a plan in a hurry, that could of gotten, um, intresting :lol:
Hmm, seems as though he couldn't resist 'checking up' on his groupmates from the viewing point though..... :shocked
-
I don't think that Aika wanted to look in on his own group. I think he was hoping to peak at some other random group and got stung when he realized that he was looking at his own group. But, that's the danger of not holding back.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 15 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Excuse me, I'm coming in." Aika enters his group's room.
Yurina is already fully clothed and lays on the sofa with a wash cloth on her head.
"You okay?"
"A little grossed out. You should have been there, you and I could have made them behave."
"Sorry."
"It's okay, they're still changing. We can beat them to the cake."
"Sounds good." This is no good at all. We're supposed to be coming together as a group. We're not supposed to be this fragmented.
Aika beats Yurina out to the courtyard. What the heck? Most of the cake and sweets are already gone? "Whaaa?" Aika pouts.
Megumi sneaks up behind him. "Don't worry, we saved all of you appropriately sized portions so you guys don't gain weight."
Aika and Yurina give Megumi stereo withering stares.
Aika rolls her eyes. "That sounds like a convenient excuse for you guys to grab the most of the cake for yourself."
Yurina turns up her nose. "After a workout like today I could have went through that whole cake by myself."
Megumi turns red. "Okay, there was that as well. But, putting that aside, why don't you grab your stuff and take it back to your room and order room service?"
"Room service?" Aika's and Yurina eyes grow wide. Without another word they gather up the deserts and run back to their room.
Within thirty minutes of ordering the four of them are sitting around a portable hot grill with containers of meat, vegetables, and rice on the side.
Aika sighs. "Teppanyaki. This makes the trip completely worth it!"
The other murmur their approval.
Yurina nudges Aika. "Come on, teppanyaki father, time to get started."
"Itadakimasu!" Aika starts throwing meat and vegetables on the grill which is sizzling hot and prepared with a coating of vegetable oil.
Aika soon realizes that it is survival of the fastest as three times in a row another member of the group beats him to a piece of meat that he is trying to snatch from the grill with his chopsticks. "So, that's how it is?"
Aika steps up his game and soon all of the members have had a roughly equal portion of the barbecue.
Yurina looks at her watch. "Yikes, it's already ten after four. We're going to miss the concert."
Saki looks at Yurina funny and motions to the untouched desserts.
"You guys can have mine." Yurina runs out.
Aika winces. Oh great! If I follow Yurina then the "no self control twins" will eat all the desserts and get fat and then they will somehow blame their weight gain on me.
Aika gets up and starts loading the desserts into the portable refrigerator.
Risako makes a face. "What are you doing?"
"We should all eat dessert together."
"That's a dumb idea."
Aika goes into intimidation mode and gives Risako a scary look. "I don't think it's a dumb idea."
"I guess I can wait." Risako whispers.
The three of them make the performance just as it is starting.
Wow. Hiro is really good! Too bad I got thrown out of the audition, I would have liked to have seen his audition as well.
Aika notices that most of ladies from the onsen that were there were older than him. Yikes, they are very into the choreography and little tricks that Seiji and Hiro are using to appeal to them.
"Thank you very much!"
This is interesting, Yurina is one of the first people to start chanting for an encore.
Sumo boy comes out. "Hello everyone! Person C here again. This time I am going to conduct an interview with some people you might want to hear from ..."
The crowd looks at him with blank expressions.
".. Hiro and Seiji!"
Hiro and Seiji come out.
"Of course, as a grizzled and hard boiled reporter, I will be asking the tough questions. So, Hiro, Fushigi Yuugi or Fushigi Yuugi Genbu Kaiden?"
Hiro nearly falls over. "What kind of silly question is that?"
Kiraki turns red.
Oh no! I shouldn't yell at my host, no matter how stupid my host is. I better cover. "It should be obvious that I would like the first series."
Seiji nods. "However, I've been enjoying the prequel."
"So, Seiji, Uwasa no Midori-Kun or There Were 11?"
Yikes, the crowd is rapidly turning on Kiraki. "Not to dodge this worthy question, but I'll bet there are lots of people in the audience who have their own questions."
Immediately half he people in the audience raise their hands.
"Yes, you?"
A younger girl tries to make herself be heard. "Do you guys have any puppies?"
Seiji smiles. "I don't have any puppies, but I do have a turtle. Her name is Kamei-ko."
Kiraki does a good job in organizing the question and answer session. Until ...
"My question is for Hiro. What type of girls do you like?"
Aika shoots Yurina a threatening look. What is wrong with her? Doesn't she know that this sort of question will make Hiro look bad no matter what he answers?
Hiro is able to come up with a suitably noncommittal answer, but Aika is able to tell how uncomfortable the question made him.
After the concert, the group grabs their desserts and get herded back into the bus.
After a few miles, Saki and Risako fall asleep with Risako's head on Saki's shoulder.
Even before finishing his desserts, Aika nudges Yurina and talks low so that Megumi who is toward the front of the bus cannot hear. "Don't you think that was kind of a harsh question to ask Hiro? He is in my homeroom class, you know. I have to stick up for him."
Yurina turns beet red. "Well, um, I guess I wasn't thinking."
"Just don't do it again."
Aika goes back to his dessert and Yurina cowers behind her copy of sho-komi.
To be continued!
-
Well seems as though Aika sticks up for the guys for telling Yurina off for asking a silly question, seems as though she may have a thing for Hiro though.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 16 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki sips some water in the trainee lounge in the Jeneral Entertainment building. He moves slowly and is covered in the sweat of two hours of dance practice, which was preceeded by two hours of voice lessons. Geez! Martial arts is a lot less strenuous than this!
"Kiraki, babes, may I see you in my office?"
Kiraki walks with Josephine. Oh, no. I must be in trouble for sure.
They sit down.
"Kiraki, you are making some great strides so far. Also, word of how well you did assisting Hiro and Seiji has really impressed the boss. He feels we can take this to the next level."
Kiraki nods, not knowing what to think.
"Kiraki-chan, I think that you just might be ready to be part of a group."
Kiraki raises an eyebrow. "Not a duo?"
Josephine waves his hand in front of his face. "Let's crawl before we walk. You're not ready to be the focus of a duo, but in a larger group your lack of singing ability can be hidden, so that when your singing catches up, you'll be used to performing."
"Sensei, if you think that I am ready, then I will do my best."
Josephine smiles, but then gets a sinister look. "But, before this group can form, there is a problem that I trust that you can fix."
"What is it?"
"It involves Satoshi and Masaki."
"I don't know who they are."
Josephine slams his hand down on his desk in exasperation. "And, that is the problem!"
Oh no! I'm done for for sure!
"Those two baka boys are supposed to be your mentors and are supposed to be helping you. But, they ditch so many of their responsibilities that you've never even heard of them!"
Oh, it doesn't have anything to do with me. Lucky! "Do you have pictures?"
Josephine shows Kiraki the picture of the two boys.
Kiraki instantly recognizes them. They are the two boys who Seiji scolded for bullying a smaller boy on Kiraki's first day of class.
"If you can get these two boys to do their chores and come to practice, then I will form a five person group with them, you, Hiro and Seiji. If you can't then I will fire those two and the group will not be formed and you'll continue your training."
Kiraki gets a look of dread on his face. I'm doomed!
"Kiraki-chan, your job is not in jeopardy. You've being giving us your best. I'm only giving you this assignment because I think you have the best chance of pulling off a miracle and saving these boys. But, if you don't, I won't hold it against you."
Kiraki's hands ball into fists. "Thank you, Josephine, I hope to prove worthy of your trust."
"Good. Now, here is a directional finder. I have instructed Satoshi and Masaki to take their cell phones with them at all times. This device will help you track them down. Now, tomorrow morning, they should be cleaning the building. You don't have to because you have a perfect attendance record so far. You can probably count on them not showing up. This device will help you track them down so you can force them to do their chores. Got it?"
Kiraki nods. I would really rather have Josephine teach me martial arts by making me do exercises in a sailor fuku than trying to chase down these two punks.
That night Kiraki has a nightmare about tracking Satoshi and Masaki down to a seedy part of Tokyo and getting involved in a gang fight.
When the alarm rings Kiraki groans. I could be sleeping in this morning instead being a babysitter.
Kiraki arrives at the JE building and examines the lockers of Satoshi and Masaki. Wow, their janitor gear not only is still there, but is covered with a thick layer of dust.
Kiraki looks at the clock which shows seven fifteen. Well, it's too late for them to just claim that they were going to show up but got delayed.
Kiraki breaks out the directional finder. It reads that the two boys were together, about two kilometers away.
Kiraki shakes his head. Well, at least that is where their phones are. No guarantees that they haven't ditched their phones.
Kiraki sets out looking for his prey.
Kiraki is surprised to find that unlike his nightmare, the neighborhoods that he travels through get better as opposed to more seedy the farther he goes.
Finally, the directional finder leads him to a park and then to a giant tree. Looking up he spots his prey. "What are you guys doing?"
Satoshi, a blond, puts down his binoculars and looks down from the branch that he lays on. "What's it to you, weirdo?"
Masaki, who has dark hair, sticks out his tongue at Kiraki. "Go play with dolls, kid."
Satoshi grabs a seed pod and throws it at Kiraki.
"Wow, Josephine was right, you two are a couple of baka boys."
Masaki and Satoshi both turn red and get "busted" looks on their faces when they hear Josephine's name.
Satoshi laughs a fake laugh. "We were just kidding. You're not going to tell Josephine, right? By the way, what's your name kid?"
"Kiraki, and Josephine has asked me to make sure you two stop ditching your chores."
Masaki and Satoshi climb down the tree to the ground.
Satoshi cracks his knuckles. "Is that so? Well, I have a better idea. How about you go and do our chores and then tell Josephine that we did it? Doing chores is too boring for guys as cool as we are."
This should be entertaining. Kiraki pretends to show fear. "Oh, no. What am I to do? There's two of you and only one of me."
Masaki turns and looks at Satoshi. "Hey, Sato-kun. Let's give this sissy a free sample."
When Masaki turns his head back Kiraki's foot arrives at the same time.
Smack!
Masaki crumbles to the ground and doesn't move.
"Maybe the odds are better now, don't you think?"
Satoshi starts crying. "You idiot! What if you scarred his face? We're going to be big stars! Are you trying to ruin his career?"
"His career? Well, if you two had paid any attention to your so called careers in the last month, you would know that you two were supposed to be helping to train me. And, you'd know that we're all supposed to be put into a five person group together. But, seeing how it is, why would I want to be in a group with you two donkeys? It would be a lot easier to let you two get kicked out of the agency, which I can arrange by tomorrow."
Satoshi grovels before Kiraki. "Okay, okay, you win. We'll do cleaning today."
Kiraki smiles. "That's much better. But, I have one question, why are you two clowns here of all places?"
Masaki finally makes it to his knees. "We heard on 3-chan that there was photo shoot today at the mansion next to the park. Take a look."
Kiraki takes Masaki's offered binoculars. He climbs the tree to take a look.
Kiraki gasps in surprise when he sees a limousine pull up in front of the mansion and Aika and Reina step out of it. They are herded into the mansion by the same lady who was helping them at the onsen.
Kiraki climbs down from the tree. "Maybe you two aren't as dumb as you look. But, those rooms are not going to get clean by themselves. Let's go."
To Be Continued
-
"Those two baka boys are supposed to be your mentors and are supposed to be helping you. But, they ditch so many of their responsibilities that you've never even heard of them!"
Oh, it doesn't have anything to do with me. Lucky! "Do you have pictures?"
:sweatdrop: Well that's Ok then, If Kiraki isn't in trouble over these two.....
"If you can get these two boys to do their chores and come to practice, then I will form a five person group with them, you, Hiro and Seiji. If you can't then I will fire those two and the group will not be formed and you'll continue your training."
:pig realmad:
Well, then again..... :nervous
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 17 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
After a long day of cleaning, the job was finally finished.
"This is the worst!" Whines Masaki.
"What is it now?" Kiraki rolls his eyes. I've had to put up with these two baka's bellyaching the entire day. It took more work to make them work than they actually worked.
Masaki looks at his phone. "3-chan is flooded with reports of weird stuff going on at that shoot."
"But, who is putting up those reports? Isn't the shoot inside?"
"The staff members and people with telescopes. And, it could have been us, if a certain someone hadn't have come along and ruined our day."
"Aren't you guys worried about getting in trouble for being peeping Toms?"
Satoshi smirks. "All we were doing was climbing a tree in a public park to look at birds with our binoculars. We have plausible deniability."
"So, what are you going to use for plausible deniability on Monday? Or, are you going to be showing up for dance and singing lessons?"
An evil grin comes over Satoshi's face. "Kid, since we are supposed to be mentoring you, let me say that you're still kind of behind the curve when it comes to thinking like a boy idol singer."
A frown crosses Kiraki's face. This can not be good.
"It's an idol's job to have all the fun for the country. Everyone assumes that we live a wild life of excitement, so if we can get away with it, why not?"
"That doesn't explain what you're going to do on Monday."
"It does. You see, Monday is on Monday, but today is Saturday. So, we are not going to worry about Monday until Monday."
Masaki giggles. "So, if you're done riding roughshod on us today, we were thinking of going back to the park and look at the birds some more, before they fly away."
Kiraki sighs. "Well, I don't need you guys to do anything more today."
Masaki and Satoshi start to get ready to leave.
"So ... what are some of those reports saying?"
Masaki shows Kiraki a saved post on his cell phone.
"No way! I cannot believe that some of our classmates are having a whipped cream orgy."
"Can you prove they're not?"
"Well, I guess you guys can go, if you can stay out of trouble."
"Wait a second. As your mentors, we must insist that you come with us. The sooner you learn about what really goes on in the idol industry the better."
Well, maybe their experience could help me? Kiraki follows Masaki and Satoshi back to the park. Geez, even though these two knuckleheads are passionate about peeping some photo shoot, they're so far behind in their conditioning work that they run like old ladies!
At the park Masaki and Satoshi have to help each other up to low branches, but Kiraki is able to scale the tree to a higher branch as if the tree has a ladder on its side.
Figures! All of the windows of the mansion have curtains. If that "insider" report that did not come directly from someone inside the building then it had to be a bunch of baloney.
After thirty minutes dusks starts settling. Masaki and Satoshi start climbing down.
"Hey rookie. Do you want to borrow my binoculars?"
"Sure."
Masaki hands Kiraki his pair of binoculars.
Kiraki suddenly starts noticing some movement. He sees Reina exiting the mansion in tears and jumping into a waiting limousine. This is followed by Aika and some girl he didn't know coming out out looking concerned and entering the limousine. The car takes off. I'll have to talk to Aika about this on Monday.
Scanning back along the wall of the mansion his nose suddenly starts bleeding. Oh my god. Two of the girls who were at the onsen video shoot are doing this and that and this and that. And, they must think that they are in a private spot.
"Hey, are you done up there? It's going to get dark. And, there's another place we need to show you."
Kiraki climbs down. "Another place?"
"Yeah, it's where it really all happens if you're going to be an idol."
Masaki hails a cab which takes the three of them downtown a seedy part of town.
Kiraki gulps. Maybe my dream last night is going to come true and I am going to be in a gang fight.
The cab lets them out in front of an alley. Down the alley is a line of people and some bouncers.
Satoshi smiles. "Come on, Jenny-boys are always welcome."
The three of them walk past the line and then past the bouncers who wave them past without a second thought.
After going through a door, they find themselves in a darkly lit nightclub, complete with blaring music. Masaki guides Kiraki to a seat.
"I can't believe they let underaged kids in a place like this."
"Let us in? Not only do they let us in, they let us have whatever we want."
"You guys get drunk here?"
Misaki and Satoshi grin and nod.
"I don't understand this at all. You guys come here to get drunk, then you're not in any condition to study in class or train to be idols. How is this a good thing?"
"Because dozens of film producers hang out here."
Kiraki scans the club as best as he can. The ratio of males to females in the clubs is about ten to one.
"Guys, this has been eye-opening, but a growing boy needs his rest. So if you will excuse me."
Masaki grabs his arm, preventing him from leaving. "You're not leaving until you get drunk with us."
Kiraki leans over and whispers in Masaki's ear "Let go or Monday your wrists will be duct taped to the school gate with you just wearing your underwear."
Masaki's face shows that he believes Kiraki's threat. "Okay, it's no big deal. I was just trying to be a proper senpai to you."
"Well, see you guys Monday."
Kiraki leaves the club and finds a subway station to start his journey home.
What should I do? If I am going to "save" Satoshi and Masaki, then I will have to prevent them from clubbing, but if I raise a stink and have them banned from that club, then there were probably a dozen more that will have them.
And, if I rat them out to Josephine, then they would probably be bounced at once.
Also, what am I going to do about those two girls who are in that group with Aika?
Kiraki stares off into space.
To be continued
-
Man these two are hopeless, seems as though Kiraki has his biggest challenge to date..... :panic:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 18 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
"Aika-kun, may I have a word with you?"
Oh my god, I can see this not ending well. I can imagine Aika crying and kicking me in the shin, or Aika not believing me and stop talking to me in school, or Aika not caring at all.
And, I saw Aika hugging one of the two girls who were making out from behind at the video shoot. (I certainly can't forget that bruise I got on my forehead walking into a wall when that happened.) Is Aika going to freak when she hears that this girl was cheating on her?
Aika looks at Reina as if to get permission.
"It's okay, but don't leave me alone too long."
Aika picks up her lunch and follows Kiraki to a different table in the cafeteria. "What's up, sumo boy?"
"Well, first, um, I have a confession to make."
"Oh?"
"I peeped at your shoot on Saturday."
"No way! How did you get through the security?
"I was in the park, watching from a tree. I saw Reina run out of the building and she looked really upset. Is there anything I can do to help?"
"Thanks for the thought, but for now, just being a good class mate of hers is plenty."
Kiraki nods. "I also saw two of the girls who were in the video shoot with you."
"You did? Was one taller than the other?"
"About the same height." Wow, Aika's face says that she is not going to be surprised at what I am about to tell her. "They were making out outside."
Aika hangs her head and nods. Aika sneaks a glance over at the two girls in question who are hanging out at another table.
Kiraki can see that the two girls are not acting abnormally.
Finally, Aika looks up. "Okay, I've got it. This is going to sound weird, but I need you to play along."
"Okay."
Aika takes some money out, enough for a large size lunch, and hands it to Kiraki. "Don't tell anyone about it."
Kiraki's jaw drops. "But ..."
"Take it!"
What a scary voice! "Okay." Kiraki puts the money away.
"Now I can guilt trip those two that I had to pay hush money and not have to lie about it. Now, if you'll excuse me." Aika returns back to an impatient Reina.
--
Kiraki enters the Jeneral Entertainment building and is flagged down by the receptionist.
"Kiraki-kun, Josephine-sama needs to talk to you before practice."
This can not be good! Kiraki rushes to Josephine's office. Crap! Josephine looks totally distraught.
"Kiraki-kun, this is all my fault. I'm sorry."
"Sorry about what?"
"This." Josephine holds up a picture of Kiraki leaving the seedy nightclub from Saturday night.
Busted! I am so dead meat now. "Woah."
"No kidding. I had to pay the tabloid leaches good money to keep this out of the papers."
Kiraki bows deeply. "I'm sorry."
"No, it's not your fault. It's my fault. I sent you to clean up two giant mounds of crap, so it's natural that some crap rubbed off on your clothes."
"So, you know that Masaki and Satoshi go there?"
"I pay the photographers hush money nearly every week."
"I only stayed there a couple minutes."
"I know that you're a good dependable boy. But, now I know that even with your powers of persuasion, there's no way those two boys can be reformed."
"I'm sorry my help was no good."
"No, it's all my fault. I got your hopes up with the offer of being in a group and now, well, that's not going to happen."
Well, the dream was okay while it lasted. Kiraki nods.
"Kiraki? Maybe you can do me a favor. As you no doubt noticed, the crap brothers didn't do their jobs this morning as usual. And, I'm pretty sure that they're not showing up for practice tonight."
Yeah, I'd bet money on that and I don't even bet! Kiraki nods.
"I'm going to talk to the boss. If things go well, I will need you to relay them a message."
"A message?"
"That they are fired. But, that's only if things go well." Josephine nervously scratches his head.
Woah, do those two have incriminating photos or something? "Why wouldn't things go well?"
"Masaki and Satoshi are nephews of the boss."
Kiraki's jaw drops. "Ne-ne-nephews?"
"How do you think they have survived so far?"
Even so, I would have kicked those guys out if they were my nephews. Kiraki nods.
"Now go to practice."
Kiraki goes through his two hours of vocal training and dance lessons while trying to put this situation out of his mind. However, it is difficult and he has even more trouble than usual staying on pitch.
Finally, he drags his body to the talent lounge, where he finds Josephine waiting for him.
Josephine makes an "O" sign with his arms. "Success. The boss has known about them for a while and just needed a slight amount of prodding to move him in the right direction."
"Prodding?"
"I reminded him how much hush money we pay per month for them."
This seems so wrong to me that he would ignore their disgraceful behavior because they are family but kick them out over money issues. "So, they're gone?"
"Gone. Period."
However, I am not above wanting to kick them on the way out. Kiraki gets an evil grin. "So, Josephine, maybe you could help me craft an appropriate speech for them?"
--
Around two in the morning Masaki and Satoshi leave the nightclub. They have an older well dressed gentleman with them who has his arm around Masaki's shoulder. When they get out of the alley they are confronted by a tall youth.
"Imagine finding you guys here."
Masaki smiles. "Kiraki, let us introduce our producer friend here."
Producer? Is that what he calls himself? He looks like the only thing he produces is dirty thoughts about young boys. "No need. I just dropped by to warn you two that your cell phones are going to deactivated in the morning."
Satoshi raises an eyebrow. "Are we going to get better models? These pieces of junk won't run any of the coolest apps. They're so embarrassing."
"I don't know. Maybe Mister producer-san can buy you guys new phones."
"Aren't you getting a new phone?"
Kiraki lifts his chin and tries to look superior. "My getting a new phone from Jeneral Entertainment wouldn't affect people like you."
Masaki starts to get Kiraki's meaning. "You didn't rat us out did you?"
"No, they just got tired of paying the photographers hush money."
"Photographers?" The older gentleman runs away at a dead sprint.
Satoshi, who is visibly drunk, shoves at Kiraki without connecting. "You moron. He was going to get us on television!"
I don't think any video that that guy produces can be shown on television. "Sure he was." Kiraki smirks at Satoshi. "But, don't worry, you won't have to worry about us Jeneral Entertainment folk screwing up your business any more. Josephine sent me to tell you two that you are fired."
"What!!"
"Jeneral Entertainment wishes you two all the best in your future endeavors."
Kiraki turns and walks to the subway station, not even bothering to revel in their reaction. I am going to be tired the tomorrow in class, but this was so worth it.
To be continued
-
Ha, that will sort those two idiots out! :thumbsup why do I feel that Kiraki may not of seen the last of them though?.....
And Aika giult tripping Rii and Saki :lol: and once again poor kiraki gets involved in it :doh:
-
I want these two stupids are fired for long time!!! :twisted:
(So evil I am :nervous)
Thanks for your hard working :twothumbs
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 19 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Aika gets to the front of the Harmony Project building. Reina is already there. Wow, look what the cat dug up! Aika giggles. "Wow, looks like our makeup crew has it's work cut out for them."
"Baka. It's eight in the morning. I was only told of this shoot last night. I don't know what T is thinking about sometimes."
Aika yawns. "Yeah, it was really last minute for me as well."
A limousine pulls up. "Ladies, please enter in the back."
Aika sees that some of the makeup staff is already in the back seat. "Wow, they're not kidding around."
After a short drive, the car pulls up at an old mansion. Megumi greets them and directs them down a hall in the mansion to a room marked as the waiting room.
Reina smiles. "I hope we get some cool clothes to wear. This mansion has tons of possibilities."
Aika nods. Nice architecture and furnishings.
Reina opens the door. "We're coming in!"
Aika follows and runs right into Reina who suddenly freezes as solid as a statue. Aika looks around Reina. Okay, this is not what we were told about on the way over!
Instead of a waiting room, Aika sees before her a classroom. In the classroom, hiding discretely in the far corners are cameramen. Standing not so discretely in the front of the class room is Takaki, one of the stars of the variety show UtaMecha. Takaki's show is a show that all of the girls in her agency try to get on. Even though those who have gotten the show on have been brutally teased by Takaki, their sales have always skyrocketed after the cruel treatment.
"You're late."
Aika looks at the clock. The clock says ten after eight. "Late for what?"
"Late for what? Late for what? Are you stupid? I said in class yesterday that everyone was to assemble here at eight."
Aika looks at Takaki funny. Takaki gives her no clue as to what is going on.
"You two, take your seat."
Aika and Reina shrug their shoulders and chose two seats next to each other.
"Reina-kun?"
"What?"
"What? Is that how you address your teacher?"
Reina rolls her eyes. "Yes, sensei?"
"Your clothes."
"What about my clothes."
"They are against school regulations."
Reina checks her outfit. She wears a t-shirt with an anime character on the front and wears long baggy pants. "But, it's Saturday. Surely the school regulations don't apply tod ..." Before Reina can finish her sentence she has to dodge a piece of chalk thrown at her head by Takaki.
"You should have respect for your school at all times. How are you going to be able to concentrate in such clothes?"
Reina nudges Aika. "Oh no, this is one of their pop quiz shows."
Aika looks at Reina with surprise.
"They ambush various celebrities and groups and give them pop quizzes."
Aika groans. "No!"
The door opens and Sayumi starts entering.
"You're late!"
Sayumi looks terrified and then runs away.
Takaki signals the camera people to stop shooting. Takaki breaks character and talks to Aika in a less authoritative tone. "Why did she run? She's not supposed to do that."
Aika gets up. "I'll see if I can get her."
Aika had saw which direction Sayumi had ran and quickly finds her trying to hide in the curtains by a window. "Sayumi, are you okay?"
"Please, let me hide. I'm not prepared."
"Do you have a zit? They can fix that with makeup."
"No, no. I'm not prepared for a pop quiz."
"Oh, I get it, you don't want to seem dumb."
"No, you moron, I don't want to seem smart!"
"I don't get it."
"I do a idol character who's supposed to be a ditz. But, I haven't prepared any ditzy answers. If I just take the test straight, then I'll get a perfect score and lose all of my fans."
Aika looks at the curtain in shock. A tumbleweed rolls past. "Sayumi, I think you need to believe in yourself. Just draw on your experience with being a ditz. I'm sure you'll be able to figure it out. Now, let's try to not ruin his show."
Sayumi comes out from behind the curtains pouting. "Okay, but please stick up for me if I can't pull this off."
"I will."
Aika leads Sayumi back to the class. "Here she is."
Takaki gestures for Aika to come. "Okay, Aika sit down. Sayumi, wait outside and pout and I will come get you. Okay?"
Sayumi nods. "Okay. Pout, right?"
Takaki nods.
After Sayumi closes the door, Takaki and the cameras got out side the room to get Sayumi.
Reina smiles. "Don't worry, they can fix this by editing."
Sayumi walks in. "Oh, no. I was hoping today was going to be a shoot and I would get to wear cute outfits."
Takaki frowns. "The only thing you might shoot today is your chances for academic advancement."
Sayumi finds a seat and pouts. "Oh no, what am I going to do?"
Aika looks at her sideways. "Take the test?"
Soon, Takaki gets a signal that more are coming.
The door opens and Saki and Risako enter the room holding hands. They are so into their "cute" conversation that it takes them some ten seconds to realize that they are not in a waiting room.
Aika rubs her forehead and whispers to Reina. "There goes my hard work in protecting them!"
"They can fix that by zooming in to crop out their hands."
"You two are late."
Both Saki and Risako get a "busted" look on their faces.
Saki recovers. "It was a really nice morning and we lost track of time." Saki realizes that she is still holding Risako's hand and finally lets go of it.
"Today is not the day to lose track of time. Today is the day that you need to be at your best. Today might be the most important day of your life! Didn't I explain this yesterday in class?"
Risako pushes Saki. "I told you to stop texting me in class."
"Well, you don't have worry about texting today, Risako-kun. Today we will be collecting your cell phones."
Risako and Saki look at each other with a look of horror.
To be continued!
-
exam for the biggest baka ? :w00t:
-
:shocked Sayi is actually smart? Noooooooooooooooo! :banghead: :lol:
Oh dear poor Rii and Saki, seems as though they got pretty much busted with this and all the hand holding, hmm perhaps Aika can get them out of it.....
-
@shenlog - O - ping-pong. Yes, this is the bakajo test parody arc.
@oddball - About Sayumin being smart ... The whole story is supposed to be based on assumptions that some fans make about morning musume that are not based on hard evidence. On another board I was floating the rumor that Sayumi was secretly a genius who in her spare time lectured in Paris, France about Metaphysics and Literature Deconstruction. However, she does it in her Princess Why Why disguise and goes by the French translation of "the little rabbit of peace". One of her lecture DVD's outsold one of her photobook DVD's that was released at the same time, but there was speculation that her photobook would have done equally well in Paris if she had not shaved her arm pits.
However, just because Sayumi is super smart doesn't make her infallible ...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: Students going to an "elevator School" do not have to take standardized tests to get into High School because the elevator school includes it's own high school.
An Annoying Paradise Part 20 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"I'm coming in!"
Aika sees Yurina enter the class room and then turn stiff for several seconds.
"You're late."
"How can I be late? Isn't this the Shabondama Four photo shoot? After all, we're all here." Yurina gestures to Takaki that Aika, Saki and Risako are also in the room.
"There are no soap bubbles here. Please take your seat."
"But ..."
"Don't talk back to your teacher!"
"Yes, sensei."
Yurina sits behind Aika. "They got you too, huh?"
Aika turn around and nods. "Yeah, I thought that it was going to be a Shabondama Four photo shoot as well."
Takaki slams a ruler down on Aika's desk. "Don't talk about your club activities in class! You need to focus your mind."
Takaki then gets another signal.
A minute later Risa and Eri enter the room. Eri wears a cowboy outfit and Risa wears a club outfit. Both turn as stiff as boards when they see the classroom.
"You're late."
Risa recovers first. "Something must be wrong. I was told on the way over this was going to be a photo shoot for the Race Car Five."
Takaki slams his hand down on the desk in exasperation. "Do you see any race cars, let alone five of them?"
"Yes, we're all here." Risa gestures to Takaki that Eri, Reina, Sayumi and Risako are also in the room.
"This isn't school club activity day."
Eri grabs Risa's arm. "I don't like this."
"I hope that you girls studied last night."
Eri's eye grow wide. "Studied?"
"Now take your seats."
Eri and Risa take seats by Sayumi.
Sayumi turns around and grabs Risa's hand. "Please, let me copy off of you."
Whack!
Sayumi lurches in her chair as a piece of chalk bounces off of the back of her head. "Sayumi! How can an honor student such as yourself consider cheating?"
Sayumi rubs her head. "Since when am I a honor student? This is going to be the worst." Sayumi pouts.
Wait a second, I promised I would be helping Sayumi in her act. "Teacher? I don't recall Sayumi being an honor student."
Takaki grins a sinister grin. "Well, she's cute, so that's just as good."
"Gross!" Aika sticks his tongue out at Takaki.
Takaki smirks to himself. This show is going to write itself.
Takaki again gets the signal that more victims were coming.
A minute later Maasa and Momoko enter the room. Maasa looks like she is dressed for the beach and slowly lowers her sunglasses to survey the scene.
"Maasa, students are not allowed to wear sunglasses in school."
"School?" Maasa looks at Takaki without comprehension.
Momoko tilts her head. She is dressed in clothes currently fashionable in England. "I'm here for a photo shoot for Edge. I'm even wearing a plaid shirt to get me in the mood."
"The only edge that you have to worry about today is the edge that a good education can give you. Now take your seats."
Momoko and Maasa sit in the front, in front of their fellow Edge member Reina.
Takaki starts writing on the blackboard with chalk, but looks over his shoulder as he writes as if he is afraid that the girls would get into mischief if he takes his eyes off of them for one second. "Today, we have our standard high school exam!"
The girls groan as they see the words "high school exam" on the board.
"All of you want to get into a good high school so that you can get a good job and have a good life. This test is what you need to conquer to make this happen."
"But, we're already in a elevator Junior Hi..." Aika ducks just as a piece of chalk comes whizzing by.
"As I was saying, good high school, good job, good life. Everyone knows this, right?"
The girls nod their heads, not wanting to draw fire.
"However, among the ten of you, there is one girl who will stick out like a lock of hair that refuses to stay combed down. As we all know, such a lock of hair is called an ahoge. The girl who gets the lowest score on this test will be given the title of the ahoge girl, or the ahojo."
Sayumi puts her head down on her desk and sobs. "Why?"
Aika reaches back and sideways and pokes Sayumi. "Sayumi, do your best."
"Now that everyone is here, I would like you all to change into your regulation school uniforms. There will be a study hall for two hours, then lunch, then we will start the test. And, then we will find," Takaki whips around and looks right at Saki, "the ahojo!"
Saki screams in terror.
Aika is able to find a private room in the mansion to change without drawing attention to himself.
Coming back into the room Aika notices that the mood has considerably changed. Before, the room was a riot of color from all the trendy outfits worn by his fellow Harmony Project members. Now the room is very somber as all of the girls are wearing identical dark blue sailor fuku school uniforms.
"Aika?"
Aika looks up from the review material. "Yes, sensei?"
"Is your uniform okay? T tells me that you are quite a Tom boy."
Aika smiles and tries to cover. "I like sports a lot. By why would that mean that I don't like my school uniform? It's cute."
"Are you sure you wouldn't like a boy's uniform? Like Utena?"
Aika giggles a little until a snappy comeback comes to him. "Utena didn't wear a boy's uniform because she was Tom boy. She wore one because she was tall and they didn't have a girl's uniform her size."
Takaki notices that Sayumi is furiously writing notes on the margins of her study material. "Sayumi, you realize that this is not an open book exam?"
Sayumi slaps her head, but then continues to take notes.
After a little bit more, Takaki takes a break, convinced that he has enough footage for the first part of his show.
Aika looks backward at Sayumi, trying to see what she is writing, but cannot. "Pssst. Hey, Sayumi. What are you writing?"
Sayumi whispers back. "Ideas for stupid answers."
To be continued!
-
Can't wait for answers like Chan Pon Chan :lol:
-
Nice to see that Sayumi is studiying hard...... er to get the wrong answers... :nervous
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: The kanji for road that the teacher was looking for is the same kanji that is in the last name Michishige, something that "Sayumi" should have known (sort of).
The kanji for island that Saki got correct was the same kanji that is in the last name of Nakajima.
An Annoying Paradise Part 21 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Itai! I think you guys gave me the wrong size for the school shoes."
Oh yeah, sure, Sayumi. That's really transparent. It's not obvious that you're cheating by hiding notes in your shoes.
Aika smiles. I guess it's okay though since she's doing this to get a lower score, not a higher score.
"Kuso!" Reina has gripped her pencil so hard that it breaks in two.
What is she doing? She is just staring at the broken pencil. "Sensei, may I have another pencil?"
After Takaki gives Aika another pencil and goes back up to the front of the room, Aika slips Reina the new pencil.
Finally the test is over and it is graded. It is already evening, but the lights in the room makes it look like only a little time has gone by.
"Okay, class. Before we give out the results, there are many answers that we must carefully, seriously, and with great erudition, make fun of. Let's start off with the Kanji questions."
The class groans.
"This test had Kanji that you learned in each of your first six grades. Is everyone confident that you did well?"
Aika and Yurina raise their hands.
"Shouldn't idols have more confidence than that?"
One by one the rest of the girls raise their hands, with the last one to gain confidence being Sayumi.
"Sayumi, this is good. It is good to be confident. Let's look at one of your Kanji. We wanted a Kanji for the idea of a road. Here is what you drew." Takaki puts up a slide showing the Kanji Sayumi drew. "This is not a road (michi). This is the kanji for a worm (mushi). This is disturbing. What message does this send to the kids out there that even for a national idol there are still worms on the road that they walk?"
Sayumi hides her head in "shame" but secretly snickers.
"Another question was 'which Kanji has the idea of an island?' and, Saki!"
Saki jumps a little bit. "Yes?"
Takaki displays her answer. "Your answer was correct."
"Thank goodness."
"Now, let's talk about the Geography questions. You were asked to outline Russia on a map. Reina!"
Reina jumps two inches off of her chair.
Takaki puts up a slide with Reina's incorrect answer. "Reina, this is no good. Suppose you were going to do a concert in Russia and you flew to Australia instead? The promoter would be frantic. They would find out where you were and it would be a scandal. How would T explain that you would rather perform in a warm climate than a cold climate?"
Reina giggles and tries to cover up for the mistake. "I would depend on the airport people put me on the right plane."
"Is it really good for a national idol to be this carefree? Now, we also had the geography question: name the capitals of China, Mongolia, and Italy. Risa!"
"Yes?"
"I enjoy these foods as much as you do, but pizza is not the capital of Italy."
"No way!"
"Genghis khan is not the capital of Mongolia."
"You're kidding?"
"And, chow fun is not the capital of China."
"Ohhh! This sucks!"
"You do know the capital of Japan, right?"
"Tokyo, of course."
Takaki smiles. "That's good. I was expecting you to say Takoyaki was the capital of Japan. Next up, we had math questions. In this question we are to solve for 'x' in this equation." Takaki displays the equation with a projector. "Sayumi!"
Sayumi looks at the teacher suspiciously. "Yes?"
"Your answer was wrong. But it was cute."
This is my cue. "Sensei, this test isn't about being cute."
"No, it isn't. But her answer was cute."
"What's cute about a wrong answer in math?"
Takaki slams his hand down on his desk. "If I say it's cute, then it is cute."
"So, now it is time to find out who the ahojo is."
The class collectively groans.
"We will start from the top score and go to the bottom score. Coming in at number one was a member of the Shabondama Four club."
Risa groans. "Hey, that isn't me!"
"No, it is not, it is Yurina who scores a ninety five percent."
The girls give Yurina a hand.
"Number two, is someone whose name ends with the 'ah' sound."
Risa smiles and prepares to celebrate.
"That person is ... Aika who scored a ninety two and got a perfect score in math."
Sayumi pushes Aika from behind. "Being good in math isn't cute."
"In third place is someone from the first row."
"That's not me!"
Saki, Risako, and Sayumi brighten up.
"That person is ... Saki who scored a eighty eight."
Saki breathes a sigh of relief.
Eri raises her hand. "Teacher, this isn't fair. All of the top people so far have been in the Shabondama Four."
"Fair? Fair? Life is not fair. School is not fair. We graded the test according to the correct answers, not to distribute the high scores to the individual clubs."
Takaki regains his composure and paces at the front of the class. "Now, as we all know, by the results of the tests, we are placed into classes. So far, the people I have called have all been in the 'A' class. That is the class you want to be in. The next person will be the last person in the A class. And that person is ... someone whose name ends in 'oh'."
"Yeah, yeah, yeah." Momoko taps her hand on her desk.
"And that person is ... Risako with a score of eighty six."
"Eeeeeeh!" The members of the class who were not in the Shabondama Four raise their voices in indignation.
"So, class A will be all members of the same club. However, those who cannot get into class A can get into class B. You will want to be in class B because, those in class B cannot be ... the ahojo!"
The class groans.
"So the first member of class B, and the fifth highest score, is ... someone in the second row."
Risa again puts on a happy face.
"And, that person is ... Maasa who scores an eighty three. But, this means that we have only five places left. We have gone through half of the class. Place raise your hand if your name hasn't been called yet."
Sayumi, Risa, Eri, Reina and Momoko all raise their hand with embarrassed looks on their faces.
"Now, still in class B we have ... Risa with a score of eighty one."
Risa pumps her fist in the air. "Finally!"
"Which brings us to the last person in class B. And, this last person is ... Momoko with a score of seventy nine."
Momoko and Maasa slap each other high five.
"So now, one of the final people remaining, one of the members of class C is going to be the ahojo. Who can it be?" Takaki goes around and inspects the hair of Sayumi, Eri, and Reina.
Risako is grossed out. "Teacher, please stop smelling the hair of the students. It's perverted."
"I was looking at their hair to see if any of their locks were sticking up. There are no perverted teachers here. We're all here to help our students."
Risako rolls her eyes, unconvinced.
"Next up, the top of class C, is ... is ... Eri with a seventy five. I must say, though, that this class is one of the best groups of students ever. Usually, a seventy five is good enough for the top of class B."
Risa pats Eri on the shoulder to comfort her.
"But now, we have the moment of truth. Either Sayumi or Reina is going to be ... the ahojo."
Aika notices that while Sayumi gives a good reaction, it is a faked one, as if she wants to be last.
"And, so, number nine, with a score of seventy two is, ... Sayumi!"
"I am?"
"So, Reina, with a score of sixty eight is the ahojo!"
One of the camera people hand Reina a hair bow that has one giant lock of hair that sticks straight up on it.
"Please put on your prize."
Reina reluctantly puts on the bow and poses for the camera.
"And, that's a wrap! Thank you everyone!" Takaki breaks character and is all smiles since the show will probably bring a high rating number.
Aika finds a private place to change back, then goes to try to find Reina again to comfort her.
Reina barges past Aika and heads for the door of the mansion.
Sayumi catches up to Reina. "Hey, I'm sorry, I thought I threw enough questions to take the heat."
Reina ignores her and runs out.
Aika tries to catch up to her but is held back by Sayumi.
"Aika, there's something you should know. When Reina went on the regular UtaMecha show she was badly teased by Takaki and she took it really badly. I should have known that Takaki would make her nervous now. This is my fault."
Aika looks straight ahead, stunned. "It's okay. No one said being an idol was easy. We'll just have to support Reina in class next week, okay?"
"Okay."
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 22 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"I think it's time."
Oh no, what now? Aika sits in one of the oversized chairs in front of the desk of producer T. His expression is one of shock.
"It's time for you and Reina to release a duet."
"That's good, but, there's a problem."
"Problem?"
"Reina told me that after we did our duet that she would treat me by taking me to an onsen."
T looks at Aika for about fifteen seconds with a blank expression and then laughs. "Well, we would have had to tell her eventually, right? And, it's not like you enjoy dressing like a girl."
Aika blushes. "I know it might sound weird, but somehow I think that I enjoy going to the new high school. Somehow, I seem to fit in better there than I fit in at my previous school. So, while I would rather dress as a boy, the current situation is not that bad for me."
T nods. "I'll try to figure something out for you. You've upheld your end of the bargain very well. I will make sure that you wind up in a better position at the end of this."
"Thank you sir." Why do I have a feeling of dread about what he just said?
T hands two copies of sheet music and two CD's to Aika. "Here is the song. Give a copy to Reina."
Aika takes the material and rushes off to Aika's dressing room. Aika uses the special knock that Reina has given him to use.
"Come in!"
Aika enters with a smile. "New assignment." She hands Reina her copy of the sheet music and the CD.
Sachiko looks over Reina's shoulder as Reina reads the sheet music. "Miss Reina, how lucky, this song seems tailor made for your most powerful range."
"It is? Cool."
Aika raises an eyebrow. Wait a second, doesn't Reina know how to read sheet music? Well, it might be possible that she doesn't. She might have been relying on Sachiko's piano and her memory to memorize the right notes.
"Why don't you two try to get the notes down before you listen to the back up CD? That way you won't get confused if the track does something strange."
Aika and Reina nod.
--
Reina and Aika sip juice and water in the talent lounge.
Reina shoves Aika. "Hey, whatever you told Kiraki yesterday during lunch must have really cheered him up."
Aika looks at Reina with a blank expression.
"Don't tell me you didn't notice. Last morning he was all gloom and doom and today he was on cloud nine. He didn't confess to you, did he?"
Aika flinches. Sumo boy had "confessed" to me, but he confessed peeping the shoot, not confessed being in love. "I didn't tell him anything that would have made him that happy."
"But, I saw you give him money."
Aika gets a busted look on his face. "Well, it's like this, it's kind of embarrassing to say ..."
Aika sees that Reina's anger is about to boil over.
"You're have to swear that you won't tell anyone else, okay?"
"Okay." Reina looks at Aika with laser beam like eyes.
"Well, Risako and Saki are a couple. Sumo boy saw them making out so I had to pay him hush money."
At first Reina is relieved to hear that Aika was not directly involved, but then her anger turns back on. "I am going to wring Sumo boy's neck."
"No, no. The hush money was my idea."
"What?"
"I figured that I could guilt trip Risako and Saki into calming down, or at least into being more discrete, if I told them I had to pay hush money on their behalf."
"Has it worked?"
Aika smiles. "No, but at least I doubled my money when both of them paid me back."
Reina finally giggles. "You sure have your hands full at this agency."
Aika nods. You don't know the half of it.
"I still think it's disgusting, though. If Risako gets bounced from the agency then she only has herself to blame. I mean, honestly, first Sayumi, then Saki? Doesn't she have any sense of what's supposed to be important in an idol's life?"
"Well, if the two of them are happy, then I'm not going to worry about it."
Reina nods, then gets a sly look on her face. "So, you do know what day it is tomorrow, right?"
Aika panics. Wait, I know it's not her birthday. What could it be? "I don't know."
Reina shoves Aika. "It's Valentine's day. You know, when girls are supposed to give chocolate to their favorite guys."
Fortunately, I never got any of that in elementary school. That would have been pretty uncool. "Oh, that. Well, it's not like we have to care that much. As idols we're not allowed to date boys."
"You're mean. I'm trying to figure out what sort of chocolate you want from me."
"But, I'm a girl!"
"You're my boyfriend, so it's only right that I get you chocolate."
You know, bringing up the fact that Reina considers Risako and Saki disgusting is probably not going to help. "Geez, Reina, remember the fact that I'm a Tom boy. I've never given chocolate to a guy before." For obvious reasons. "I'm sure that anything that you want to give me is fine."
"Okay, then it will be a surprise."
--
The next morning Aika approaches the school with dread. People will be a stressed out today at the school. If there was ever a day when photographers would be trying to shoot long distance pictures of the school, today would be that day. Today is a scandal just waiting to happen as there will surely be girl idols who would break ranks and confess to their crushes.
Aika looks at the park near the school and starts imagining eyes looking back at him hidden in the bushes.
Aika goes to his shoe locker. Inside, to his dismay, are two boxes of chocolate, both identical, both bought from the same chocolate shop. There are no cards on either box.
"Yompi!"
Aika sees his duet partner catching up to her. This is bad. I had better proactively tease her. "Hey, are you so afraid of my figure that you're trying to get me fat?"
Reina bursts out laughing. "I don't worry about things like that. And, how is one box of chocolate going to make you fat?"
Aika holds open his locker and holds up two fingers.
Reina stomps her foot. "Kuso. I have a rival."
Aika cringes. That's certainly what I don't need to hear.
"Does it have a letter?"
"Neither one does."
Reina lifts up the top box to show that the bottom box has a card attached with Reina's hand writing on it. "Looks like you have an anonymous admirer."
To be continued
-
An anonymous rival? :lol: Hmm ,I wonder who else could of sent Aika chocolates, hmm will definatly be intresting to find out.......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 23 ("serialized in sho-komi")
"Looks like you have an anonymous admirer."
Aika's head drops. As if my life wasn't complicated enough as it is.
"So, which girl do you think it was that left it?"
Aika gets a blank look. "No idea. Heck, this school is so weird it might have been some guy who left me the chocolate."
Reina's eyes burn with fire. "I think I know who that might be."
Aika follows Reina's menacing stomp toward their home room.
In the home room Aika sees Sumo Boy acting like he is on cloud nine.
"All right, buddy boy, why did you leave chocolates with my boy friend?"
The rest of the class, which had been making lively conversation, goes silent at this loud question.
It takes a few seconds for the question to register with Kiraki. "Chocolate?"
Reina waves her hand over Kiraki's eyes. "Yeah, chocolate."
Kiraki finally seems to rejoin reality. "This isn't White Day. Boy's don't give chocolate today."
"So, why were you so happy?"
Kiraki gets a scared look on his face. "It's embarrassing."
Reina grabs Sumo Boy by the ear and drags him out into the hall, followed closely behind by Aika.
"So, what is it? Did some girl give you chocolate?"
Kiraki rubs his ear to make sure that it is still attached to his head. "No, it has nothing to do with Valentine's day at all."
"No love-love business?"
"None."
Reina looks disappointed. "Well, someone besides me left Aika some chocolate, and I'm trying to figure out who it was."
Kiraki gets an uncomfortable look on his face.
"Come on Sumo Boy, what do you know?"
Kiraki looks at Aika with a helpless look.
Aika raises an eyebrow. "Go ahead."
"Well, um, er, at the video shoot that Aika had at the onsen, I saw her hugging one of the other girls in the group."
Both Reina and Aika start giggling.
Finally Aika slaps Kiraki on the back. "That was for the benefit of the camera. I hugged both Risako and Saki. They had asked me to do it ahead of time. Remember you saw them making out? It was part of a cover up."
"Oh, I see."
Suddenly, Reina gets a sour look on her face. "Maybe they thought this was obligation chocolate to repay you for participating in their conspiracy?"
That would make sense. Aika nods. "It wouldn't hurt to ask."
During lunch, Reina and Aika track down and corner the notorious two.
Risako pouts. "Okay, what did we do wrong this time."
Reina smirks a little bit. "It seems like you say that entirely too much Risako."
Risako blushes.
"Anyway, to get to the point, someone besides myself left Aika some chocolate this morning."
Both Saki and Risako bow contritely.
Saki tries to put on a charming look. "Look, we really should have done that. We promise we'll make it up on White Day."
Aika waves his hand in front of his face. "Hey, we're team mates, I don't need you guys giving me chocolate."
Risako lets out a sigh of relief. "That's good, I can't tell you how long I worked making a box of hand made chocolates for Saki."
Reina blushes.
"This box was from the store, so I guess that lets you guys off the hook."
Risako and Saki nod.
Walking back from lunch Aika is so distracted by this mystery that he doesn't really notice Seiji until he was right on top of him.
"Miss Aika!"
"Oh, Seiji. How goes it?"
"Do you know what's wrong with Hiro? He was acting strange all lunch."
"I don't know. Didn't anyone give him chocolate?"
Seiji turns to look at Kamei, who sits on his shoulder, then turns back. "That might be a good explanation, but he got over six boxes."
"He probably wanted twelve."
Seiji smiles. "Miss Aika, you must be very smart. You don't hang out with Hiro but you seem to know him really well."
Aika panics a little. I can't tell Seiji that I know Hiro from our previous school. Aika giggles a little. "Well, I have boy cousins who act a lot like Hiro, so I can make good guesses."
"Amazing. I can see why you got signed to a contract. You're both pretty and easy to talk to."
Aika blushes. Is Seiji coming on to me? "Oh yeah, just one of the boys, that's me."
"That's the sort of image that I strive for. It's good to have role models to learn from." Seiji walks off.
One second after Seiji walks off Reina pounces. "Was it him?"
"No. He was worried about Hiro."
"He was giving you a pretty interesting look."
"I think he wants to be like me."
"That's so silly."
Aika looks in the direction that Seiji walked off. Is it?
After school Aika gathers up the boxes and prepares to make the walk to the agency.
"Aika!"
Aika turns around and sees his group mate Yurina running up.
"Wow, look at you. A girl getting two boxes on Valentine's day. You're not two timing Reina now, are you?"
Aika shakes his head. "No, nothing like that. I don't even know who gave it to me. Reina and I were running around all day trying to find out."
"There was no card?"
Aika shakes his head.
"May I see the box?"
Aika shows Yurina the box. Yurina looks at the box closely, then looks at the side of the box.
Yurina's face crumples. She gives the box of chocolates back to Aika and runs away crying.
What the heck?
To be continued
-
:lol: seems Reina is very, um, determinded to find out who else gave Aika chocolates...... :panic: I wonder what she will do when she finds out.
Yurina ran away crying, why did she react like that when she saw the chocolates, did she recive the same type from someone or was thier something more....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 24 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Yurina's face crumples. She gives the box of chocolates back to Aika and runs away crying.
Aika looks on horrified. Oh, no! Yurina is headed right for the door of the school. The scandal sheet photographers hiding in the woods will have a field day with pictures of some idol crying over Valentine's Day chocolate.
Aika grabs a math book and races after Yurina and catches her as soon as she gets out of the door.
"Go away."
"Look baka, you're probably being photographed right now. If you don't want to be on the cover of every scandal sheet in the country then you better play along with me."
"Scandal?"
Aika shoves the math book in front of her and opens it to a random page. "Look, I know this problem looks hard, but if you first use this formula and then use this second formula it becomes easy."
Yurina starts realizing the predicament that she is in and starts focusing on the page. The page didn't have any problems, but it strikes Yurina that Aika is using this a pretense to explain her crying. "But, what does this variable plug into?"
"The result of the first formula. Let me explain it to you inside."
Aika and Yurina walk back to Aika's locker.
"Do you think they bought it?"
"For your sake I hope so."
They reach Aika's locker where Aika had dropped the chocolate boxes to grab the book.
"Aika, thank you, but I still hate you."
"Hate? What is that about?"
"I recognize the scratches on the box from where I dropped it this morning. The person I gave it to ripped off the letter and put it in your locker."
"Let me get this straight. You're hating me because someone you like put your chocolates in my locker and I have no clue as to who this person is?"
"Don't give me that. I know you two are secretly together."
"So secretly that I don't even know about it. Is this person a guy?"
Yurina nods.
"We don't see very many guys peeping into this locker room. And, these lockers are not marked. Maybe this guy threw it in at random? After all, my locker is pretty close to the door."
Yurina nods but then steels herself. "Very pretty words, but I am not going to lose to you Aika. I consider you my rival now." Yurina grabs her chocolates and walks off in a huff.
--
After practice, Aika and Reina rest in the lounge. The song they were working on as a duet, Miss Robo Love, seemed to be full of promise. Aika's part seemed to be less high profile than Reina's, but Aika understood that Reina was the one that T wanted to push, not really him.
"So, why were you late?" Reina whispered.
"I had a little situation come up with Yurina."
"Is she okay?"
"I don't know, but I now know that the chocolates were from her."
Reina snaps. "I will rip that hussy limb from limb. I don't even care if she's a foot taller than me."
"Calm down. It wasn't like that. It was her chocolates but she didn't put it in my locker. Some guy ripped off the card and threw it in my locker, maybe at random."
"So, there's no problem?"
"Well, ... , Yurina thinks that I am having a secret affair with her guy."
Reina shakes her head sadly. "Some girls can be so irrational."
Must stop eyes from rolling.
"But, boy friend, you're not seeing some guy behind my back are you?"
"When would even have the time to do something like that? And, why would I want to risk my contract?"
Reina sighs. "I guess you're right. It does seem pretty far fetched. But, I wonder who it is that Yurina is crushing on?"
"It's a school full of boy idols. We couldn't walk down the hall without bumping into a suspect."
"I hope you'll still be able to work with her at the concert in three weeks."
Aika nods. My first big concert. They are pushing hard to have me and Reina debut our duet, but I will also have to perform with Shabondama Four. "Well, I also have to deal with the love love twins. I hope your group mates don't act as weird."
Reina gives Aika a knowing smile. "Please, you don't even want to know about all the drama that does on with the Race Car Five. At least Momoko and Massa sort of act normally for Edge."
"Drama?"
"You haven't forgotten about Risako going out with Sayumi before she latched on to Saki, have you? And, even though they always deny it, I am very suspicious of Eri and Risa. Eri looks annoyed if Risa even talks to anyone else."
"Yeah, I was better off not knowing."
Reina glances at the clock. "Oh my god. Dance practice time. I hope it goes easier than the vocal practice."
Aika nods.
After an exhausting evening of training, Yurina finally arrives home, if you can call where she lives a home. Her parents had chose not to follow her to Tokyo so she rents a tiny apartment.
Yurina throws a bento into the microwave. She does not even turn on the lights to the apartment.
She sits down in front of her computer and pulls out a mini-disk from her purse and plugs it into an external reader. She views a sequence of pictures of her. She is lost in thought until the microwave oven bell rings.
Absentmindedly she grabs the food and continues looking at the images while eating. Finally, she stops on one image. She opens up the program "photoshop" and starts playing with the image while importing other images.
After a while, she is satisfied with the result and prints the result on her color printer.
Yurina grabs some tape and puts up the image on the wall opposite to where the computer is. She then turns on a lamp to light up the wall.
The wall is covered with images of Yurina photoshopped together with Hiro. Yurina takes her camera with its long distance spy lens out of her book bag and caresses it. Yurina sighs.
To be continued
-
Right, ok, now Yurina officially scares me! :shocked
I think that maybe Aika might br in more throublr than he thinks.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 25 ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki walks to the Jeneral Entertainment building with a spring in his step. Wow. Last night I got to deliver the news to the crap twins that they were fired and today Aika had paid me hush money just because I peeped her shoot. Could things get any better?
Kiraki walks into the lobby and runs into Seiji who slaps him high five.
"I heard what went down last night. I'm sad only because I wasn't the one to throw those two out."
Kiraki nods. "Do you think they're still going to go to our school?"
"I supposedly share a class with them, but they've only shown up three times so far this year. Without JE backing them up I'm sure the school will terminate them, that is, if they ever show up to find out."
"Well, they're not my problem anymore."
"Indeed. Oh, almost time for vocal practice. Got to run!"
Kiraki looks up at the clock. He would have to run as well.
Kiraki takes the stairs so that he wouldn't have to wait for the elevator. Halfway up he almost runs by Hiro.
"Yo, Hiro!"
Hiro looks down, mumbling to himself. He looks awful.
"Hiro, what's wrong?"
Hiro looks up and down the stairs. "Look, promise me you won't tell Seiji or Josephine. I don't want them to worry."
Kiraki nods.
"I think that someone is following me. Several times this week I have felt that someone was looking at me from behind, but when I turned there was no one there, but there seemed to be some evidence that I just missed seeing someone, you know, like a moving tree branch or something."
"Maybe it's the magazine photographers?"
"Yeah, maybe. Maybe they want the scoop on the next big star? This stinks. I hate being followed."
"Do you best, Hiro."
Hiro manages a half hearted smile. "Thanks. Maybe with your help I'll be able to?"
Kiraki blushes and then panics. "Vocal practice!" Kiraki runs off.
Kiraki makes it to his practice room and his instructor is only slightly annoyed at him being late.
"Ready to try again?"
Kiraki nods.
"Okay, let's start with a C-major chord." The instructor plays on the piano and sings. "C E G."
"~C~ ~E~ ~G~!"
The instructor shakes his head. "Kiraki, Kiraki, you need to concentrate."
Kiraki nods.
The instructor goes into a deep think. Finally, he comes out of it. "Kiraki, when is the time you have felt the most focused?"
"Fighting, in martial arts."
"Really?" The instructor gets a sly grin. "Wait here."
Five minutes later the instructor returns with Josephine. "Boss has some ideas for you."
Kiraki nods.
Josephine takes a seat in the cramped practice room. "Kiraki, I would like you to demonstrate for me some of your favorite fighting moves, that is if you can refrain from hitting me with them."
"Okay, one of my favorites is drawing a five sided star in front of me as if I was holding a weapon."
"Okay, do that while he plays a C."
Kiraki does.
"Now, trying singing C while doing this."
"~~C~~, ~C~, ~C~, C."
Josephine smiles. "There we go. Because you were doing the move you were not thinking about the note so the pitch came naturally."
Kiraki's eyes double in size. "Sugoi!"
"What is another move you like?"
"Pummeling fists."
"Okay, give me pummeling fists and singing while he plays E."
"~E~, ~E~, ~E~, E."
"Wonderful!"
Kiraki bushes. "I knew you were going to me my martial arts master someday."
"Don't get you hopes up too high, kid. What else do you like?"
"Well, there's the Russian folk dance kick."
"Great. Do that to G."
"~G~, ~G~, ~G~, G. Hai!"
Josephine gets up. "There you have it Kiraki. You can sing. It's just a matter of distracting your mind enough to allow the notes to come naturally."
Kiraki bows low to Josephine. "Thank you, sensei."
Josephine nodes.
"Would you suggest any moves."
"Well, if you had one for B flat then you could do a dominant seventh. How about this?" Josephine demonstrates a hip check. "It's called the butt of destiny."
Kiraki tries it out. "I think I have it."
"Great, now with B flat."
"~B flat~, ~B flat~, ~B flat~, B flat."
"Superb. Now use those to do dominant sevenths and I think you'll be on your way."
Suddenly a look of worry comes over Kiraki's face. "You're not going to make me dress up in a sailor fuku to learn martial arts, are you?"
Josephine giggles. "No, no, no. No chance of that."
Kiraki breathes a sigh of relief.
"I prefer my martial arts students to wear tutus."
Kiraki face plants.
Later on that evening Kiraki is exhausted in dance practice, but he doesn't mind. Not only had he learned dominant seventh, but he also learned the suspended fourth.
It was indeed a good day for him, but he could still tell that Hiro wasn't himself in dance practice. Oh, well, he'll get over it.
After practice, Seiji walks him to the train station.
"Kiraki, did you notice anything wrong with Hiro?"
"I ..." Kiraki remembers his promise to Hiro. "I don't know."
"Well, it's probably nothing. Maybe he's stressed about tomorrow?"
"Tomorrow?"
"Yeah, Valentine's day. Maybe he's worried about not receiving enough chocolate?"
Kiraki laughs. "Well, I don't think I'll be getting any."
Seiji smiles warmly. "That can be a good thing. It will let you concentrate on your singing. After all, eventually, you'll want to debut."
Sooner than you think, Seiji. Kiraki smiles.
To Be Continued
-
So perhaps they have figured out how to get Kiraki to sing! :w00t: if he can keep it up, his debut cannot be far away.
Hiro feels as though someone is stalking him, well, we know that to be true, hmm I wonder how this will end up being settled?......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 26 - ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Kiraki smiles and almost skips on his way to school. Josephine had allowed him to ditch his chores today, partly because he had finally learned how to sing on key and partly because it was Valentine's day.
Suddenly, Kiraki stops skipping. Who am I kidding? I'm not going to get chocolates. I'm not really friendly with any of the girls in the school and I am pretty new. Heck, the only girl who occasionally even talks to me is Aika, but she isn't the type I would expect who would give boys chocolates, especially with that scary girl Reina hanging all over her.
Three blocks from the school he catches up with Seiji. "Yo!"
Seiji, with turtle Kamei-ko on his shoulder as usual, smiles. "Kiraki, want to have some fun?"
Kiraki's eyes grow wide. Seiji wants to get into mischief? This is too bizarre. "What do you mean?"
"Follow me." Seiji leads Kiraki on a detour to the school through the park across from the school.
"Over there." Seiji points to a man hiding behind a tree.
Kiraki nods.
Seiji walks right up to the man. "Good morning!"
The man jumps nearly two feet in the air, then turns around. "What the heck, you could have scared me to death!"
"I'm sorry. I didn't mean to scare you. Okay, maybe I did. I go to the school over there, the school you're planning on taking spy pictures of with that long range camera."
"Yeah, kid. That's my job. The tabloids pay good money for boy teen idols getting their chocolates from girl idols."
Seiji nods. "I guess it can't be helped then. Well, do your best, and make sure to shoot me from my right. That's my good side."
"Oh, go away kid, you bother me."
Seiji grabs Kiraki by the hand and runs toward the school. "That went well."
"He was really creepy."
"No kidding. But he was less creepy than the other four guys with cameras I saw."
"That's amazing! That's a rare talent for seeing hidden enemies. In the old days you would have been in demand as a spy hunter."
"Really? I don't think it's anything, myself."
Another hidden photographer observes Seiji and Kiraki with interest. She is happy that Seiji apparently didn't notice her. Those are the two boys who were with him that day at the onsen. She takes a couple of pictures of Seiji and Kiraki. She caresses her camera, then puts it in her book bag to go to class.
Kiraki and Seiji arrive at their indoor foot lockers. They notice that Hiro arrives after them but is already wearing his indoor shoes, as if he had just run out and run back in.
"Let's see the harvest." Seiji opens his locker and a dozens of cards spill out.
Kiraki assumes they go with the boxes of chocolate stacked on top of the row of lockers.
"How bothersome. Well, I know an orphanage that will appreciate all of this."
Kiraki opens his locker and there is just his indoor shoes there. A tumbleweed rolls past.
"Hiro, how was your catch?"
"Six. Six more than I need really." Hiro starts muttering to himself and walks off to class.
Seiji looks at Kiraki with a concerned look.
Kiraki follows Hiro to their homeroom class. Kiraki sees that Hiro looks troubled but unresponsive. Oh well, I can't help him unless he wants to be helped.
Kiraki's looks out the window. He can see the tree that Seiji had startled the photographer under, but the photographer was too well camouflaged to be seen.
Kiraki's thoughts drift off. He starts imagining other martial arts moves that he could use to enable him to learn the other seven notes of the scale.
He then imagines singing with great energy and style on stage, the same way he saw Hiro's friend do in the audition, before he was carted off stage on suspicion of being a female.
The door slides open to the homeroom with a slam, but this barely registers on Kiraki. However ...
"... why did you leave chocolates with my boy friend?"
Kiraki turns around from the window to see his classmate Reina staring at him, some two inches from his nose. Oh, no. It's that girl who always looks like she wants to hit someone. "Chocolate?"
Kiraki sees Reina wave her hands in front of Kiraki's face, a gesture not really needed since Reina's face was already there. "Yeah."
Kiraki imagines a chibi version of Reina stomping on a chibi version of Kiraki. I had better think of something good. "Um, it's Valentine's Day. Wouldn't I be the one getting chocolate today?"
"Oh, yeah? Then why are you so happy?"
Kiraki panics. If I tell Reina that I am happy because I had made a break through in singing on pitch then she would think I was giving her some lame story and it will be chibi on chibi beat down time again. "Well, I'd rather not say."
Before Kiraki can even react, Reina grabs him by the ear and drags him out into the hallway.
"Itai!" Kiraki rubs his ear that was all but torn off by the yankii girl's hand. Kiraki sees that Aika has followed them out. Aika must have been the one who received the chocolate.
"So, what is it? Did some girl give you chocolate?"
"Nope, struck out."
"So, you're not happy over some romance thing?"
"It has nothing to do with it."
"Well, somebody left Aika some chocolate other than me, and that somebody has something coming to them."
Suddenly Kiraki remembers the incident where he saw Aika hugging one of the other girls in her group at the video shoot at the onsen which caused him to walk into a wall in surprise. Wait, I can't tell the scary girl that. I can't rat Aika out.
Reina looks at Kiraki closely.
Oh crap, she can tell I am hiding something. Kiraki imagines Reina pummeling him with a kendo stick.
"Come on, spill the beans, Sumo Boy. I can smell that you're hiding something."
"Well, um, at the onsen, while Aika was shooting a video, I, um, saw her hugging one the members of her group."
Aika and Reina start laughing.
Aika slaps Kiraki on the shoulder. "Have you forgotten that you peeped the same girl making out with another member of the group? Yeah, I hugged her, but that was for the benefit of the cameras, not because I wanted to."
"I see." Kiraki starts breathing easier, but is still wary of Reina's temper. At least I didn't rat Aika out on something important. Even though she is "under the protection" of the scary girl, she always treated everyone fairly so she didn't deserve to be done wrong.
Reina's smile vanishes. "Wait!"
Kiraki sees his life flash before his eyes again.
"We should check those two anyway. Maybe they gave you obligation chocolate?"
Aika nods. "Well, it's not like I am their boss, but it wouldn't hurt to ask."
Kiraki cowers against the wall, not knowing what to do.
Aika smiles at him. "Hey, Sumo Boy, it's almost time for class, let's not have the teacher yell at us."
Kiraki breathes a sigh of relief and walks back into the class room.
To Be Continued
-
Poor Kiraki, seems as though even when it really has nothing to do with him he can't help but get involved! :doh:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 27 (from Shounen Jump)
Seiji catches up to Kiraki after school. "Do you want to come with me to the orphanage?"
Kiraki frowns. "Normally I would, but I checked my text messages, and Josephine wants to see me before vocal practice."
"Sounds like it's good news. Well, see you in dance practice."
Kiraki and Seiji bump knuckles, a habit that Kiraki has gotten Seiji into.
Kiraki walks through the park, taking the same path that he and Seiji had used that morning.
Kiraki gets to the same spot as where Seiji pointed out to him one of the photographers. Kiraki intensely looks around. He tries every martial arts trick he can think of to try to detect hidden enemies. He sees no one at all.
Kiraki kicks a stone in frustration.
Kiraki suddenly sees one of Akia's group mates, the tall one, run out the front door of the building looking like she is going to cry.
Immediately Kiraki hears movement all around.
A giant sweat mark appears besides Kiraki's head. Kiraki still can't see any of hidden photographers.
Kiraki then sees Akai run out with a book and holds it up to the tall girl. They talk for a short while and then they walk back into the building.
Kiraki doesn't hear any camera shutters go off, but hears some disappointed grumbling.
Josephine's meeting! Kiraki runs to the Jeneral Entertainment building, and then to Josephine's office.
"Kiraki, you got my message. I have some great news for you."
Kiraki struggles to catch his breath. "Yes?"
"I talked to the boss and he feels that he might have a group for you after all. And, Hiro and Seiji will be in it."
"Wow! A trio?"
"Actually," Josephine leans forward giggling, "fu fu fu, the boss says that there will be a fourth boy in the group. But, he wouldn't say who the fourth boy would be."
Kiraki scratches his head. Jeneral Entertainment has several large groups that they promote, but Hiro told me that it is inconceivable that someone from an established group would get broken off to be added to a new group.
Worse, the three new Junior trainees that helped me clean the building this morning were all worse off than me in the singing department.
"Any idea who it is?"
"No clue."
A look of horror crosses over Kiraki's face. "You don't think that he got one of his nephews to reform?"
Josephine makes a face. "If he did then I would prevent them from getting into the group. You can't be in a group after ditching practice for six months."
"I wonder what they are doing now?"
Josephine gets a serious look on his face. "Kiraki, there are certain roads that young boys should never go down. I have heard legends about boys who were idols but lost their way. There are many bad people out there, some as bad as monsters, who are always willing to latch onto people who are sort of famous and drag them down to the lowest depths imaginable."
Kiraki gasps.
Josephine adopts a spooky voice. "I have even heard legends of boys being dragged so far down that they turned into donkeys."
Kiraki giggles. "You're thinking of that American film."
"Was I?" Josephine speaks in a spooky voice.
Kiraki gulps.
"Anyway, off to vocal practice. When I learn more I'll let you three know."
After vocal practice, Kiraki joins Hiro and Seiji and several others in dance class.
Seiji gives Kiraki a hug. "I heard the news. This is great. Instead of picking up after us or introducing us you're going to be joining us."
"Oh great, the kid who has a better chance of hitting a mountain with an arrow than hitting the right pitch is going to be singing with us?" Hiro looks surly.
Kiraki frowns. I don't want Hiro to lose his way and become a donkey. "Well, for your information, I can find my pitch quite well now."
"Oh yeah? Give me middle C."
"~C~, ~C~," Kiraki does a high kick, "C."
Seiji's and Hiro's jaws drop. Then Hiro starts laughing. "You need to do a high kick to find a pitch?"
"Well, I did find it."
Seiji starts giggling too. "Well then, I think our group will have some lively choreography."
Hiro pushes Seiji. "No we won't. What is going to happen is that Sumo Boy is going to work harder so that he won't need to kick the ceiling to find a pitch."
"Hiro, you're mean." Kiraki pouts.
Seiji gives him a reassuring smile and whispers to him. "Hiro only wants you to do your best. He wouldn't pick on you like that if he didn't think you were someone special."
Kiraki blushes.
Later on that night a color printer fires up, printing a picture of Hiro and another girl. Hiro is shown at the front of the school, from the same perspective that Kiraki had seen in the morning while walking through the woods. However, there are signs that the image has been altered and that the girl wasn't in the original image.
A shadowed tall girl takes the picture and tapes the picture to her wall. She turn on a lamp revealing the wall to be covered will similar images of Hiro and the girl together.
The lamp also reveals that girl is Yurina, the tall girl from Shabondama Four.
Yurina goes back to her desk and caresses her camera with it's long distance lens.
She then opens the image folder on the camera's removable disk. She searches through and brings up her images of Seiji and Kiraki.
She brings up some image editing tools and works away with a crazed look on her face.
After a couple if minutes her new pictures are complete. The new pictures show Kiraki and Seiji in a fiery abyss.
Yurina laughs demonically, then deletes the pictures.
To Be Continued
-
could the other boy be Aika? :? :?
Yurina is mental :shocked :shocked :shocked :shocked :shocked :shocked :shocked
-
^
I was thinking that the 4th boy could be Aika too
Dude, Yurina has got like some serious issues, she needs help I think!!! lets hope that she dosn't go all out to get Seiji and Kiraki away from her Hiro.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 28 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Twenty of Harmony Project's top idols join hands backstage.
Sayumi, having the longest tenure at HP, speaks. "Tonight is a huge night for all of us. Especially for me since I am so cute."
The other members cat call her.
Aika smiles. Sayumi managed to relieve some of the tension with her appalling behavior.
"Aika, tonight is your first live. Remember, the most important thing to do out there is smile. It's more important than singing or dancing by a lot."
Aika nods.
"Now, the people out there are our true fans, the ones who crawl over broken glass to worship at our feet. If you are successful in making eye contact with one of them it will make all his sacrifices worth it. Now, let's go out there and show them what we can do."
"Ohhhhhhh, yeah!" The girls shout in unison.
Reina shakes Aika by the shoulders. "Time to get excited!"
"Um, sure." Aika is made dizzy by Riena's shaking but quickly recovers.
Sayumi shouts over the other girls. "That's our cue! Let's do it!"
The most tenured girls, Sayumi, Risa and Eri lead the way. On their cue they pass through the curtain and onto the stage and start singing. "Lullaby, the mutual love I admired, those days seem like a dream."
Aika notices that Yurina, Saki and Risako are in another group which goes out to sing their lines. "From a long time before your heart was frozen. I tried to thaw it in the sun."
Finally Aika, Reina and Momoko hit the stage and start singing. "What, what now? Just go already. Good bye, bye bye."
Aika eyes grow wider. Oh my god, there must be thousands of screaming male fans here. Good thing I put in all those hours of practice and can do this song on autopilot.
After the first song they do two other numbers, Youth Love Bento and Hyokkori Hyoutan Peninsula, Aika starts sweating, since he is wearing two costumes on top of each other. One is a mid-length vinyl dress, similar to the dresses all the other girls wore. Aika's outer dress is red and green colored, similar to the other Shabondama four members. Underneath the outer dress was a briefer outfit for his duet with Reina. He would then have to change for the Shabondama performance.
T comes out to be the master of ceremonies. "Everyone, good evening! Tonight we have a lot of new and exciting performances to show you all. Also, as special guests, we have two boys who will be performing."
"EHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH???"
"Let me bring out their announcer."
Kiraki hits the stage. "Everyone, tonight my two friends Hiro and Seiji will be performing for you all. And, I am so jealous of how great these two guys are! They will be on later, so please look forward to being surprised."
Kiraki gets some polite applause, but since Kiraki is a boy the crowd doesn't quite know what to think of him.
"Thank you Kiraki. And now, let's have some introductions!"
The girls line up and do their introductions going down the line.
Risako steps forward. "Everyone! I'm Risako, and if you don't cheer for me I'll pout." Risako pouts and the crowd starts chanting her name. Risako smiles again and waves.
Momoko steps forward. "A magical fairy princess who makes people's dreams come true; followed closely behind by a magical bird, monkey, and dog; bursting from inside of a peach, I am Momoko!"
Aika snickers. Wow, and I thought these girls were being petty when they almost had fist fights over which girl got to do which style of introduction. But, each girl has to have her own elaborate style of introduction or else the fans would feel gypped, so it makes sense that there was a lot of jockeying over who got to do which gimmick.
Fortunately, I am the only new girl at the concert so I get to do the standard new girl introduction.
Reina strikes her usual pose. "Everyone! Yompi!"
The crowd says Reina's catch phrase with her.
"Everyone! Tonight, not only will I be your race car girl, I will also be doing a duet with this hottie right here!"
Aika is shaken by Reina, but he has time to recover because the crowd gives a favorable reaction.
Aika steps forward. "Is everyone lively tonight?" The crowd roars. "I am a new member of Harmony Project and a member of the Shabondama four. I hope you will all take care of me, I am Aika!"
At the end of the line is Sayumi. "Everyone, usa-chan peace!" Sayumi does her trademark pose. "I will be in charge of cuteness tonight as always. I am Sayumi! Is everyone ready for some more songs?"
The crowd screams their approval.
They do another group number, Haru Love Romance, and then the stage goes dark. Stage hands rush past Aika so they can grab and take with them the outer outfits from the three girls who are up next. Aika and Reina are rushed backstage and given some water and towels.
Aika gulps it down his water. "Wow, there's a lot of people out there."
Reina, instead of talking, motions for a stage hand to give her a pad of paper and a pencil. She writes a note for Aika. Shut up!! Our headsetts are still on! (Reina misspells headsets.)
Aika panics. He also writes on the pad. Can the audience hear us?
No, but hakkers can record us.
You mean hackers?
I guess.
Aika nods and continues to pass notes back and forth the Reina.
Finally, it is their turn.
Aika and Reina hit the stage in darkness and run to their spots which glow slightly. They strike the pose that they have rehearsed. This lights come on, nearly blinding Aika, but he doesn't care because he can do the routine blindfolded if he needs to.
"How should I catch it? The love of a robot, because I wanna get those feelings, but it doesn't compute."
Reina and Aika do their routine without a hitch. The fans even do a cheer for Aika after the song. Aika remembers to make eye contact with as many fans as he can while waving after the song.
Reina and Aika rush backstage. Aika is handed his Shabondama four outfit.
Some stage hands motion for Reina to come with them.
Aika smiles. Nice little subterfuge by T so that I could change in private. Aika takes off his headset and gives it to a stage hand for safe keeping. Aika waves to Reina and then runs down the hall.
Aika finds the closet that T had picked out for him. Looking carefully to both sides Aika slips in.
Aika takes off the bottom half of his duet outfit.
The closet door opens. "All right, let's not have any monkey business ..." Sayumi stops in mid sentence and stares at Aika in shock.
To Be Continued
-
Aika was doing so well in the concert too but suddenly Sayu steps in a finds, well, something that perhaps she will be surprised to see!!! :shocked
What will her reactions be and how will Aika get out of this one?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 29 ("serialized in sho-komi")
Sayumi stares at the half undressed Aika who is in a broom closet.
Aika recovers from the shock and grabs Sayumi and pulls her into the closet and closes the door. "This isn't what you think."
Sayumi looks at Aika with fear. "I'm not thinking anything."
"Oh." Aika puts on his bottom for his Shabondama four performance. "It's like this. T saw me at a Jeneral Entertainment audition and asked me to impersonate a female so that I could help Reina."
Sayumi stares at Aika for a minute, then smiles. "I was going to say that T isn't that stupid, but he is that stupid. So, what have you been helping Reina with?"
"Losing her fear of guys."
Sayumi's jaw drops. "What an IDIOT!"
Aika looks at Sayumi with shock.
"Reina doesn't fear guys. She was just upset at Takaki for teasing her for being a baka a couple of months ago. That's why I tried to have the low score on that pop quiz show. Otherwise, I would have had a perfect score."
Aika raises an eyebrow.
"And, she has several grown older brothers. There no reason to even suspect that she fears guys."
Aika cringes. "Wait a second, you're saying that everything that I've done for the last couple of months has been a waste of time?"
"I wouldn't say that." I liked the duet and the Shabondama Four song. You've had a really good run as a girl idol and you're not even a girl."
"What am I going to do now?"
"No girl or boy is going to quit a concert that I'm leading. You're going to finish the concert. Your group mates need you."
"For what? To make sure they're not making out?"
"That's what I was doing. That's why I don't have my headset on."
"Are you going to rat me out?"
"Are you going to continue with this masquerade?"
"Not after tonight. Reina wants to take me to a hot spring to celebrate."
"Then your secret is absolutely safe with me. But, don't be mad when I take Reina from you."
"Deal."
Aika and Sayumi shake hands and then Sayumi leaves the broom closet.
Aika quickly finishes changing and rushes to the waiting room set aside for Shabondama Four.
Yurina is quick to attack her rival. "Where the heck have you been?"
"I got delayed while I was changing."
"You weren't seeing him were you?"
Aika's eyes grow wide. Yurina still hasn't told me who the guy was that I am supposed to be dating yet. But, that boy must be going to their school and also be backstage at the concert. "Sumo boy?"
Yurina's expression of a large "x" on her face tells Aika that it's not Kiraki.
"Seiji?"
Again no match.
"You can't think that I'm with Hiro, can you?"
Aika looks at Yurina and realizes that she has finally scored an "o". "No way."
Yurina looks at Aika for a minute and then decides that she sees no deception in Aika. "Well, that's a relief. I guess he really must have ditched my chocolates at random."
Aika looks around the room, then raises her voice. "This is great. We go on in ten minutes and me and Yurina are arguing about guys and you two are sharing meaningful glances on the couch. Don't you think we should get our heads in the game?"
The other three girls look down and nod.
The Shabondama four perform without a problem.
Aika ditches her headset and hurries backstage. She sees T talking with some production workers. "Producer-san, a word?"
T walks over to Aika. "Here's the envelope you gave me for safe keeping."
Aika grabs it. "Just so you know, Reina isn't afraid of guys."
"Amazing! You did a wonderful job, Aika-kun."
"She never was afraid. She was having academic problems. You made be dress like a girl for nothing."
T's ever present smile and confidence vanish. "Oops."
"Oops? Is that all?"
"Well, for now, just put the envelope by Reina's makeup area. The final group number is right after the Race Car Five's songs and you can exit the building in the backstage confusion at the end of the concert. When you get out the back service exit you'll see how I'm going to make it up to you."
Aika nods. "It had better be good."
--
After the final group number Reina works the crowd for several minutes, finding people to make eye contact with and waving. Finally she is herded off of the stage with the rest of the girls.
Reina exits on the opposite side of the stage of Aika. Reina rushes across the back of the stage to find Aika but Aika is no longer there.
Disappointed, Reina walks back to her make up station. She is not a natural beauty and has to wear a lot of makeup to stand out on stage, so she has a lot to take off.
Reina sees an envelope at her station.
"Dear Reina, I'm sorry that I have to tell you this by letter but I'm afraid that we won't be going on that onsen trip. Two days ago a situation came up with my family. The short version of the story is that I have to leave Tokyo and give up being an idol. I cannot tell you where I will be because I don't want you to be tempted into giving up your career to try to join me. The months we spent together were really great and I am happy I had a chance to perform on stage, but my family needs me. Aika."
A dark pit of despair opens beneath Reina and her soul falls down a spiral, screaming all the way. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!"
Aika puts down the envelope and races to the back service exit. No one is there.
Reina breaks down and cries.
After a couple of minutes, "Reina, are you okay?"
Reina pulls Sayumi into a desperate embrace. Reina whimpers "She's gone."
"Who?"
"Aika. She's quit being an idol."
With Reina's head buried in Sayumi's shoulder, Sayumi knows her sneaky, sinister smile can't be seen. "Well, she must have had a good reason."
Reina nods.
"Well, I can stay here with you as long as you want, but there is a cake and a party that we could go to. So, whenever you feel ready."
Reina nods. After another five minutes, Reina composes herself. "We should get to the party."
Sayumi helps Reina walk to the party room. The mode in room is somber.
Saki walks over to Reina. "T told us the news. I going to miss being corrected by her."
Reina takes a deep breath. Well, moping around won't bring her back. Reina smiles. "Well, maybe now you'll stop being such a screw up that needs to be corrected."
"You're mean!"
To Be Continued
-
So all Aika's time spent as a boy was for nothing :doh:
though perhpas it seems as though she may well have left an impact on those in the group, and also very much on Reina herself......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 30 ("serialized in sho-komi")
At the end of the final song, Aika waves to all of the fans. Must smile and make as much eye contact as I can.
He sees the other members start to get herded off stage. It's time. He exits the stage and breaks away from the rest of the girls and races off for the back service exit. Good thing I came to the concert hall in my first costume so I don't have to waste time grabbing by street clothes.
Aika rushes out the service exit into the service parking lot. Now, where are my parents?
"That was a lovely performance, Towa."
The sound of Towa's real name shoots through him like an x-ray. Aika whips his head around to see who called him. "You, you look familiar."
"We've met briefly before, at the onsen. I'm Josephine, producer and talent coordinator for Jeneral Entertainment."
"Okay, I remember you now."
Josephine opens the sliding door to his van. "But, we had better get your butt out of here before the girls in your agency try to get you to change your mind."
"Where are my parents? They're supposed to help me make my getaway."
"I have already talked to them. They've gone home. They're allowing me to do that job."
Aika nods and gets in. "Where are the other guys?"
"I dropped them off earlier. By the way, I know your secret and my boss knows your secret but no one else does. And, it will stay that way until you want the story to be told."
"Thanks, I guess. So, where are we going?"
"T didn't tell you?"
"Only I was going to find out something at the back service exit."
Josephine laughs. "Oh, dear. Well, maybe I should ask you a question then. You once auditioned to be a Jenny Boy. Are you still interested?"
"Sure."
"I was there that night as well. I think that you would have been signed that night by JE if there wasn't that mix up with your long hair and all. So, my boss made a deal with T to sign you on the condition that Hiro and Seiji could perform at your concert."
"So, does this mean I am being signed to perform as a guy?"
"Yes. We're going to Jeneral Entertainment's headquarters now for your new makeover."
"And, my mother knows that you're going to be making me over as a guy?"
"Yes. She was heartbroken, of course, but I assured her that some of the finest makeup artists in all of Japan work for JE, and that she wouldn't be disappointed by your new look."
"Wow, that's great."
"Oh, just so you know, I knew when I saw you at the onsen."
"What?"
"Don't be surprised. After all, I am a crossdresser myself. I know all the tricks and what to look for. But, no one else would have suspected."
"Well, thanks for not telling anyone."
"Hey, girls like us have to stick together."
They arrive at the JE building and take the back entrance and the service elevator. Josephine takes a quick look to make sure everything is safe and then escorts Aika to a makeup room. Three makeup artists are already there.
The next fifteen minutes are a blur of grooming products, wardrobe, and flying hair.
Finally, Josephine turns Aika's chair to face a mirror. "Take a look."
Towa does a double take. Oh my god. There is almost no trace of Aika left. My hair, my eyebrows, and my makeup now all scream boy. "It's amazing. My mom is going to faint."
"She'll just have to get used to it. And, Towa? Your voice."
Towa realizes that he is still talking like Aika. He coughs. "Is this better?"
Josephine nods. "Now, there are three guys who are waiting on pins and needles to meet the newest member of their group. Let's not keep them waiting."
Josephine leads Towa down a flight of stairs and into a meeting room. "Here he is! His name is Towa. Towa, this is Seiji, Kiraki and Hiro."
Hiro looks like he's seeing a ghost. "No way!"
Towa looks in shock at Hiro, Kiraki and Seiji and then he smiles. "Hey, Santa."
Kiraki looks at Towa funny. "How do you know that name?"
"I was at his previous school."
Hiro laughs. "Actually, the three of us went there, only we never crossed paths with Kiraki, here."
Kiraki looks sad.
"It's okay s- ..., I mean Kiraki. It was a big school." Towa mentally kicks himself for almost calling Kiraki by Aika's nickname for him, sumo boy.
Seiji smiles. "Hiro told me about your audition. That must have been crazy."
"It was."
Hiro nudges Kiraki. "You were there, too. Towa had long hair under a wig and wound up being mistaken for a female."
Kiraki's eyes double in size and points at Towa. "Impossible! Towa doesn't look like a girl at all, and I thought the guy on stage was a girl."
"I wouldn't worry about it. What's important is that I'm here, and I know that the four of us will make one hot idol group."
The other three nod in agreement.
--
Reina walks into homeroom, moping. This is the worst not having Aika here. Well, at least Sayumi offered to help me with my homework.
Reina looks at the empty chair next to her and sighs.
The class fills up and the teacher enters.
"Class, I have some bad news to tell you. Aika had to go back to her home town to take care of her relatives. She's not expected to be back this school year. I would ask all of you to think positive thoughts for her. It must be very hard for her coming at such an inopportune time."
The class nods.
"However, by some strange coincidence, we also have a new student transferring in today." The teacher leads Towa into the room.
Towa writes his name on the blackboard. "My name is Towa, I am a newly recruited idol for Jeneral Entertainment. I love performing on stage and playing softball. Please take care of me."
"Thank you Towa. Why don't you take the seat ..."
"Teacher? I was wondering if I could sit next to Hiro? We both went to the same school before we transferred here."
"Is that so? Okay, Miyabi, would you take the seat next to Reina?"
"Okay." Miyabi's voice betrays some fear.
Miyabi sits next to Reina.
Reina whispers to her, "Don't be scared. I'm never the one who starts a fight, just always the one who finishes them."
"Okay."
Towa sits next to Hiro. He steals a glance at Reina. He smiles. This is the way it has to be.
The end of the Sho-Comi chapters.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 31 - ("serialized in Shounen Jump")
Seiji grabs Kiraki from behind in a bear hug trapping his arms.
Hiro gets in Kiraki's face and gives him a stern look. "Now, C."
Kiraki concentrates. "~~C~~".
Seiji lets go of Kiraki and both Seiji and Hiro look exasperated.
"But, I've improved. Watch." Kiraki twirls his fists in front of him. "C".
Seiji looks at Hiro with hope. "Well, that's somewhat less weird than doing a high kick."
"Seiji, now is not the time to be nice. Kiraki will never reach his potential if we let this slide."
Seiji nods. "Sorry Kiraki, but sometimes being a sempai means having to be harsh." Seiji puts Kiraki in another bear hug.
Suddenly, Josephine walks into the dance rehearsal room. "Guys, huge news!" Josephine looks at Seiji and Kiraki and gets a giant sweat drop by his head. "Should I come back?"
Hiro waves his hand in front of his face. "No, no. Seiji is trying to help Kiraki sing without moving his hands. So, what's the news?"
"We have a live next Saturday. And, you'll never guess where."
Kiraki wiggles free of Seiji's bear hug. "Next Saturday? Rats. Aika told me that Harmony Project was going to do a concert. I was thinking of getting a ticket."
"No need for that, you guys will be joining them."
"EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH"
"Yes, I know this is bizarre. I have no idea how my boss pulled this off, and, I have no idea why he'd want to. It's not like a nearly all male audience is our target demographic."
Hiro turns to Kiraki. "Since you're going to introduce us, you had better think of a way to make us sound appealing."
Kiraki turns pale. They would give me the hardest job.
Josephine smiles. "We'll need to come up with a more blunt sound. The boss says that he will remix the sound of your songs. Guys will respond favorably if we give them something they can rock to."
Hiro and Seiji nod and smile.
--
Kiraki looks out the window of homeroom class. How can I make Hiro and Seiji appeal to an audience of male wotas?
"SUMO BOY!"
Kiraki jumps and instinctively covers his ears. It's that scary girl again and she doesn't sound like she's in a good mood. I'd better get to the door so that she won't have to drag me by the ear.
They go out in the hall.
"I didn't send any chocolates."
Reina looks at him sternly. "Come on, spill the beans. How come Hiro and Seiji are joining our concert?" Reina invades Kiraki's personal space.
"Calm down. Calm down." Aika pulls Reina away from Kiraki. "Come on, Sumo boy, this has never happened before. All of the girls at my agency are baffled. You can tell me." Aika winks. "I'll keep it a secret."
Kiraki smirks to himself. Can they be more transparent with their good cop/bad cop act? "I would like to tell you, but the boss didn't even tell our handler Josephine."
"Interesting." Aika turns towards Reina. "I believe him. T didn't tell Megumi anything either."
Reina looks at Kiraki with a cold eye. "Okay, but listen up, buster, you and your friends had better not do anything inappropriate at the concert. Got it?"
Kiraki nervously nods his head.
"Let's go." Aika and Reina walk back into class.
--
Kiraki, Hiro, Seiji, Kamei-ko, and Josephine pull up to the service parking lot of the concert hall. The Harmony Project road agents and property managers grab their stuff and escort them to their own dressing room.
Hiro and Seiji start stretching out. Kiraki reviews his introduction in his mind.
Hiro laughs. "Sumo boy, it's too bad that we only had one week's notice for this. We're going to be doing so many high kicks tonight that you could join us singing and stay on pitch."
After a while they hear the music starting. They then get a knock on the door.
"Excuse me. I need to get Kiraki on stage next. Josephine, you can come as well to give him some moral support."
Josephine nods. "Absolutely, T-san."
Kiraki eyes grow big. I might not know a lot about the idol business but even I have heard of the producer of Harmony Project.
They rush to the edge of the stage. After the third song T goes on stage and then motions for Kiraki.
"Go on, Kiraki, just imagine that everyone in the audience is in their underwear."
Kiraki nods to Josephine and walks on stage. He looks out at a sea of male faces, all of whom are looking at him as if he was an alien, and gulps. I am not going to imagine all of them in their underwear!
Kiraki is given a hand microphone. "Everyone, tonight my two best buds are going to do their thing, and, and, ..., I am SOOO jealous of them. They are so talented that you guys are going to be amazed when they perform. I promise."
Kiraki gives the microphone back to T and rushes off stage.
T starts the girls on their self-introductions and then joins Kiraki and Josephine and escorts them back to their room.
"Can I have a word with you, Josephine-san?"
Josephine motions for Kiraki to go into the room.
Kiraki walks into the room sweating bullets. Did T not approve of my introduction? Am I in big trouble?
"What?"
Kiraki can faintly hear Josephine yell in surprise through the door.
Finally, after several minutes, Josephine comes back in.
Kiraki looks down at the floor. "Am I in trouble?"
Josephine waves his hand in front of his face. "No, no, no. T just wanted to relay a message to me from the boss."
Hiro and Seiji both jump up. "What's the news?"
"I need to get you guys back to headquarters as soon as you're finished performing. The fourth boy for your group arrives tonight."
The three boys slap each other high five.
Hiro calms down. "What is he like?"
"I don't know. It's all still very mysterious."
Hiro starts brooding. "This is bad, we don't even know what type he's going to be."
Seiji smiles. "You worry too much, big brother."
"Heck, I don't even know what type they are going to make Kiraki."
Seiji giggles. "Hey Kiraki, show us your rebel bad boy."
Kiraki thinks for a minute. Do I even know someone who fits that type? Finally, he gets an idea. "Hiro, do you actually think that you're going to be the leader of this group?" Kiraki walks toward Hiro menacingly and invades his personal space. "Are you kidding me?"
Hiro stares at Kiraki. "Hey, that's pretty good."
Kiraki smiles. I am not going to tell Hiro that I am trying to channel our classmate Reina.
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 32 (from Shounen Jump)
Hiro goes to a large stand up wardrobe that the property managers had brought into the room for them. "Kiraki, tonight you're going to see a shocking transformation."
"What do you mean?"
"You haven't seen me and Seiji dressed in glam before. Why don't you wait out side the door so that you can get the full effect of the transformation?"
"Won't I get in trouble?"
Josephine smiles. "I'll escort you."
Josephine and Kiraki wait in the hall. The hall is nearly a hundred yards long. Kiraki can barely see the other side of the hall.
Kiraki looks down, disappointed. "We couldn't peep the girls from here even if we wanted to."
Josephine takes out his cell phone presses picture and zoom. "Take a look."
Kiraki holds the phone up and him and Josephine look into it. After about thirty seconds of no activity, they see Aika run down the hall and into a door.
About a minute later, a girl that Kiraki does not recognize walks down the hall. She opens the same door and is yanked through the door.
Josephine covers Kiraki's eyes with his hand and shuts the camera. "Kiraki, you didn't see that."
"I don't know what that was, but I feel funny."
"Okay, we're ready!"
Kiraki opens the dressing room door and walks back in. He is stunned by what he sees.
Seiji smiles. "What do you think?"
"You, you guys are wearing eye liner?"
Hiro stands proud. "I told you that we were putting on the glam."
Kiraki stares at their outfits. They are wearing sequined pants, open shirts, scarves, gloves and shiny under shirts. They look like rock stars.
Kiraki stares extra hard at Seiji. Is this the same guy that I cleaned office rooms with?
Seiji smiles. "What do you think?"
"I'm, I'm, not sure if my intro is good enough anymore."
Hiro laughs. "Kiraki, do your best. That's all we can ask for."
They hear a knock on the door. "Two minutes to stage, let's go."
Kiraki, Josephine, Hiro and Seiji are escorted to the stage.
The stage goes dark. A stage hand gives Kiraki a microphone and whispers in his ear to make a quick intro and run off the same way.
Kiraki runs out on stage. A spotlight comes on so he runs to it. "Everyone! Prepare to be blown away, here are my friends Hiro and Seiji!" Kiraki punctuates this with a high kick at the end. He then runs off stage, passing Hiro and Seiji on the way.
Hiro takes the lead in the race on stage. "Everyone, time to be burning up!"
Kiraki looks at the crowd from backstage and can see the crowd jumping up and down.
"I won't forget the words you said, that gave me courage when I was down..."
Kiraki giggles. Wow, Hiro is doing some of the same martial arts moves that I use when trying to get on key.
"We were always together, wherever we went. And even if we fought, we always laughed in the end."
Holy cow, Seiji's battle aura is rising up to fill up nearly the entire hall.
Josephine nudges Kiraki. "In just a short while, that's going to be you out there."
Kiraki smiles. Even if this isn't martial arts, strictly speaking, I can feel the energy that Hiro and Seiji are putting off. If I could put out that sort of energy, I would be unbeatable.
"Even if my shoelaces come untied and get tangled up, that's youth, bursting out with a dash."
"Sensei, I want to be able to do that, even if it means wearing a tutu."
Josephine smiles. "I'll definitely teach you, but I was kidding about the tutu."
"Just looking at you's not enough! No, no, no. I've gotta put it into words and tell you. Or everything we are won't get across - this isn't all there is."
Kiraki stares at the crowd. They are doing the same wotagei (fan dances) for Hiro and Seiji that Hiro had told me about earlier.
"Recklessly tearing through, let's walk with our backs straight!" Hiro and Seiji strike confident poses to a good reaction. Hiro points out to the audience. "Everyone, look for our debut soon!"
Hiro and Seiji run off stage. Stage hands escort the four of them back to the dressing room.
"Okay, let's go. The boss wants us back as soon as possible."
Seiji looks at Kamei. "Did you hear us out there?"
Wait a second, did Kamei-ko just smile?
Hiro and Seiji pack up their stuff quickly and the property managers rush their stuff out the service exit to their van.
Before Kiraki could blink, they were on the road headed back to the JE building.
Hiro shoves Kiraki around by the shoulders. "Hey, Sumo boy, I guess you could tell that we totally stole all of your best moves out there."
"I think if I did them it wouldn't be the same."
"Come on guy, you should be more protective. Josephine has told me that there have been several fist fights over who would be allowed to hold the microphone a certain way."
Kiraki's eye grow wide in disbelief.
They pull in to the front of the JE building.
The leader of JE runs out and talks to Josephine through the van window in hushed tones. He gives Josephine an envelope.
Josephine looks at the contents while hiding it from the other boys.
Kiraki sees Josephine's eyes grow wide and a small smirk appears on his face.
"Okay guys, you three go up to conference room six and wait. I have to pick up the new member. Don't worry about unpacking, I have to leave now."
The boys get out of the van and watch Josephine drive off.
Seiji looks back and forth to Kamei in wonder. "This is one exciting night, huh?"
Hiro smirks. "Come on, guys. They usually have manga in the conference rooms to read."
The boys go upstairs to the conference room and fight over who gets to read Shounen Jump.
Hiro looks at the clock. "I hope that Josephine doesn't take too long."
Seiji nods.
"Hey, Seiji, do you think that the girls got to watch our performance on backstage monitors?"
Seiji smiles. "I don't know, but I did see out of the corner of my eye Aika's group watching us while they were waiting to go on."
"I'll have to ask Aika on Monday what she thought of our performance."
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Part 33
"I'll have to ask Aika Monday what she thought of our performance."
Seiji smiles a dreamy smile. "Aika. Kiraki, you have a class with her. Do you think that Aika would go out with someone like me?"
"What!"
"I know it's a long shot. She doesn't really seem the type to be easily impressed by rich boys. And, I will admit, I'm not the most macho guy around. And, she does seem attached to that Reina girl."
"Seiji, are you crazy? You're just on the verge of breaking through and you're going to throw everything away for a girl friend? A girl who's on the verge of breaking through herself?"
Seiji smiles a sinister smile. "Not really. But, someone's reaction tells me that he might." Seiji looks over at Hiro who is blushing deep purple.
"Hey, I know the difference between fantasy and reality. It's just Aika seems like a nice person who would be easy to talk to."
"Big brother has a crush."
"Geez, Seiji, it's not like a lot of guys in the audience tonight didn't share my opinion."
"Yeah, I heard the reaction when she came out. What about you, Kiraki? You're her classmate. And, you said that she's the only girl in the school who talks to you. Are you fan boying her as well?"
"I think that there's a side to Aika that you two haven't seen. She might act nice and laid back, but that's only because she has a hidden bad ass streak that allows her to be that way."
They hear a knock on the door.
Josephine enters the conference room with the new boy. He is short and kind of effeminate looking, but someone who also projects great confidence and pose, as if he had been an idol or a model before.
Kiraki sees Hiro looking at the boy in absolute shock and panic.
"No way!"
The new boy smiles and looks at Hiro. "Hello, Santa."
Kiraki does a double take. Santa was Hiro's name when they first transferred to the school. "Wait a second. How do you know that name?"
Hiro gets up and embraces the new kid. "Seiji, Kiraki, this is Towa. We were on the softball team together at our previous school." Hiro points to Kiraki. "He was also at our school, but our paths never crossed."
Josephine winks and exits the room.
Kiraki looks depressed. Did I make so little an impression at our previous school?
"Hey, cheer up S- ... Kiraki, it was a big school."
He must be nervous to start to call me by Seiji's name.
Hiro grins like a lunatic. "Kiraki, do you remember the JE audition? Do you remember the guy whose short wig fell off?"
Kiraki nods.
"It was Towa."
Kiraki eyes double in size. "No way! I was sure that that person was a girl."
Towa waves his hand in front of his face. "Don't worry about that. My parents are very strange. They always wanted me to look pretty. A lot of people mistook me for a girl."
Kiraki offers Towa his hand. "I'm glad that you finally made it here, although, selfishly, I know that if you hadn't had that problem they never would have looked at me."
Towa shakes Kiraki's hand. "Let's not worry about the past. The four of us have a future, or at least that's what Josephine was telling me."
Seiji nods. "Did Josephine give you any information on the group? He's been pretty tight lipped with us."
Towa nods. "He mentioned that the group name would be 'Friend ☆ Ship' with the star part being the symbol for a star."
Seiji smile broadly. "That's really good style! I really like group names with a star in the middle."
Towa starts staring at Kamei.
"Oh, how rude of me. Towa, this is Kamei. She follows me around and helps me with my homework."
Towa pretends to act shocked.
Hiro sits down at the table. "Gentlemen, we still have an important topic to cover. We don't know what type that Towa is going to be."
Towa groans and sits down. "Not this again."
Kiraki raises his eyebrow. "Again?"
"Oh, Santa was a Wota, so he was always telling me about idol lore."
Kiraki smiles. "Hiro thinks I could be a rebel bad boy."
"You don't look very tough."
Kiraki goes in to rebel bad boy mode and stands up. "Hey, you. I don't have to be told that I'm not tough looking from someone who looks like you." Kiraki invades Towa's personal space.
Towa effortlessly takes Kiraki down and twists Kiraki's ankle. "Other than that ridiculous stance, that wasn't bad."
"Itai! Let go!"
"Oh, sorry."
Hiro smiles at this display. "You two will definitely get along well. So, Towa, what type do you think you could do?"
"Laid back mellow type?"
Hiro rubs his head in frustration. "Towa, that's a girl's type. We need a boy's type for you. How about bashful and unassuming?"
"Well, I'm willing to play whatever role that you guys and Josephine want me to play."
Hiro nods. "Good, oh, there's one other thing I want to ask you, ..."
--
Kiraki comes into homeroom class early. Josephine had told him that weekend that he had graduated from cleaning the JE office rooms, so he could attend homeroom every day now.
Kiraki sees Reina enter looking very depressed. She sits down and looks at Aika's seat and sighs.
Hiro enters with a big smile on his face.
"So, are you going to ask Aika today how you guys did?"
Hiro nods.
Finally the homeroom teacher enters. "Class, I'm afraid there's been some bad news. Our classmate, Aika, has had a family situation come up and she is not expected to come back to this school in this school year."
Kiraki sees that Hiro has a crushed look on his face.
"However, by some bizarre coincidence, we have a new transfer student today." The teacher brings in Towa who makes his introduction.
"So, Towa, why don't you sit ..."
"Teacher, may I sit with Hiro over there? We're from the same previous school."
"I guess that would be okay. Miyabi, could you sit with Reina?"
A fearful Miyabi moves over.
Towa slaps five with Hiro and Kiraki who now sits behind Towa. Towa winks at Hiro. "That wasn't too hard."
"She was cold crushing on me."
The end of the "Shounen Jump" Chapters, and the end of An Annoying Paradise.
-
Finally caught up :lol: well that was an interesting fic from a alternative perspective and after talking to you it gave me an expectation of your future work
-
Yeah I managed to catch up to now! this fic was pretty darn interesting and I will be looking out for your next fic!
-
But wait! There's more!
For those who haven't heard the podcasts yet (links in the writer's cafe), yes, "An Annoying Paradise" is over, but that doesn't mean the story is finished. There are not one but two sequels.
But first, the meta-story:
At the end of the first season An Annoying Paradise was not "renewed" by Sho-Komi or by Shounen Jump. Much scrambling around was done and the series was able to be picked up by two other "mangas". However, to get into these mangas some changes were required.
The most noticeable change is that the two points of view of the story will change from Towa/Aika and Kirari.
Who are the new points of view? What Mangas did this story wind up in? To find out, stayed tuned for the first sequel: "An Annoying Paradise - Lost"
-
Cool, a new part of the story, definatly ibnteresting it will be from different perspectives too!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Authors Note: At the end of the first season An Annoying Paradise the manga was not resigned by Sho-Komi and had to scramble to find another home.
Author's note: The chapters from Reina's point of view are supposed to be from the "Nakayoshi!" manga (home of Bishoujo Senshi Sailor Moon, Card Captor Sakura, Magic Knights Rayearth, Shugo Chara!, and Tokyo Mew Mew).
Author's note: Keigo is formal Japanese dialect, as might be used in a royal court.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 1 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Reina looks at herself in the mirror. What's wrong with me? Usually this particular ensemble of clothing, lack of clothing, make up, and accessories makes me feel bad ass. She sighs.
"Reina-darling, it is time for you to go to school."
Wow, keigo this early in the morning? "Yes, dearest mother." I guess it's okay. She does tolerate my fashion style since it is part of my job. And, talking royal dialect does kind of make me feel like a princess.
Reina looks in the mirror again. A princess who has lost her smile.
Reina looks at a picture of her and Aika together that is in a small frame on her desk. Wow, it's been a week since you had to leave. At first I was completely destroyed, but now I think I can understand. If it had been my family, I would have done the same thing.
Reina temporarily changes into chibi form and throws a tantrum. But, I wouldn't have dumped you like that!
Reina says her goodbye's to her mother and walks to school.
"Hey, it's that cool and spicy girl, Reina." Two boys, slightly younger than her, start following Reina. Finally, one speaks up. "Hey, cutey!"
Reina turns around and glares.
The boys run off terrified.
Reina sighs. If only I could feel bad ass as opposed to merely looking bad ass.
The morning passes quietly enough, with the exception of getting back a math test. Yikes! Maybe I will have to take Sayumi up on her offer for homework help, even though she'll probably want to make me her girlfriend. Icky.
During lunch Reina seeks out Sayumi in the hall.
"Reina! Looking punked out as usual."
"And, you're looking cute, as usual, Sayumi."
Sayumi does her usual pose in spite of Reina's sarcasm.
"Um, I might have to take you up on your homework help offer."
"Hey, as the senior member of Harmony Project, it's up to me to go the extra mile for those girls underneath me."
Reina smirks. I know what you mean by 'underneath me', hentai girl. Reina imagines a silhouetted scene where Reina is lying down and Sayumi is leaning over trying to try to kiss her. "Yeah, I totally blew my math test from yesterday."
"Really? Let me see." Sayumi points to Reina's right hand.
Reina looks at her hand in horror. It's the test! I had meant to burn it. I forgot that I was holding it. "Oh, this?" Reina emits a nervous laugh. "Oh, this is just a scrap of paper." Reina crumples up the test and throws it blindly over her shoulder.
"Well, you'll have to show me the chapters and we can go over some sample problems. You do know which chapters the quiz was on?"
"Hey! Gangster Barbie! Were you born stupid or did you try to get a 30 on your math test on purpose?"
Steam comes out of Reina's ears. You know, a week ago my classmate Hiro was a quiet polite boy and now he's a total jerk. Okay, so he got to perform at our concert. Now he's walking around like he's the big man on campus and that it's only natural that girls fawn all over him. "I don't recall asking for your opinion!" Reina snatches the test back and pulls down her eyelid and sticks her tongue out. "Beda!"
Hiro turns up his nose. "Baka." Hiro walks away.
Reina sighs. If only Aika were here. Hiro would be stuffed in a trash can by now.
"Don't let that jerk bother you. I'll help you get your grades up in no time."
Reina watches Hiro walk away. What is wrong with him? He used to be a likable loser like his sidekick, Sumo boy. But, now with this new buddy by his side, Towa, it seems like he has stolen all of my coolness.
"You know, I'll bet in a couple of weeks he'll calm down."
"You think so?"
"Yeah, a lot of people go off the deep end when they get their first real taste of being an idol."
Reina nods. "What about you?"
Sayumi's every present smile vanishes. "Reina, there are parts of my life that I am not proud of. Before you came to the agency I hit a bad patch where I was doing whatever I felt like without a thought to the consequences."
"Like you were better after I came? Being a bully and having a girl friend?"
"Well, I thought about those two things before doing them. But, by that point I had built myself back up to where I could be forgiven for a few minor indiscretions."
Reina sees Risako walking past out of the corner of her eye, walking over to Saki. Reina looks at Risako's figure and then looks at her own chest. Reina shakes her head. There is nothing minor about those 'indiscretions'!
"But, the truth is that I got into such strange trouble that you would never believe me if I told you. It was a very scary time. But, if I can come back, I'm sure that he can."
Reina nods. They pick up their lunch and Reina grabs a copy of the free school newspaper.
Reina looks at the front page and makes a face. Well, Hiro isn't going to be reforming any time soon.
The front page of the school paper has a huge picture of Hiro and Seiji, the boy she caught flirting with Aika. Jeez, I haven't seen Seiji acting like a jerk. He's still acting like your average otaku. Still, the two of them do look like rock stars in this picture. Reina blushes. But, that jerk Hiro doesn't deserve to! Reina throws the newspaper in the trash.
After lunch, before Reina can make it back to class, she is stopped by Yurina.
"Yo."
Reina looks at Yurina crossly. "What do you want?"
"To apologize."
Reina looks at Yurina, not knowing what to think.
"I talked to Aika before our performance and she convinced me that she's wasn't fooling around. I know this issue must have caused you some pain, so I want to make things right."
"And, who was it that she was supposed to be fooling around with?"
Yurina blushes. "I'm ashamed to say this now, considering how much he has changed."
"You thought Aika was with Hiro?" Reina's eyes double in size.
Yurina waves her hand in front of her face. "Keep it down."
Reina smiles. "Well, don't worry about it. I don't care."
Reina hears a bell ring and looks at the wall clock in distraction. When she turns back Yurina has vanished. How does a girl who is five foot nine do that?
To be continued
-
yurina disappearing at the end :thumbsup
-
Hmm, seems as though Reina is missing Aika more than anyone else, I wonder what will happen if Towa makes a return and meets Reina?
and Hiro is suddenly a jerk now? :? perhaps he will need to be put in his place sooner rather than later...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 2 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Later that evening, Reina passes Miss Megumi in the halls on the way to her vocal lessons.
"Megumi-san, gracious good evening."
Megumi stops and looks at Reina with sorrow. "How are you doing?"
"Been better."
"I was absolutely crushed when I heard the news. Aika was so easy to work with and was such a good influence on the people she was with. It's been six days and I still have absolutely no idea who I can replace her with in the Shabondama Four."
Reina winces. She doesn't want to think of some girl replacing Aika in that group any more than she wants to think of some girl replacing Aika in their duet. But, even so ...
"Megumi, what about Sayumi?"
"She has a higher voice than Aika. It wouldn't be the same."
"You know, Sayumi told me something weird today. That she was once in deep trouble."
Megumi suddenly becomes very serious. "Reina, as I am sure you know, being a national idol can open the doors for all sorts of misbehavior. But, behind some of those doors are horrors so terrible that good and decent girls like yourself shouldn't even hear of them."
Wow, she must be really used to me dressing like 'Gangster Barbie' to be calling me a good and decent girl.
"Let's just say that it took a lot of personal effort on my part to get her back. Effort I would rather not think of again."
Reina nods. Wow, what had Sayumi gotten herself into? A biker gang? Reina imagines Sayumi doing her Usa-chan Peace pose on a motorcycle and the other bikers looking embarrassed. No, that's not it. A hostess club? Reina imagines Sayumi surrounded by a group of men who look bored because Sayumi continuously stares at herself in the mirror. No, that's not it either.
Reina smiles. Maybe there will a bonus for having Sayumi as a math tutor. Maybe I will find out about Sayumi's dark secret?
Before she can reach her rehearsal room, Reina bumps into Momoko.
"Reina! How is my Edge sister doing?"
Reina cringes. Oh great, it's out of control ego girl. She still thinks I want to hang out with her just because we are in the same group. "Trying to hang in there."
Momoko starts babbling at high speed. "So, what do you think of this accessory? I found it at this great store in Shibuya today. The people who work there were so nice. They really know how to find things that bring out my true star power. Do you think it works best with this shirt or this shirt?" Momoko points to the shirt that she is wearing and the shirt that is tied around her hips.
Momoko looks up and Reina has vanished. "What was that about? Oh, well, I guess I'll have to ask Maasa."
After vocal practice, Reina relaxes in the idol's lounge.
"Reina! How are you holding up?"
Reina cringes inside again. Now I have to deal with the hentai twins? "Risako, Saki, how are you guys? I'm hanging in there, I guess, still in a little bit of shock."
Saki nods. "It's been way less fun this week."
"But, I've been throwing myself into my work. I don't want you two girls to get ideas and think that you can be my rivals."
Risako laughs. "Hard to imagine. After all, that would involve hard work, right?"
Reina frowns. "Don't you girls work hard?"
Saki shakes her head. "It's hard for us to really dedicate ourselves. We are youth, you know? Working hard is such a hassle."
Risako sighs. "I wish there was some magical way to become better at being an idol without all the hard work."
Saki nods her head.
"Maybe you two need negative reinforcement?" Sayumi walks up and twists the ears of both Risako and Saki.
"Geez, stop it!"
"We'll work harder!"
"That's better."
Reina giggles at little at Sayumi's antics.
Sayumi sits down with Reina at her table. "So, when do you want to start the math tutoring?"
Reina's smile vanishes. "Um ..."
Sayumi realizes that Reina isn't ready to talk about the subject. "Hey have you seen this magazine?" Sayumi pulls out a copy of Idol Singer Monthly. "They have a huge list of everyone's heart song."
Reina smiles. "I remember filling out the form for that."
Sayumi opens the magazine and points to the entry for Reina. "Figures that you would choose such a bad ass song."
"Well, it was a big song. A lot of girls were influenced by it." Reina quickly looks through the section and then points to another idol. "You'll notice I wasn't the only idol to pick that song."
"Risako, I need your opinion on this accessory!" Momoko runs up and starts chatting with Risako.
"Saki, I have contacts sheets for that shoot we did yesterday. Want to see them?" Yurina walks over and starts talking with Saki.
Reina hears an unexpected sound from her purse that pierces her soul like an x-ray. Her eyes bug out. "SHUT UP EVERYBODY!"
Everyone at the table looks at Reina in shock.
Even Megumi sticks her head in the idol's lounge to tell her to be quiet.
Reina pulls out her phone. "It's Aika's ring tone."
To be continued!
-
What the, Aika's ringtone??? I wonder has towa decided to give Reina a boost by ringing her as Aika???
-
No matter what you're thinking that Towa is calling about, the truth is going to be a lot stranger!
And, for Hiro getting his comeuppance, well, we've just begun to see how much Hiro deserves a comeuppance.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Authors Note: At the end of the first season An Annoying Paradise was not resigned by Shounen Jump and had to scramble to find another home.
Author's note: The chapters from Hiro's point of view are supposed to be from the "Dragon Age Pure" manga (home of Seitokai no Ichizon, Kanon, and Clannad: Tomoyo Dearest).
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 3 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro steps into the hall of the school after putting on his indoor shoes. He takes a deep breath.
Hiro sees something in the corner of his eyes. Is it Aika? No, just some other random idol. Hiro sighs.
Hiro then notices that when he turned around he caught several girls staring at him.
"Excuse me?"
Hiro turns to see his admirer from homeroom, Miyabi.
Time stops.
A large screen appears with a "RPG card" with a picture of Miyabi and thermometers on it. Then a separate screen appears with three choices on it:
A) Proposition her.
B) Speak to her as a class mate.
C) Flirt with her to try to get to know her better.
Hiro concentrates deeply. Let's see. I know that Miyabi is into me. So if I chose A I will probably get some. However, I know the way these games work. Getting some with some girl you barely know is a one way ticket to BAD END. Now, I could pick C, but that's probably wasteful of my resources. I could always come back to her, but if I spend my time with her now I could lose my chance with the more difficult targets. So that means ...
Time restarts.
"Yes, Miyabi-kun?"
"Could you sign this?"
Hiro looks at what Miyabi has in her hands. It is the school newspaper. On the front page is a picture of him and Seiji doing high kicks during their concert. "What the heck?"
"It just came out today."
Hiro signs it and smiles. "I guess you can tell people that you have the first autograph I ever wrote."
"Really?" Miyabi giggles nervously and then runs off.
Hiro shrugs his shoulders.
During lunch Hiro, Kiraki and Towa wait in the hall for Seiji to join them. Hiro relaxes, aloof, leaning against the wall.
Kiraki pulls Towa aside. "I'm worried about Hiro."
"Oh?"
"He's been acting really weird this week."
Towa nods. "Some guys go through changes when they get popular. Who knows? Maybe you'll get popular and change as well."
"If I start acting snooty like that then please beat me up."
Towa smiles. "If that's what you want."
Suddenly, Hiro gets hit in the head with a crumpled up piece of paper. Hiro snickers to himself. That's one corny way to flirt with someone. Then Hiro uncrumples the paper. To his disgust it is not a love love note, but a badly blown test. Hiro checks the signature. Reina? That scary girl in home room?
Time stops.
The screen appears with a RPG card with Reina's picture and a bunch of thermometers that all seem to read zero. Another screen appears with three choices:
A) Proposition her.
B) Speak to her as a class mate.
C) Flirt with her to try to get to know her better.
Well, she is kind of hot. I wonder what would happen?
Another screen pops up and a list of options scrolls down. Hiro chooses Save Game. Always be safe!
Time restarts.
Hiro walks up to Reina. "Reina! I'm sorry my handsomeness distracted you so badly that you blew your math test. May I make it up to you with a date?"
Reina kicks Hiro in the balls.
Hiro drools in pain on the ground. Time stops and a large screen appears with the words BAD END on it.
Another screen pops up and a list of options scroll down. Hiro chooses "Resume From Last Save".
Time goes backwards and then restarts.
Hiro waves the test. "Hey Gangster Barbie! Is it okay for you to get a test score like this?"
Reina runs over and grabs the test. "No one asked for your opinion." Reina sticks out her tongue at Hiro and then walks away.
Towa walks up to Hiro and smacks him upside the head. "Hiro, she's your classmate."
Hiro nods. "I know. I guess what I said was harsh, but at least it got her attention."
Towa smiles. "I'm not sure you want her attention."
Hiro remembers back to the bad end. "You might be right."
"Everyone! Sorry I am late." Seiji runs up with Kamei-ko on his shoulder.
Hiro puts his arm around Seiji. "My brother. I understand. With all this unwanted attention from school paper picture I'm happy you made it here at all."
"Attention? School paper?"
Hiro points to a stand with the school paper.
Seiji has a blank look on his face. "Everyone has treated me the same today."
Hiro scratches his head.
After lunch Hiro walks up the stairs and nearly runs into Yurina on the stair landing.
Time stops.
A large screen appears with Yurina's card on it with thermometers and the same decision questions. Hiro thinks hard. Okay, she's hot and all that, but she's a very creepy. Maybe I could just steer her in the friendship direction so I won't have to worry about her?
Time restarts.
"Hey, aren't fashion club members supposed to be graceful enough to avoid colliding with clumsy people like me?"
Yurina looks at Hiro with sadness on her face. "I had such hopes for you. You're not the guy I thought you were. Good bye."
Yurina walks around Hiro and walks away.
Hiro stares at Yurina. What was that all about?
To be continued.
-
The sudden twist to the story :lol: prompts
-
Definatly an interesting chapter, :lol: seems as though our Hrio is getting a little bit to big for his boots, at least he's still got the awareness to stay away from Reina, though it seems as though perhpas he's inadvertantly got ris of Yurina! :panic:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 4 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Later that night, Hiro, Seiji, Towa and Kiraki take a break half way through their dance lessons. They drink water in the talent lounge and horse around.
"Gentlemen?"
Hiro looks around to see Josephine. Wow, I have never seen Josephine look this way before. He really looks serious and concerned.
"The rest of dance practice is canceled. Clean up and meet me in conference room six."
Hiro looks at Seiji. "Do you know what's going on?"
Seiji smiles a mysterious smile. "I'm pretty sure I do."
Yikes! Seiji usually doesn't act this way either.
After showering they meet up in conference room six.
"Hiro, Towa, Kiraki, what I am about to tell you might seem a little shocking. However, Seiji has already been through this experience before and he can back up what I am about to say."
Hiro nods and leans forward. This should be good!
"There is another world out there, separate from our own. Not many people know about it and not many are allowed to visit it. However, it is not uncommon for people in the idol industry to need to visit it from time to time, and now is one of those times."
Hiro looks at Kiraki and Towa. A tumbleweed rolls by. Okay, they're just as baffled as I am.
Towa leans forward. "What's this place called?"
"Lost World. Towa-kun, you joined us too late to meet the boss' two nephews. They had to be fired for their lazy scandalous behavior. Well, we have received credible reports that these two boys have been kidnapped and taken to Lost World."
Kiraki rolls his eyes. "Are they being turned into donkeys?" Kiraki laughs.
Josephine stares at Kiraki with a totally serious face. "Kiraki-kun, that Disney movie that you are referring to was based in part on some of the legends and stories about this other world."
Kiraki just stares at Josephine, not being able to believe that Josephine is telling the truth.
"Don't you remember the time you told Masaki and Satoshi that they were fired?"
Kiraki nods.
"Don't you remember the seedy types from those nightclubs that they hung out with? Well, there are people in Lost World who also prey on fallen idols."
Hiro rolls his eyes this time. "So they're in trouble. Big deal. They'll always be in trouble. Why is this our problem?"
"Because the boss still loves those boys even though they act like morons. He wants to send a team to get them back. And, if he can't get a team together, he will close JE."
Okay, that got my attention.
Towa scratches his head. "This sounds kind of dangerous."
"It is."
The other three boys turn around to look at Seiji.
"I know. I did a similar mission when I joined JE a year ago. It was rough, it was dangerous, but it was a once in a life time opportunity."
Hiro leans forward. "So what's it like over there?"
"Well, let's just say that magic is real in this world."
Hiro looks at Seiji as if Seiji was an alien. "This has to be a joke."
Seiji takes Kamei-ko off of his shoulder and puts her on the table. "I met Kamei-ko in Lost World. She came back to this world to be with me."
Kamei-ko nods her head.
Hiro raises an eyebrow. "Come on, this has to be some cheap trick!"
Kamei-ko shakes her head.
Josephine smiles. "Well then, who's in? Who's willing to go on this mission?"
"I will do it!"
The other three boys turn and stare at Kiraki who burns with the passion of youth.
"I kind of know them the best, and I don't think that they are totally beyond redemption. The boss has given me a great opportunity here, and I am willing to fight to keep it."
The other three boys exchange admiring glances over Kiraki's spirit.
Kiraki turns to Josephine. "So, do you think there will be a fighting tournament there?"
Towa face plants.
Hiro throws a Dragon Age Pure manga at Kiraki. "You read too much manga!"
Seiji smiles. "There will probably be many times when you will need to fight over there."
"All right!"
Seiji smiles. "I will also go. It will be a chance for Kamei-ko to visit home. Besides, I have experience being over there."
Hiro nods. "No choice then. I can't let Seiji do this without me."
"Why thank you, big brother."
Towa nods. "You guys are my groupmates, so I'm in also. But, ..."
The other three boys look at Towa.
"If there is a chance that I won't be coming back, then there's someone who needs to hear something from me directly."
Kiraki stares at Towa and blushes. "Wow, Towa, I didn't realize what a serious guy you are."
"Thanks, I guess. But, I do have to warn you guys that what you're going to hear next is going to be shocking."
Hiro laughs. "Shocking? We've just been told that we're going on a mission to a magical land to save a couple of boys who have been turned into donkeys and you're going to shock us?"
Towa looks at Hiro sadly. "Santa, especially you are going to be shocked."
"Whatever, just go ahead."
Towa takes out a cell phone that is different than the cell phone that he usually uses and dials a number. Towa coughs a couple of times and rubs his throat. "Hello, Reina? This is Aika."
The truth hits Hiro like running into a brick wall. Oh no! I have heard Aika's voice for months. There is no way that Towa could be doing an imitation of Aika's voice. Towa is Aika.
A dark pit of despair opens beneath Hiro and his soul falls down a spiral, screaming all the way.
To be continued.
-
hmm that was kinda unexpected.... :lol:
-
Expect a LOT more unexpected things in the next couple chapters ;)
-
O.K. then, things are getting more, well interesting now arn't they... magical Worlds, a rescue mission, Hiro it seems finding out about Aika.... :panic: and the next few chapters are getting more interesting, hmm what else can happen I wonder, expect of course if Reina finds the truth about Aika out......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 5 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Reina pulls out her phone. "It's Aika's ring tone."
Saki smiles. "Put it on speaker phone."
Reina complies. "Hello?"
"Hello Reina? This is Aika."
"Hi! I'm in the lounge now. Everyone is listening on speaker phone. How are you?"
"Well, I'm okay for now. But, I am about to go on a dangerous mission."
"Dangerous mission? I thought you had to take care of your family?"
"Um, Reina, ... I lied to you about that."
"What!?"
"There was no family emergency."
"So, why did you leave me? Why did you give up being an idol?"
"Reina, I lied to you about many things, including the part about giving up being an idol. You were close to discovering the truth. That's why I left."
"I don't understand. The truth? What secret could you have that could be so bad?" Reina imagines chibi Aika hanging out on a street corner smoking a cigarette with a bunch of school girl gang members. No, that would never happen. Reina imagines chibi Aika posing for naughty photographs in silhouette. Nope, that's not happening either.
"The truth? The truth is that the girl that you knew as Aika never existed. She was a made up character brought in by T. She was brought in to try to help you with a problem."
"Problem?"
"But, since this is T we're talking about, it turns out that you didn't have the problem he thought you had, so all the effort was kind of wasted."
"That's not true, Aika! We had a great time together! You were in a group that still misses you horribly. Your time here was not wasted."
"I'm not sure if my group mates will still feel that way, once they know the truth, that I'm not the person that they thought I was."
"Don't be ridiculous! It doesn't matter who we were before we were signed. All that matters is what we do once we became idols."
"In my case it does matter. Reina, my name isn't Aika."
"So what? My name isn't Reina, either. My name is really Rena. But since there was already a singer named Rena with the same Kanji they changed my name and made me spell it with Hiragana to avoid confusion."
"But, it's not just a matter of changing a name for a show business reason, it was changing a name to disguise this..."
Reina hears coughing on the other end of the line. She then hears a boy's voice.
"Reina, my name is Towa. The same Towa who transferred into your class the same day that it was announced that Aika was no longer going to be there."
"So where's Aika?"
"I am Aika."
Reina looks around the table. Everyone is in shock except for Sayumi who looks uncomfortable.
Reina thinks for a minute. She sees in her mind pictures of Aika and Towa side by side. Well, they are the same height, same build, and have identical facial features. "So, are you taking hormone therapy now?"
"Why would I do that?"
"I thought that's what people did when they were making the change from being a girl to being a boy."
Reina hears a thunk on the other end of the line.
"Reina, you still don't get it. I don't need hormone therapy to be a guy because I have always been a guy, including the time when I was Aika."
"Oh." Reina looks ahead, numb. Aika is a boy?
"I am sorry, but T told me that you were afraid of boys and that by impersonating a girl I could help you ease yourself of this fear."
"T is so dead."
"Wait a second, I'm sure he feels bad about the mix up as well. Anyway, because of the mission, I wanted you to hear this from me instead of hearing it from someone else."
"Are you going alone on this mission?"
"No, Hiro, Seiji and Sumo boy are coming with me."
"Um, Aika?"
The rest of the table stares at Saki.
"Is there any chance that you could do Harmony Project part time? I don't mind that you're a guy. And, we've haven't been able to replace you in our group."
They hear a chuckle from the other end. "I don't know how that would work. I would be pretty busy as a Jenny Boy, don't you think? But, thanks, I do miss you guys."
Miss Megumi clears her throat. "Aika, is Josephine-san there?"
"Yes, he is. Do you want to talk him?"
"Yes."
"Megumi-san. How may I help you?"
"Does this mission involve Lost World?"
Sayumi gasps.
"Yes, it does."
"If Miss Aika is going, then I should be there as well."
There is a long pause of over thirty seconds before Josephine replies. "Megumi, of course someone with your skills would be useful in our mission, but how could we ever repay you?"
"You wouldn't have to. But, if I convince Aika to come back to Harmony Project or to split her time between agencies, I would expect some cooperation."
They hear Josephine chuckling.
"Very well then. We leave here in fifteen minutes. We would like to chat more, but we need to keep to a schedule."
"I understand. Thank you."
The phone hangs up.
To be continued!
-
That was pretty shocking overall, although almost everyone came out with a secret
-
So Reina knowa the thruth abut Aika, seems as though T-sama may be in for a spot of bother.
Hmm, seems as though the girls wan't Aika back, whatever sex she... er he might actually be! :lol:
-
@oddball: Reina's not dumb enough to cross the boss.
@kurosawa87: These secrets will all start to seem to have something in common ...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 6 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
The phone hangs up.
Reina looks at Megumi in shock. "Lost World?"
Megumi nods. "Reina, there is another world out there, a world of magic and mystery. It's been out there for thousands of years. Many girl idols have been kidnapped there. When a Harmony Project girl is kidnapped, they send me to go get them back."
"Magic and mystery? Can we transform into princesses when we get there? Are there princes that sparkle there?"
"Transformations do happen. But, not always into Princes and Princesses."
"Okay, then I'm going as well."
"Wait!"
All eyes of the table turn to Sayumi. "Reina, you don't understand. The transformations are based on your heart. I am one of the people who Megumi rescued. I was a bad girl back then and I got into tons of trouble. I was going to nightclubs and drinking. I was kidnapped and dragged to Lost World. I transformed into a half cat half girl creature. It wasn't like being a princess at all."
"I understand. But, if Aika is going to risk her neck, then I want to be there as well."
Megumi smiles. "I can see you have a strong will, Reina. You may come with me."
Momoko's eyes light up. "Are there magical objects over there that can make us into superstars?"
Megumi gets very serious. "Yes, there are. There is at least one, the golden microphone, which can seriously power up the voice of the person who holds it. Which is a really good reason for you not to go, Momoko."
"What!" Momoko waves her arms like she was trying to fly.
"Momoko, you should rely on your own voice. What is the point of becoming a star if you have it handed to you by mahou?"
"Miss Megumi?"
All eyes turn to Yurina.
"If Hiro is going then I am going. His soul is in a bad state right now. If he goes, he might be the one that needs saving."
Reina raises an eyebrow. Isn't this the girl who was dissing Hiro earlier today? Wow, how fickle.
Megumi nods. "Very well. You may come with me as well."
"I will also go. As leader, I can't let Reina and Yurina go without my help."
Megumi walks over to Sayumi and looks her right in the eyes. "Are you sure this isn't because you miss the temptations of Lost World?"
Sayumi's lower lip quivers. "Okay, yes it is, partially. But, I have been there before and I do want to protect Reina and Yurina. And, I also have some unfinished business there."
Megumi smiles. "You've come a long way."
Megumi turns to face the other girls. "It is settled. Sayumi, Reina and Yurina will come with me. You other girls will stay here."
The other girls loudly complain.
"I know that you girls are disappointed, but you need to understand that Lost World is very dangerous and is even more dangerous if you go there for selfish reasons. There are things there that none of you can understand. Believe me, it's a lot safer if you stay. Furthermore, if you did go and got in trouble it would be my job to rescue you and, I already have too much to do around here as it is!" Megumi slams her hand down on the table.
The other girls nod, disappointed.
"Come on, let's go. There is no need to take anything. Everything that we will need is already over there."
Megumi, Reina, Sayumi and Yurina leave the lounge.
Momoko laughs a suspicious laugh. "Well, I better get back to work." She first checks to see if the hall is clear and then walks out.
Saki and Risako exchange glances. They walk out of the room as well.
Reina walks with Sayumi. "What is it like over there?"
"I suppose it is a lot like feudal Japan. There's not a lot of technology, and some of the scenery there is very pretty. But, I didn't get to see too much of it because I was a prisoner, held at the Forbidden City."
"Forbidden City?"
"It's some town by a mountain behind a large wall. The people who live there are horrible and cruel. They kidnap humans to keep as pets. Many of them were once criminals on Earth."
"How horrible. You must be very brave to want to go back."
Sayumi whispers into Reina's ear. "I doubt if I could completely get rid of Forbidden City, but I know that there is one resident there who I can do something about."
"Scary."
They turn a corner walking towards the JE building.
Momoko looks around a corner a block back and then rushes up to the corner that they just turned to wait again. Suddenly she is bumped from behind. "Hey, watch it!" She whispers.
Momoko turns and sees Saki and Risako. "What are you two doing here?"
Risako puts on a serious face. "The same thing as you. If we can get our hands on the golden microphone then we could power up our voices and become big stars."
Saki nods. "Yeah, without having to do scales for hours every day."
Momoko nods and looks around the corner. "Clear."
The three run after their prey.
Reina excuses herself from Sayumi and walks with Yurina. "Yurina, I thought that you no longer liked Hiro?"
"I don't like what he has become. But, maybe I can help him get back to the way he was?"
"I don't know. He seems like a real jerk now."
"I know. But, I need to try."
Reina nods. Maybe I'm in the same situation? Aika has "changed" as well. And, even if I make sure that Aika safely makes it home it will not change the fact that Aika is really Towa.
To be continued!
-
a fantasy twist is a very nice add to this story
-
Hmm, things are definatly going to escalate from here on out I feel, I wonder quite what will happen when the two groups meet up... as for Sayu, she was stuck the before but wants to go back?!?!?!?! More interesting is that she is doing it to save someone there, who could this be?
I worry for Momo and the others too, I feel as though thier hunt for the golden michophone will end up badly for them.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: "Harem ending" is a term in in multiple ending dating simulation games. It means that the protagonist gets to be involved with two or more other characters at the same time.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 7 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro sits with his head between his hands, numb. He barely notices Towa explaining to Reina that he is Aika, or Josephine talking to Miss Megumi.
Hiro sees a giant screen appear before him. On it a RPG card with Aika's face appears along with some thermometers. The readings on the thermometers all dive towards zero and a red x appears over Aika's picture.
"Gentlemen, it looks like the plans have changed slightly. Miss Megumi has volunteered to guide you guys in Lost World. I hope you all remember Miss Megumi from the onsen, managing Aika's group?"
Hiro nods his head weakly and notices that Seiji and Sumo boy also nod.
"She has a lot of experience with Lost World. I was going to be your guide, but my transformed self might cause some problems for the mission."
Towa raises an eyebrow. "Transformed?"
"Yes. When you go to Lost World you will likely transform. I suspect that Masaki and Satoshi have been transformed into donkeys. As for me, I transformed into a dazzling beauty who attracted the gaze of all she passed. Not good for stealth, let me tell you."
"Yes, I know that I will transform into a great warrior!"
Josephine looks at Sumo boy and raises an eyebrow. "One cannot always predict what will happen. You might as well just be surprised by it."
Kiraki nods. "Maybe a giant ogre, or a Samurai!"
"Anyway, you guys need to meet Miss Megumi in the lobby. I'll call for a van. You don't need to bring anything, everything you'll need is already over there."
The four boys nod and then shuffle off to the elevator.
Once the elevator starts moving, Hiro turns on Towa. "Why!?? Why, didn't you tell me before?"
"I didn't tell anyone. If I told one person the secret would have gotten out."
"But, why were you so nice to me, then?"
Towa looks at Hiro funny. "I treated everyone the same. If I was mean to just you, wouldn't that have looked suspicious?"
"I guess you're right."
"This isn't going to be a problem is it?"
"No. I will refocus my energy. There are often many paths to the harem ending."
Towa makes a confused face.
Kiraki shoves Towa. "Hey, I'm mad, too. This means that the only girl who's talked to me in the school so far wasn't even a girl!"
"It's okay to go at your own speed."
The elevator opens letting them out to the lobby. Hiro sees Miss Megumi, Reina, Yurina and some other girl waiting for them. Oh great. I have to deal with those two scary chicks as well?
Seiji smiles widely. "Miss Megumi! Josephine said that he's ordering a van for us."
"Good. It's too far to walk and we're too big of a group for a cab. Did Josephine tell you boys what to expect?"
Seiji laughs. "I've been there before and we both know that no one can describe it ahead of time."
Miss Megumi nods. She notices a van with tinted windows pull up in front of the JE building. "That must be our ride. Let's go."
The nine of them crowd into the van, the boys sitting together and the girls sitting together. The van takes off.
"Do you boys know these three girls?"
Seiji shakes his head. "Let me introduce myself. I'm Seiji and this is Kamei-ko."
"My name is Sayumi. I am the senior idol at Harmony project. I am in The Race Car Five. I have also been to Lost World before."
"Reina. I'm in Edge and The Race Car Five."
"Yurina. Shabondama Four."
"Hiro."
"Kiraki."
"Towa, formally known as Aika. Shabondama Four. Now, myself and these other three are in Friend ☆ Ship, with star being the symbol."
Reina rolls her eyes. "Lame."
Seiji raises an eyebrow. "Hey, I like group names with stars in them."
Miss Megumi smiles. "Good. Now, this mission might depend a lot on our team work. I hope we can all work together well."
Hiro rolls his eyes.
"Is there a problem Hiro?"
"It's just that I might not be everyone's favorite person."
"Well, don't worry about making friends. Even though this might look like a group date, we're here to do a job, a dangerous one at that. May I count on you to be professional?"
Hiro nods. "Absolutely."
"Good."
The van stops. "Okay, follow me single file. Don't look or talk to anyone!"
They get out of the van. Hiro's senses are nearly overwhelmed by the bright lights, the smells, and the noises. They are apparently in some seedy entertainment district with dozens of hostess and host clubs within earshot, each with their own greeter trying to stir up business.
"Let's go!"
Hiro follows behind Towa in the line down the street. Although Hiro can feel dozens of eyes on him he looks straight ahead.
Halfway down the block they turn and march down a dark alley. Halfway down the alley they stop in front of an unmarked door.
Megumi knocks, and then talks through an eye slot.
The door opens. They are directed through another door and down a flight of stairs.
The basement they arrive at is cluttered and smelly. A withered old man greets them. "Welcome to Club Neverland! I take it that you are going to Lost World?"
Megumi nods. "I take it that our mission was called in?"
"Yes ma'am. We have arranged for standard back packs for your group over there."
"Thanks."
The man looks at Seiji and squints. "Miss Kamei? Is that you?"
The turtle nods.
The man smiles. "I hope you found your visit to Earth to be pleasant. Son? You did bring her card, didn't you?"
"Of course." Seiji pulls out from his pocket what looks like an RPG playing card with Kamei's picture on in.
The old man pulls out a notebook with hundreds of cards in it and opens it. "We'll file it away here for safe keeping."
The old man puts the note book away. "Well, there's not a whole lot to it. Just walk through the curtain of that booth in the corner. You'll come out into a different basement and you'll feel nothing weird."
"May we go first?"
Miss Megumi smiles. "Of course, Seiji. Everyone, line up. Let's go single file."
Hiro is at the end of the line. One by one he sees the others enter the small booth. Finally it is his turn. Here goes nothing! Hiro walks through the curtain.
To be continued.
-
Kiraki shoves Towa. "Hey, I'm mad, too. This means that the only girl who's talked to me in the school so far wasn't even a girl!"
:lol: poor Kiraki! :doh:
So they are off to the lost world and they will transform, I wonder what everyone will turn into?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 8 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro walks out of the booth into another basement. A different withered old man greets him. "Welcome, welcome! Wait a second while your card prints."
Hiro looks around the room and scratches his head. Where did all these babes come from? Where was Seiji? Kiraki? Towa?
"Hey Hiro, you finally made it. We were waiting."
Hiro looks at the person who talked to him. It was a middle aged man of about forty. But, it sounded like ... "Seiji??"
"I did mention that magic was real here, didn't I? This is my transformed shape."
Hiro quickly looks around looking for a mirror. I better not look weird in this world. That would be the worst!
He finds one and breathes a sigh of relief. He still looks like himself, but it looks like he is wearing lots of makeup. He even sparkles slightly.
"Here you go son, here's your card."
Hiro looks at his card:
Bishonen
Transform power up available
Magic even
Strength even
Speed even
Charisma +4
Stealth even
Vision even
Special Ability: Time Control
"All right! I knew I was the heart throb type."
Hiro looks around the room again. "Aika??"
Aika, now sporting shoulder length hair again, walks over to him. "Wow, this is really embarrassing."
"Are you really a ..."
Aika looks down her shirt. "I guess you could say that."
Time stops.
A screen with Aika's card appears without the red 'x'.
Hiro hits "Save Game".
Time resumes.
"Wow, this is great! Offffffffffff!"
Aika punches Hiro in the solar plexus. "Don't even THINK about it!!"
Hiro drools on the ground.
BAD END.
Hiro hits "Resume From Last Save". Time reverses, then resumes.
"Towa, I just want you to know that I will never forget who you really are."
Aika smiles.
"That was amazing!"
Hiro turns to the old man.
"I've never seen a time controller at work before."
Hiro looks at his card, then at the man. "You saw me get punched in the stomach? For real?"
The man nods.
Hiro looks at the card. "Wow, this is an awesome place!"
Hiro again looks around the room. There is a girl there he has never seen before. "Excuse me miss, may I ask who you are?"
The girl ignores him and looks at some of the musical instruments hanging on one of the walls of the basement. She selects a guitar and starts jamming. "So you're going to ask me my name. Ask me again and I'll tell you the same. KI-YA-ME-I, KI-YA-ME-I!"
Seiji smiles. "Her name is Elizabeth Kyamei. However, you know her as Kamei-ko. This is what she looks like in Lost World. She's quite a star at koto playing."
Hiro bows before Seiji. "Sorry, bro, I didn't realize that she was your girl."
"No problem."
Hiro notices another new girl. "Excuse me miss. I'm Hiro. Who might you be?"
The girl starts sniffling.
Hiro puts his hand on her shoulder. "It's okay. I want you to know that a girl as pretty as you can always depend on me."
Boom!
The girl kicks Hiro right in the face, then sits down next to Hiro's drooling body. "You moron. I'm Kiraki. Do you think I want to be depending on you?"
Hiro sits up. "Wow, I guess you didn't get to be a great warrior after all."
"No kidding."
"By the way, don't worry about the kick. I deserved it."
"It's okay." Kiraki helps Hiro up.
Hiro surveys the rest of the group. Yurina and Reina look the same, only a little less attractive. Miss Megumi, no longer wearing her glasses, looks totally intimidating, like a Yukuza boss. Sayumi looks normal, except that she now has a tail and furry paws.
"Well, you folks will have to go upstairs now. I sense that another party is coming soon. We have strict privacy rules around here."
Aika looks at the man with scorn. "You value privacy but allow people to be dragged here against their will?"
"The rules around here haven't changed in thousands of years."
Aika rolls her eyes.
"Putting that aside, please pick up your backpack from that line in order of your arrival and exit up the stairs."
Grumbling, the group exits the welcoming room.
After they are safely away a new entry comes through the curtains. It looks like a small cat but walks on it's hind legs. It waves it's arms like it is trying to fly. "What the heck is this??"
To be continued.
-
Wow, well all I can say is this is definatly getting wierd, and who was that cat at the end, is ir Risako or Saki I wonder.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 9 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Momoko, Risako and Saki stop about a block away from the JE building when they see Megumi, Reina, Sayumi and Yurina enter the lobby.
"What the heck? Like this won't create a page one scandal?"
Risako pats the shorter Momoko on the head. "They're being escorted by Miss Megumi. I'm sure nothing weird will happen."
After a short wait, they see Miss Megumi and the three girls with four Jenny Boys exit the lobby of the JE building and climb into a van.
Saki looks grossed out. "Ewwww! It looks like they're going on a group date!"
Momoko runs to the curb. "Taxi!"
A taxi pulls over and the three girls hop into the back.
"Driver, follow that van!"
"Yes, young lady."
Saki snuggles next to Risako. "This is so exciting! This is like being in a movie."
Risako nods.
Momoko pushes the two lovebirds. "Come on you two, we're not shooting a movie. This could turn into a really dangerous thing. Can I count on you two to do what it takes to help find the golden microphone? Or are you two going to be distracted by each other?"
Risako squeezes Saki tight. "Of course you can. However, it's safe for us to do this now. It might not be safe later on. You have to do things when it is time to do them."
Saki nods and runs her fingers through Risako's long hair.
Momoko turns away and pouts. "You two are gross."
Risako answers without breaking her gaze into Saki's watering eyes. "Don't be hating."
Momoko tries to distract herself by noticing the scenery flying by. She notices that they are getting deeper and deeper into a seedy looking entertainment district.
"Miss, the van has stopped. It looks like they're getting out."
Momoko slips the driver some money. "Thank you, good sir. We'll take it from here." Momoko looks at a still making out Risako and Saki. "Hey guys, make out time has passed, it's time to stalk."
Momoko and Saki disengage with a disappointed look.
They get out of the cab, keeping an eye on their prey. The neighborhood that they are in is loud and bright. Many men and women yell at them, trying to recruit them for some sort of unsavory activity or another.
Risako stretches. "Maybe doing vocal scales isn't that bad?"
Momoko ignores her. "They're on the move, let's go!"
Risako follows closely behind Momoko with Saki clinging to Risako out of fear of the host and hostess club greeters.
"They've turned down this alley."
Risako looks down the alley. It looks dark, smelly and diseased. "You've got to be kidding me!"
Momoko holds them up. "They're going to a specific door. Okay, they're in. Let's go."
Saki looks down the alley and closes her eyes. "No way."
"Just hold on to me."
The three girl tentatively make their way down the alley to the door.
Momoko knocks on the door.
"Who is it?"
"Adventurers, wanting to go to Lost World to seek the golden microphone."
"An independent group? Nothing was called in."
"Yes, independent."
The door opens. They crowd into a small room with doors that apparently open to stairways and a sleazy looking bar.
"You'll have to wait here a minute. There's another party down stairs. We'll have to give them some privacy."
Saki squeezes Risako tight and whispers in her ear. "I wonder what they are doing?"
--
Downstairs, Reina and the rest of the group receive their final instructions.
"There isn't much to it. Just walk through the curtain on that booth in the corner and you will come out on in Lost World in a similar basement. You won't feel anything weird."
Reina looks at the withered old man and nods. I wonder how long he has been doing this?
Seiji, one of the Jenny Boys, speaks up. "We'll go first."
Reina looks at Seiji funny. Seiji has been acting like the turtle that he carries with him was a real person. But, it's just a turtle.
Megumi nods. "Okay, everyone line up behind Seiji!"
Reina feels herself being pushed to the front of the line. Cowards! But, still, I do have to do this at some point.
Seiji walks through the curtain with the turtle. Reina then walks through.
On the other side of the curtain, instead of a booth there is another basement. Reina looks around. There are strange things hanging from the walls in great volume, but other than that it looks like a normal basement.
"You made it. We were getting lonely!"
Reina turns and sees two people that she's never seen before. One is an older guy, the other is a beautiful young girl, dressed in frilly clothes.
Reina looks at her own clothes. She is horrified to see that her carefully chosen fashion statement has been replaced by some rather drab, plain looking clothes. "Um, I'm Reina. Who are you guys?"
The older guy laughs. "Seiji here. This is my transformed form. This is Elizabeth Kyamei. This is Kamei-ko's true form. She transformed into a turtle when she came to earth."
Reina cringes. This girl was a turtle a minute ago? "How long were you guys waiting? I was right behind you."
"About a minute."
Another old withered man appears. "Folks! I have your cards." The man hands cards to Seiji and Reina. Reina looks at her card.
Peasant
Transform power up available
Magic plus two
Strength even
Speed even
Charisma minus two
Stealth even
Vision even
Special Ability: persuasion
"Seiji, what does 'transform power up available' mean?"
"Reina, the information on cards is supposed to be private. If you tell other people the information on your card, then the card will be limited in the magical power it can give you. But, to answer your question, if something like that is on your card, not that it necessarily is, then in times of need you would be able transform into a more powerful form."
"I hope that form has better fashion sense."
Seiji smiles. "The new form is based on what is in your heart. I'm sure it will be lovely. That is, if you have that on your card."
To be continued.
-
Ahh cool so they all have power up cards!!! I actually hope they get to use them now!!!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Kirarin means 'shining' in Japanese.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 10 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Reina watches as some more people from the group come across, each about a minute apart even though they were only a couple seconds behind each other in line.
Reina is shocked by Miss Megumi's new appearance. Wow, she looks like someone that you don't want to talk back to, not that anyone ever talked back to her before she transformed.
Reina is amused a little that Yurina also got a fashion downgrade. Well, at least I wasn't the only one.
Then Sayumi comes across. Sort of.
"What the heck? You have a tail?" Reina points.
"Well, yeah. Didn't I tell you that I transformed last time into a cat girl? Did you think I was going to be a dog this time?"
Reina looks at Sayumi with wonder.
Then ...
"Aika??" Reina runs over to Towa. His hair is now shoulder length.
"What happened?"
"I think you might have transformed."
Miss Megumi smiles. "I guess I won't have to worry about calling you Aika now."
Aika finds a mirror to look in. "This is bad."
Aika is given her RPG card. She looks at it in disgust. "What is wrong with this world? Was it designed by a bunch of hentai game makers?"
Another girl comes through the curtain. Sensing something is wrong, she runs to the mirror that Aika is standing by. A look of panic comes over her face.
"Can I help you?"
"Towa, they got you too?"
Aika looks at the girl's nervous posture. "I got it. Sumo boy, right?"
Kiraki nods.
"Yeah, I guess we both got a lousy hand dealt to us. But, cheer up. When we get back, we should change back." Aika looks at the withered old man as he hands Kiraki her RPG card. "That is right, right?"
"Absolutely."
Finally Hiro comes across. He still looks like he is a boy, but looks twice as pretty.
Reina turns up her nose and talks with Miss Megumi. "Is it okay that people have changed?"
Miss Megumi nods. "You'll get used to how things work around here. Don't worry."
The old man yells something about the party needing to go upstairs. Reina grabs a back pack and climbs up the stairs. How cool! The building over the basement looks like a historical recreation of a tea house.
Miss Megumi herds them out a side door and into an alley.
Wow, this whole town looks like something from feudal Japan.
Miss Megumi smiles. "Okay, is everyone ready for the next phase of the trip?"
Aika walks up to Miss Megumi. "Um, this is kind of embarrassing, but, ..." Aika whispers something in Miss Megumi's ear.
"Yes. Stealth is important. Reina? Please take Aika and Kiraki across the street. They should find what they need over there. Money is already in your backpacks."
Reina rolls her eyes. "Come on, ladies."
Across the street Reina sees a store that sells ladies clothes. "So what do you guys need?"
Aika whispers in Reina's ear. "We need bras or else we're going to attract a lot of unwanted attention."
Reina looks to her own chest and then looks at Aiki and Sumo Boy's chest and makes a jealous face. "Well, that makes sense, I guess."
--
Downstairs, the next person walks through the curtain. "What the heck?"
"Welcome to Lost World, young lady. Here is your card."
The upright walking cat holds the card in its paws. "You have got to be kidding me."
"You were told about the transformations, right?"
"I thought I would be a princess."
The old man chuckles. "Lots of people say that."
Risako walks through the curtain. She looks about the same. "Old man, where is Momoko?"
"Down here, moron!"
Risako breaks out laughing. "I'm sorry, but this is too funny."
"Focus or I'll use your legs as a scratching post."
"Okay, okay."
"Miss? Here's your card."
"So, how are we going to find the Golden Microphone?"
The older man chuckles. "Well, if you don't have a plus score on your vision, or don't have the visionary special ability, you could be sitting on a magic object and not know it."
Both Momoko and Risako look at the cards, then cringe.
Risako looks exasperated. "This mission is doomed."
Saki walks through the curtains, looking mostly unchanged. "Here I am! Where's Momoko?"
Risako stifles a giggle. "Don't laugh, she transformed."
Saki looks at the upright cat. "Well, at least you're still cute."
"Gee, thanks!"
"Here's your card ma'am."
Risako clears her throat. "Um, Saki, you don't have a plus by your vision or the visionary special ability, do you?"
Saki looks at her card. "No."
"Great. We're going to look for magic objects and none of us can recognize one even if we were right on top of it! We are so screwed. Thanks Momoko. Or, should I say, Meow-ko?"
Meow-ko smirks. "Calm down. I have a plan."
--
Kiraki walks out of a fitting room with a properly fitting bra under his boys shirt. "I will never live this down."
Kiraki sees Aika wearing a modest looking dress. "Towa, I think you're going overboard."
Aika looks at Kiraki with a serious expression. "Our mission needs stealth. Two girls dressed as boys would stand out. So, you're getting a make over as well. By the way, it would really stand out if a girl had a boy's name like Towa so you should just call me Aika while we're over here."
"But, what am I going to do? Kiraki is a boy's name, also."
Aika goes into a deep think. "Yeah, and Sumo boy wouldn't work either."
Reina walks over with a dress. "I think I found one that would fit Sumo boy."
Aika hits her palm. "I have it. Let's call Sumo Boy, Kirari. That's kind of girly."
Reina smiles. "That's cool. We can call her 'Kirarin' as a nickname."
To be continued.
-
Oh dear poor kiraki, at least towa/Aika has been used to being a girl, I'm not sure the hapless Kiraki is coping with it so well!!!
Aika whispers in Reina's ear. "We need bras or else we're going to attract a lot of unwanted attention."
Reina looks to her own chest and then looks at Aiki and Sumo Boy's chest and makes a jealous face. "Well, that makes sense, I guess."
Oh dear Aika, perhaps this was not the most inteligent thing to say to Reina! :lol:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 11 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
The group emerges from the stairs into what looks like a feudal Japanese Tea House. Miss Megumi takes people outside by a side door.
"Seiji, this place is really living up to the hype."
"Don't get caught up Hiro. This land might be cool, but it is dangerous as well."
Reina, Aika and Kiraki run across the street while Miss Megumi motions for the other to stay in the alley.
"What's going on?"
Miss Megumi gives Hiro a condescending look. "They needed more stealthy outfits."
Yeah, I was right behind Aika and Kiraki on the steps and parts of their bodies continued to climb the steps even after the rest of them had reached the top. "Yeah, I kind of noticed."
"So would have everyone else."
Finally the newly female members of the group return with modest and appropriate dress.
"Okay, everyone, quick note." Aika points to Kiraki. "Our classmate here has a new idol name. She will be known as Kirari. But, we can call her by her nick name, Kirarin."
Kirarin visibly fumes. She rolls her eyes, bows and speaks in a sarcastic voice. "Please take care of me."
Miss Megumi pats Kirarin on the head even though Kirarin is slightly taller. "Kira-chan, don't get off on the wrong foot. Our transformed bodies carry with them wonderful powers, but they won't manifest if we go around moping."
"Yes, Miss Megumi."
Too bad Sumo Boy is really a boy. His transformed self is very appealing as a tsundere. An RPG card appears in Hiro's head with Kirarin's picture on it and thermometers which seem to have favorable readings.
Yurina shakes her head in disgust.
"Okay folks, time to hit the road. We can make the Forbidden City by tomorrow. The road is not very safe so we should be on guard at all times."
Kirarin raises her hand. "Miss Megumi, I think that Seiji should be in charge of looking out for dangers. Even back home he was able to spot a small army of scandal sheet photographers hiding in the woods and I wasn't able to see any of them."
"Is this true, Seiji?"
"Absolutely. I will consider it an honor to be the look out."
Miss Megumi smiles. "Okay, let's roll out."
--
Thirty minutes into the walk Hiro starts getting bored. Okay, the scenery is nice and all, but there's almost nothing out here except for this dirt road. Hiro Yawns.
Seiji pokes him in the side. "Come on big brother. You'll never develop your powers if you're bored."
"Don't call me big brother out here. It will sound weird. And, what's there to get excited about out here?"
"Nothing so far. But, we do have a party who are tailing us in a clumsy way. However, they seem content to keep their distance."
"Goons?"
"Don't talk about Aika's group mates that way."
Hiro nods.
After another thirty minutes the road starts rising to go through a mountain pass.
When they approach the pass Seiji stops the group. "I might be good, but I can't see through solid objects like rocks. The next patch of road is really well known as an ambush area and I would be really surprised if we got through without seeing some action."
Kirarin smiles. "I'm ready."
Hiro looks over the group. This is unexpected. Reina is the only one who looks like she's worried.
"Let's go."
The group reaches a sharp turn at the top of the pass. Then as if by clockwork: "Good travelers, I hope you're having a pleasant journey. However, you'll need to pay a toll to pass this point."
Hiro jumps up to see what's going on. There are four burly men with clubs blocking their way.
Miss Megumi smiles a mysterious smile. "And, what might this toll be?"
"Your money, your dignity, your bodies, and your lives. That isn't too much is it?"
"You guys are too funny."
"Are you kidding me? There are four of us and there are only two men in your group. And, they look like sissies."
Seiji nudges Hiro. "He kind of has a point."
"Shut up!"
"So, are you going to surrender quietly or are you going to give us some fun?"
Along the road there are walls of giant rock on either side, as the path goes in between two mountain formations. However, the rocks are not uniform and have areas were one can slip into holes in between the rocks. Hiro backs up and slips in between two of the rocks. This is a time of great need. Maybe my transformed self will be able to help?
Nothing happens. Hiro takes out his card and concentrates on the area that says power up available.
Miss Megumi puts on her intimidating face. "Do you four boys think you could handle some like me?"
The apparent leader on the gang shrinks back slightly, but then regains his composure. "Maybe we can, maybe we can't. Let's find out."
Miss Megumi steps back and whispers to Seiji. "They're being protected by some sort of magic. Is this all of them?"
Seiji nods.
Kirarin comes to the front of the group. "Miss Megumi, thank you for leaving some for me. I am going to enjoy ..."
The leader growls at Kirarin.
Kirarin shrinks away. "Why didn't I transform into a Samurai?"
"Well, I guess we'll just take what we want." Suddenly a rose lands at the feet of the gang leader. "What's this?"
The gang and the team look back along the trajectory of the rose to see a masked figure standing on top of a rock back lit by the lowering sun.
"This is a lovely evening, perfect for a stroll through the mountains. But, this is not an evening for monsters like you to make trouble."
Aika looks on in surprise. "Who is that?"
Kirarin squints. "No idea. He's kind of cute, though."
"Ehhhh?" Aika looks at Kirarin in surprise.
Kirarin coughs. "Well, he has kind of a cool style. I should try that style when I get back to being a boy."
"Okay..."
The masked figure jumps down. "I, the Masked Avenger, the protector of innocent ladies, will be your opponent."
The gang leader swings his club at the Masked Avenger but misses by a mile as his target seems to move faster than light.
The Masked Avenger strikes the elbow of the Gang Leader and causes his club to go flying. "Now, I am going to give you a taste of the terror that you have caused your innocent victims."
"Screw you." The Gang Leader lunges at the Masked Avenger but his target effortlessly evades.
"Time to learn the true terror of my strikes, scum."
Suddenly a second figure, moving almost too fast to be seen, comes up behind the Masked Avenger and throws him into the wall of the pass, stunning him.
To be continued.
-
..... the masked Avenger..... seems as though even he is not quite the avenger that he, or as it may turn out she, hopesw they are, I wonder how the gang are going to get out of this mess......
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 12 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Suddenly a second figure, moving almost too fast to be seen, comes up behind the Masked Avenger and throws him into one of the walls of the pass, stunning him.
A mysterious masked female dressed like a princess stands before the Masked Avenger. "I, the Love Princess, will tolerate no violence here tonight. Now leave." The Love Princess throws the Masked Avenger some thirty yards back down the trail.
I guess she can take care of the situation. The Masked Avenger slips into a crevice in the rocks and transforms back into Hiro.
Hiro rejoins the group. The Love Princess has already left. Hiro works his way up to the front of the group.
The four bandits are all bowing prostrate on the ground in front of Miss Megumi. "Please accept our apologies."
"Don't be silly, there nothing you need to apologize for."
One of the bandit followers rises up and wails. "My wife is going to kill me."
"Yes, she is, but after that I think she will forgive you. After all, none of this was really your fault."
Hiro nudges Seiji. "What happened?"
"You missed it? Oh my god. It was so cool. We had an actual real mahou shoujo show up and save the day."
Kyamei nods. "Cool, she was."
"She blew off some weird mercenary and then removed the evil spell that these poor farmers were under."
"Poor farmers?"
"Oh, yes. They are farmers who were enchanted to be bandits. Their families haven't seen them in months."
Miss Megumi helps the farmers back to their feet. "Well, don't just stand around for our sakes. I'm sure your families are dying to see you."
The farmers break into tears. "We're leaving now!" The farmers run off.
"Have a nice trip." Miss Megumi says rhetorically to the fading cloud of dust that the farmers have kicked up.
Hiro turns to Aika and Kirarin. "Are you two okay?"
Aika smiles. "Of course. You know, being a girl might not be so bad if you get to transform into a cool form like that."
Kirarin nods. "Yeah, the Love Queen really had a cool style. Much better than that mercenary guy, whatever his name was."
Hiro feels his stomach drop. He seeing in his mind RPG cards for Aika and Kirarin with the thermometers dropping to unfavorable levels. Wow, this sucks. But, at least it's not a bad end.
Aika nods. "I wonder who it was though?"
"No idea. She sure seemed mysterious."
"Hey guys, is the excitement over?"
Yurina looks at Reina sternly. "And, where did you go?"
Reina looks down. "I'm kind of a scaredy cat. I ran away and hid."
Yurina smirks. "I would have thought that you would be the first person who would want to fight."
"Yeah, maybe it's from the transformation from when I came to this stupid world? Gimme a break."
Hiro also smirks to himself. I was thinking she'd be an amplification of a Gangster Barbie. Maybe she's not like that on the inside?
"Well, you missed something special. We were all saved by a magical girl."
"You're kidding."
"No, I guess this is the sort of place where magical girls exist."
"Did she have a good style?"
"She was pretty good. Maybe the Race Car Five can copy her style and be a sentai team?"
Sayumi beams. "I'd be all for that, nyah."
"What about your group?"
Yurina shakes her head. "We only have four people. You need five for a proper sentai team."
Miss Megumi tries to get everyone's attention. "Okay, team. The Forbidden City is not too far. Once we get down from the pass we will camp for the night. We should be able to get there by tomorrow afternoon. We don't know what sort of defenses the city will be using, so be prepared for anything."
--
They finally reach the bottom of the pass and find a place to camp.
Hiro takes off his back pack with a thud. "I hope these things have tents in them."
Seiji nods. "They do. Even though this is a land of magic, they allow people to import modern stuff. Not really that much comes in, but they have practicality down to a science."
Hiro takes a drink from his canteen. He then turns it over and nothing comes out.
"Don't worry, there is a stream close by with clean water."
"So, what's this Forbidden City like?"
"It's kind of like the evil castle in a horror movie, only a lot bigger. I hope we'll be able to see the inside of it tomorrow."
"Why wouldn't we be able to?"
"The gates of the city are always guarded. And, they change the style of the guards frequently to avoid adventurers from targeting them."
"Have you seen the inside?"
"I have."
"How did you get in?"
Seiji blushes. "Josephine distracted the guards. She used her sex appeal."
"Okay, I don't want that image in my head."
Seiji starts setting up his tent. "Why not? I saw you making eyes at Aika and Kirarin. Why should Josephine be different? She was quite stunning when she transformed. Kyamei was quite jealous of her at the start."
Hiro looks at the tent pieces and the instructions. "I don't know which is worse, this tent or that image."
"There, finished."
Hiro looks on incredulously at Seiji's finished tent. "Hey, you don't suppose?"
"I'll be happy to get your tent up, big brother."
"Thanks. So, are those girls still tailing us?"
Seiji looks around quickly. "They are about one hundred yards away from us, also setting up camp."
"Should we scare them off?"
"If they had the will and the courage to come to Lost World by themselves, there's no reason to think that we could scare them."
Hiro nods.
"There finished."
Hiro looks on in shock at the completed tent.
"Now, on the other hand, if you went over and flirted with them..."
"Very funny."
To be continued.
-
Hmm, I wonder if this Love Princess could be Reina? she could well be jsut a scaredy cat though! :lol:
Wonder how they are going to get into the city?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 13 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
The three adventurers peek into the alley.
"Okay time to move out!"
They see their prey start to move.
"Okay guys, it's stalk time. We won't be able to find the Golden Microphone by ourselves, but if those guys find it then it won't be hard to steal it from them."
Saki nervously scratches her head. "Couldn't we just ask them if we could use it?"
Meow-ko groans. "Are you dumb? Weren't you listening when Miss Megumi chewed me out back home? Do you think she'll change her mind?"
"But, how do we know that we can steal it from them."
Meow-ko beams. "No problem. I have a special cool power on my card. When it comes time for stealing, we should be done in a flash."
Risako steps out into the alley. "We'd better start stalking them, before they get to far."
Meow-ko nods and runs to the street. "We need to let them get a little farther ahead so that we won't seem suspicious."
"Two girls and a cat that talks aren't suspicious enough already?"
"Not here." Meow-ko points to a half man, half dog walking down the street.
Saki ponders a little bit. "If we are going to be a bad guy team shouldn't we have a team name?"
Meow-ko slaps her forehead with her paw. "What for?"
"Because it would be cool."
"What ever."
Saki smiles. "I have it. We should call ourselves The It Girls."
Risako frowns. "I'm not sure I like that one."
"Can you do better?"
"Give me a chance to think about it."
"Well, don't take too long. If we steal the Golden Microphone we will want to make a grand introduction."
Meow-ko gives Saki a dirty look. "Why would we want to give them a chance to get the microphone back like that?"
"It's obvious. This is a land of magic so whoever holds the golden microphone will have magical powers and be able to fend off any attack."
"I don't know where you're getting this silliness, but if we want to stalk we better start stalking now."
--
Reina walks near the back of the group. What is with this group? It's like everyone is in their own little clique.
Finally Sayumi notices Reina and drops back to walk with her. "So, what do you think of Lost World so far, nyah?"
"Nyah?"
"Why are you saying 'nyah', nyah?"
Reina raises an eyebrow. "Do you even know that you're ending your sentences with 'nyah' now?"
"No way, nyah!"
"Well, I guess it can't be helped. Any way, as for Lost World, it seems a little creepy to me."
"Eh, nyah?"
"Having to walk everywhere instead of taking the subway, everyone wearing really drab colors, having nothing to eat but rations, what else would I think but creepy?"
"But, there is magic here, nyah. Not being open to this world will prevent your magic from growing, nyah."
"The only thing growing around here are blisters on my feet."
"Well, you'll get used to it, nyah."
After what seems like forever to Reina, the road starts climbing to what seems like a mountain pass.
Seiji, who has been acting as a look out, stops the group. "Okay, we're approaching a dangerous area. Be prepared for anything."
Reina turns to Sayumi. "What does he mean by anything?"
"Animals, or even more dangerous, bandits, nyah."
On either side of the road are high rocks, so the next bend in the road looks like a corner. The group turns the corner.
"Well, hello you fools. Time to hand over your women and your money."
Reina from the back of the group can just barely see the bandits on the other side. However, she can feel their malevolence without having to see them well.
Suddenly Reina's heart starts hurting and she feels hot all over. She can now see through the group and sees the evil spirits who are controlling the bandits. Oh no, this is horrible. Those poor guys must feel terrible having to do these evil things.
Reina senses a tuxedo clad figure move by her at amazing speed. The figure jumps up to a high rock and challenges the bandits. Oh no! This is horribly wrong! We can't fight them, they're innocent men. If only there was something I could do to stop this.
Reina, there is something you can do.
Okay, who is talking inside my head?
Reina, your card says that you can transform. Now would be a good time to do so.
Who are you? And, why do you sound like a stereotypical bishounen?
I am the spirit inside of your card. But, if you want to help those poor bandits you need to do it now.
How?
Just open yourself up to the possibility and you will transform.
Okay. Reina relaxes and suddenly she is bathed in a bright light. Her clothes change (with a few obligatory frames of tasteful partial nudity) into a brightly colored gown. This is bad. The rest of the group is going to think I am a weirdo.
No, no. They won't recognize you. Now go forth and heal this situation, Love Princess.
That's my transformed name?
Yes.
But how am I to heal this situation?
When the time comes the words will come from your heart.
Okay, here I go!
Love Princess moves at amazing speed and lands right next to the guy who is trying to fight the bandits. She shoves the guy away. "There will be no violence here tonight. Love Princess will not permit it."
"Hey, who asked you to butt in? I was just ready to trash these punks."
I had better give him a stern look. "You had better get out of here!"
The guy mumbles to himself and wanders off through the group.
Love Princess hears a laugh behind her.
"Hey cutie! Thanks for chasing off the only guy who could fight us. How about we reward you by taking away your dignity first?"
Oh no, these guys are huge! What am I to do?
To be continued.
-
So reina was the love princess!!!! :w00t: and now she has a spirit talking in her head.... :panic: I wonder if any of the others will transform soon?
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 14 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Love Princess hears a laugh behind her.
"Hey cutie! Thanks for chasing off the only guy how could fight us. How about we reward you by taking your dignity first?"
Oh no, these guys are huge! What am I to do?
Love Princess, stop worrying. You don't have to fight four guys at once who are each one three times bigger than you.
That's a relief, but what am I to do?
You have to fight the malevolent spirits that are controlling them.
Sounds like a good idea. But how?
Trust your heart. The words will come from there.
Love Princess stares down the bandits. "You're not going to take anyone's dignity today. But, you might regain your own."
"What?"
Love Princess feels her heart grow warmer. "You evil spirits will no longer control the hearts of these innocent men."
Suddenly the lead bandit's face shows fear. "Oh, no!"
"Negative heart lock on!" Love Princess forms a heart with both of her hand and points them at the bandits. A magical energy shoots out. "Open heart!"
"Refresh!"
Love Princess sees the dark shadows that surround the men vanish.
Love Princess winks. "My work is done. Good day."
Love Princess races past the other members of the group and hides in a crack in the rocks. She transforms back into Reina.
That was intense. Should I tell the group who I am?
That would weaken the magic. It's better if you don't.
Okay. Thanks, by the way. Those guys didn't look like they were playing.
You don't need to thank me. I am only here to serve you.
What should I call you?
You may call me Access.
Thank you Access, but I need to rejoin the group.
I am here when you need me. Have a nice trip.
Reina slips out of the crack in the rock. She walks back to the group. She sees that the bandits have left. "Is everything okay?"
Yurina nods. "Yes, we were saved by a magical girl who healed the hearts of the bandits."
"Get out of here! What really happened?"
"Seriously. This is a land of magic, you know?"
Aika and Kirarin come over. Aika is nodding. "I saw it as well. She was really cool."
Kirarin rolls her eyes. "She was okay."
Aika shoves Kirarin. "Hey, just because she didn't punch those guys out doesn't mean she wasn't cool."
Yurina joins Aika in picking on Kirarin. "Come on, you had to think her outfit was cool. I'm in the fashion club. I should know."
Kirarin pouts. "It could have been cooler, like a sentai uniform."
An idea registers on Aika's face. "Hey, maybe we should use outfits like that for our next video?"
Yurina shakes her head. "The Race Car five would be better suited for that. But, I did like her attack phrase."
"Yeah, what was it? Negative heart unlock?"
Yurina nods. "We should definitely get T to steal that for the Shabondama Four."
Seiji and Elizabeth walk over. "You guys might want to change your minds about that."
Aika looks at Seiji suspiciously. "What do you mean by that?"
"Your other two group mates are following us."
"Why would they do that?"
"They probably not here to help us. For the time being I wouldn't think of them as friends if I were you."
Reina studies Aika closely. Wow, I don't think I ever seen Aika look hurt this way before. I guess her and her other group members got to be really close.
Miss Megumi calls for their attention. "Okay, we should camp around the bottom of the pass. We should make the Forbidden City by tomorrow noon."
--
At the bottom of the hill Reina struggles with her tent. "This is impossible. It's like the instructions are written in English."
Yurina comes over. "It's okay. You're not the only one having problems. I just helped Sayumi with hers."
"But, she should have problems, considering that she has paws instead of hands now."
Sayumi walks over. "It's not like I can help that, nyah."
"Jajan!" Yurina points to a completed tent for Reina.
"How did you do that?"
"I've camped before. These are standard tents from Tokyo. They're not that hard if you have done them before."
Reina nods. "I don't understand one thing, why is everyone off in there own little groups?"
Yurina gives Reina a condescending look. "It shouldn't be surprising that Aika and Kirarin are off by themselves. They wouldn't be comfortable crashing with the girls and what straight boy would want Hiro hitting on them?"
"He wouldn't sink that low, would he?"
"I saw the way he was looking at them. He would. Also, Miss Megumi and Elizabeth of course would want to catch up since Miss Megumi knows her from previous campaigns. Since the boys are together that just leaves us three."
Reina becomes distracted by looking at Sayumi. What is going on? She is looking really weird.
Sayumi starts growling.
"Sayumi-kun, are you okay?" Reina nudges the transfixed Sayumi.
"Hey, what did you do that for, nyah? It got away, nyah."
Yurina shakes Sayumi. "Snap out of it. You're not going to run off and eat field rats are you?"
Sayumi blushes bright red. "Crap, nyah. Sorry, nyah. The last time I was here my mind was very taken over by my transformed body, nyah."
"You ate ...?" Reina winces.
"This is Lost World Reina, nyah. It will happen to all of us if the mission lasts too long, nyah. For instance, if Aika and Kirarin stay here too long they will forget that they are boys, nyah."
"What about me? Will I forget my fashion sense?"
Yurina pats Reina on the head. "Hopefully we'll be back before that happens. And, Miss Megumi told me that the effects of this world wear off after around five minutes after coming back."
"Yeah, that would be horrible if I came back and was a different person."
To be continued.
-
Hi. This my first time to reply to your work. I say it didn't had the consistency since arc 1 has different approach compare to arc 2 but still you made it interesting and it makes me curious what would happen next. I feel relaxed as well and make me laugh a couple of times. Thanks for sharing and keep it up. :D
-
This is pretty interesting :)
-
@oddball "Ahh cool so they all have power up cards!!! I actually hope they get to use them now!!!"
Actually they all have RPG cards. Only Reina and Hiro have the power up option. The others have various hidden powers or have already transformed when they got there.
So far the revealed powers are:
Seiji - super vision
Yurina - super speed
Kira-chan - healing
Miss Megumi - intimidation
Sayumi - TBA
Aika - TBA
Elizabeth - N/A (she's from Lost World)
Meowko - has hinted about some weapon
Saki/Risako - we know that it is not stealth
"Oh dear Aika, perhaps this was not the most intelligent thing to say to Reina!"
Reina is going to be even more stressed out over Aika's bust line in the Commerce City arc.
@Sancho Fear not about the consistency. The third season is going to be so crack-tastic that it will make this season look very reasonable.
@Sora-chan Thanks! I hope to keep thinks interesting, but there might be some filler episodes here and there.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 15 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
After a several hour hike, The Forbidden City is finally in view. The city looks dark and foreboding. The city is built into a dent in the mountain and there is large wall sealing the city from the outside world.
Seiji stops the group about one a quarter mile from the walls of the city. "There is only one way into the city. There is a gate in the middle of that wall. However, it is sure to be well guarded and it is very dangerous to even get close to it without knowing what is going on."
Yurina steps forward. "Allow me to go ahead. The guards should not be able to see me."
Hiro sees Reina nodding her approval.
"Very well. But, be very careful. We already have two people to rescue, we don't need a third."
Yurina nods, and then runs off in a flash.
Seiji finds a tree and climbs it to get a better perspective on the city.
Hiro nudges Aika. "You would think that our back packs would include binoculars?"
"Maybe in this world, there's no need for them?"
"Yeah, but not every one has radar eyes like Seiji."
Aika fidgets. "I'm not sure I would want to look. I am worried about what's going to happen to Yurina."
Yikes, this is starting to sound a lot less like the normal Aika.
"Hey guys, I think I see something. There looks like there is one big guy guarding the gate. And, what do you know? It looks like he is being confronted by one of those farmer guys from yesterday."
Hiro hears what sounds like a loud smack from far away. Then he sees one of the farmers from yesterday fall out of the sky and land in a heap about a hundred yards away.
"No!!" Kirarin runs after the injured man at full speed.
Hiro runs after Kirarin. When he gets there he sees Kirarin laying her hands on the farmer. What the heck is going on?
Suddenly the farmed sits up, startled. "What happened?"
Kirarin collapses.
Hiro grabs Kirarin before she hits the ground. "I don't know, but apparently you had some sort of confrontation with the guard of the gate of Forbidden City, and then you landed here."
"Where is here?"
"We're about a quarter mile away from the gates."
The farmer, who looks like he weighs close to three hundred pounds, looks a the city in the distance in fear. "He teleported me?"
"I would guess he smacked you."
"He smacked me this far? Why am I alive?"
"I don't know. This lady was doing something for you when I got here."
The farmer bows low. "I recognize this girl. I cannot believe how much in debt I am to your party. This is twice in the span of a day that you guys have saved my life. To think that your party has a magical girl and a healer in it."
"I think the magical girl was a free lancer. But, do cheer up. Our party also wants to get beyond that wall and you have given us some valuable information."
"I still want to go. The guy who bewitched me into being a bandit lives behind those walls. But, I fear that I would be in the way."
"Yeah, these guys that we are dealing with seem to be pretty powerful."
"I will warn my friends in Commerce City not to attack." The framer runs off.
"What happened?" Kirarin's voice sounds feeble.
"It's okay, I think that you healed that guy and now you're weak from it."
"It's a nice day for a nap." Kirarin falls asleep.
This really sucks. Well, I had better get Sumo Boy back to the rest of the group. Hiro puts Kirarin up on his shoulders.
Kirarin purrs. "I am sorry I am inconveniencing my senpai."
Time stops.
An RPG card with Kirarin's face appears along with some thermometers which all look like they have favorable readings.
A card appears:
A) Proposition her.
B) Speak to her as a class mate.
C) Flirt with her to try to get to know her better.
No, no, no!! This is my classmate and he's a guy. If there was ever a quickest route to Bad End this would be it.
Hiro feels Kirarin's breasts rubbing against his back.
No, this doesn't even merit a saved game!
Time restarts.
"Come on Sumo Boy. You're just a little out of it." Hiro carries Kirarin back to the group.
Aika runs over to Kirarin and lets Kirarin's head rest against her legs. "What happened?"
"One of the farmers was thrown a quarter mile by the guard. Apparently Kirarin here has some magical powers because she was able to heal the guy."
Elizabeth also runs over to comfort Kirarin. "Awesome that is. But, bad now to attack. Healer rest must she."
Yurina reappears. "This looks bad. They have some guy who must be eight feet tall and has muscles in places where most people don't have places."
Miss Megumi nods. "Is he being controlled by magic?"
"I don't know. I can't see stuff like that."
"I think I can."
Everyone turns to look at Reina.
"Yesterday, I think I saw some evil spirits around those farmers before I ran."
Yurina smiles. "Then come with me. I found a safe route to a look out point that will give you a close enough view."
Reina nods.
"Hop on my back."
Reina hops on Yurina's back and they both disappear.
Kirarin starts to stir. "What happened."
Miss Megumi walks over and holds Kirarin's hand. "Something wonderful happened. The magic in your body is manifesting and you were able to heal a dying man."
Kirarin makes a face and sits up. "This sucks! This means that I'm not going to get to do any fighting."
Miss Megumi, Aika, and Elizabeth face plant.
Miss Megumi pats Kirarin on the head. "I understand your fighting spirit, but this is a different world. Sometimes the role you get in a team in this world is a lot different than the one that you want. Besides, what if one of your group mates got injured? Isn't it a good thing that you could now save their life?"
Kirarin pouts. "I guess so."
Hiro notices that Kirarin steals a glance at Hiro and then blushes.
To be continued.
-
Man I'm a bit worried how Hiro seems to be getting, er, confused about everyone at the moment :panic:
Poor Kirarin, I know you want to beat people up but healing is important to you know!!!
-
Man I'm a bit worried how Hiro seems to be getting, er, confused about everyone at the moment :panic:
Poor Kirarin, I know you want to beat people up but healing is important to you know!!!
Well, Hiro has a lot to be confused about!
(http://img215.imageshack.us/img215/8787/scanskirarinrevolution.jpg) (http://imageshack.us/photo/my-images/215/scanskirarinrevolution.jpg/)
(^ Kiraki's transformed image, although in the story her clothes are probably more old fashioned and her hair is probably more gross.)
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: The idea that repeated strikes to acupuncture points can cause the victim's head to explode is from the series Fist of the North Star.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 16 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro slips away from the rest of the group. He pulls out his card. Well, I guess I won't know unless I try.
Wait, Hiro!
Hiro hears a girl's voice inside of his head. Who is there?
It's me, I'm your card.
Oh, that's good, I guess. Are you going to give me tips on how to beat that big guard?
Not really. I don't think that the Masked Avenger can beat that guy.
Well, don't worry, um, what's your name?
My name is Finn Fish. And, I should worry. If you get killed then I die as well. We're linked through the card.
Well Finn-kun, as I was saying don't worry. I am a time controller. All I have to do is save the game and then even if I reach a Bad End, I will be restored from that point.
I am just trying to save you from a world of hurt.
I won't know if I don't try.
Don't say I didn't warn you.
Time Stops
A new card with decisions appears:
1) Follow Finn's advice.
2) Go back and try to get with Kirarin.
3) Change into the Masked Avenger and fight with the guard.
Hiro saves the game.
Time Restarts
Hiro concentrates on the card. He transforms. Let's do this.
--
The guard patiently watches the road that goes by the gate. A family walks by. "Gracious good day."
The family smiles. "Gracious good day to you, too."
"Where are you fine folks going?"
"Tourist city."
"That's nice. I hear the tea shop has imported a new type of tea. I've been wanting to go."
"We'll bring some for you."
"Thanks."
"Bye, now."
"Bye."
The guard smiles as the family fades from view.
A red rose lands by his feet. The guard scans the area until he sees a masked figure standing on a rock. "Who goes there?"
"I am the Masked Avenger, and I am here to defeat you in combat."
The guard chuckles. "Good sir, you are welcome to try, although I usually don't care about fighting unless someone unauthorized tries to get past the gate."
"Here I go!" The Masked Avenger uses to speed to deliver some one hundred blows to the guards body.
The Guard looks unimpressed. "Unless my head is going to explode in five seconds or something, I don't think what you're doing is working."
Hiro tries with another hundred blows.
The guard's face starts to betray a little concern. "I'm sorry, but if I let you continue with this you might eventually hit the right combination of acupuncture points by random chance." The guard, moving with lightning speed, grabs the Masked Avenger. "Happy landing."
Smack!
The Masked Avenger sails off into the sky and becomes a prick of light.
Before the Masked Avenger can hit the ground he is caught by someone moving at incredible speed.
"Thanks."
"Don't thank me. You should stop doing ridiculous things."
The Masked Avenger realizes that the person who caught him is Love Princess. The Masked Avenger rolls his eyes. "I know, we mustn't use violence in this world, and that guard is being possessed by evil spirits."
Love Princess looks down. "Well, actually, he isn't."
"So, what should we do against him?"
Love Princess pouts. "I don't know. Look, maybe I don't have all the answers." Love Princess looks contrite. "Sorry, I shouldn't have snapped at you last time."
"That's okay, um..."
"It's Love Princess. I must go." Love Princess disappears.
Are you going to restore?
No, I think I like this branch just fine.
Hiro changes back and rejoins the group. He sees that Reina and Yurina have also returned and are huddling with Miss Megumi.
Finally, Miss Megumi calls for everyone's attention. "Okay folks, we're not going to get past the guard the way things stand now. We need to find the golden microphone and use it on him."
Reina's eye's grow wide. "That won't hurt him will it?"
"The golden microphone, when used by a powerful enough user, can make the victim respond to a simple command or accept a simple suggestion."
"But, where would it be?"
"Location I know I think."
Miss Megumi turns to Elizabeth. "Where would it be?"
"Commerce City if anywhere it be."
Miss Megumi nods. "Okay, we need to go to Commerce City. It's about two miles past Forbidden City. We should make it there by nightfall. Anyone who has the ability to see magical objects should keep their eyes open. The golden microphone might be for sale by a shop owner who doesn't know what it is."
Aika scratches her head. "May I ask a dumb question?"
"Sure."
"Do they have normal microphones here?"
"Yes. Lost World has not imported much technology, but they do have some trade in generators and home sound equipment. And, many of the saloons in Commerce City have sound systems approaching normal professional level. So, yes, there will be many microphones floating around."
"Performed many at I have."
"Yurina says the guard will be friendly to us so long as we don't try to enter Forbidden City. Kirarin-kun, are you able to walk yet?"
"Yes, but Hiro can carry me if he wants."
Hiro turns bright red. "That isn't funny."
"Okay, let's move out."
Sayumi smiles a mysterious smile.
To be continued.
-
so ,off to find the golden mic we go, I wonder why Sayu had a smile on her face, surely she has not go plans to snatch it for herself has she, after what happened last time? I see that Momo and her group may soon also make a move for the mic, I wonder if they will cause trouble?
-
Eri / Elizabeth accent is kind of weird. Well its Eri we're talking about so I guess it's normal XD
Hiro is kind of out of hand here. Made a move without waiting for a recon report. He is more like Kirari (being too Aggressive).
I'm getting nervous on the way Kirari was acting. He is too............. girly :lol:
-
@oddball Sayumi has something more consuming on her mind than the Golden Microphone. But, as for Momo's group, if the Scooby gang is looking for trouble then Momo's group will soon give them double.
@Sancho Lost World's magic comes at a price. The fact that Kira-chan has used her magical powers to heal someone means that her Lost World personality will become more prominent. As for Hiro, I read recently that a lot of kids these days play video games the same way: charging ahead with no concern, confident that they will be able to reset from the last save point. Elizabeth's weird way of speaking gets explained next chapter.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Potato girl (imo nee-chan) means a hick.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 17 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
If I have to walk any more I think my toes are going to fall off. This sucks. "Why aren't there any taxis in this place?"
Miss Megumi gives Reina a "suck it up" look. "There are some horse carriages for hire, but they are costly and only hold four people. Also, if we shut ourselves away from the Lost World experience then our powers won't develop."
Reina yawns. "I'm so tired."
"You're probably jet lagged. We got to the portal around eight PM our time and when we got through the portal it was still early afternoon."
"Even so, I wish we were already there."
The party reaches a turn in the road. "No problem. We can now see it."
Reina looks ahead nearly a quarter of a mile and sees a strange configuration of mountains. It seems that several small mountains had converged leaving an open area in the middle and a narrow gap where one could gain access to the open area. However, the gap was plugged by a wall.
Oh, this is not good. Reina gulps. Even from the far distance, Reina can see many malevolent spirits circling in the air on the other side of the wall.
"Pretty scary, nyah?"
"No kidding."
"It's even scarier inside, nyah. The people who live there are miners by trade, nyah. They use the bad boys who turn into donkeys to pull rail cars and they use the bad girls who turn into cats to hunt vermin, nyah."
Reina sees in her mind a team of donkeys staining against a long line of full rail cars with evil miners whipping them to keep going. Reina puts her hands over her ears. "That's too scary. Stop it!"
"Brave she is very."
Reina notices Elizabeth beside her. "What?"
"Yurina ran ahead to scout what sort of guards they have, nyah."
Elizabeth nods.
Reina then notices that Seiji has climbed a tree. "What's going on?"
"He's trying to scout the guards from afar, nyah."
Smack.
Reina hears a sharp sound from far away. A large object falls on the ground about a quarter of a mile away.
"No!" Kirarin shrieks and then runs toward the landing area.
This looks like a job for Love Princess. "I should go too."
Reina feels Miss Megumi grab her by the arm. "I think Kirarin has this under control. Just have faith in her."
"Okay."
"I have been on many missions before. I recognize the reaction that Kirarin just had to some one being hurt. I think that Kirarin has been given a wonderful ability in this world, the ability to heal people."
"Really? Wow. Do you know everyone's ability by now?"
"No, different abilities develop at different speeds and not all of them have an obvious tip off. But, when the time is right people with special abilities will use them."
"You sure know a lot, Miss Megumi."
"This is my twentieth mission, so I would hope I would know a little about Lost World. But, on each mission I learn lots of new things."
"Did you meet Elizabeth on previous missions?"
"Yes, she has been a big help to me on many of them. To pay her back I give her tips."
"Tips?"
"Yes. She'll perform for me and I will give her pointers. She's quite an idol in the taverns in Commerce City." Miss Megumi whispers in Reina's ear. "She's from a place many towns away from here. She came to Commerce City to be a star performer. That's why her speech patterns will probably be different from most of the Lost World people around here."
Reina giggles. "Do they think that she is a potato girl?"
Miss Megumi nods. "The farther away from the portal, the more old fashioned things are and the more rural, so that might be a good analogy."
Reina sees Hiro carrying Kirarin back to the group. Everyone rushes around her.
Hiro smiles. "Our classmate Kirarin just healed one of the farmers from yesterday."
Kirarin plops down and lays her head in Aika's lap and dozes off.
"I guess it took a lot of her energy to do so."
Miss Megumi pokes Kirarin. "Kira-chan. Congratulations on your new power."
"Ehhh?"
"You have the power to heal people."
"That's good." Kirarin falls back asleep.
"Back Yurina is she."
Reina sees that Yurina looks very worried.
"Bad news. The gate has one guard but he is so powerful that I think he could swat away a hundred of us without any problem."
Miss Megumi nods. "Is he being controlled by evil spirits like the farmers were?"
"I don't know."
Reina gulps, then tries to stand as straight as she can. "Miss Megumi, I think that I could figure it out if I got closer to the guard."
"Really?"
"Before I ran away I saw some evil spirits around the farmers yesterday."
Miss Megumi nods.
"Hop on my back, I know a safe route to where you could see."
Reina jumps on Yurina's back. Reina's hair is blown straight back as Yurina carries her off off at incredible speed.
Before Reina can catch her breath Yurina puts her down behind a tree. "If you look around this tree you should be able to see the guard without him being able to see you."
"Thanks. Hey, I hope you don't mind me asking, but can you do that outside of Lost World?"
Yurina laughs. "I can do similar stuff, only a lot slower."
Reina looks around the tree. She can clearly see the guard. "None. No spirits are surrounding him."
"So, Love Princess wouldn't be able to help us."
"I wouldn't, I mean, she wouldn't be able to help, I guess." Oops, that was close.
"Maybe this is a job for that other guy?"
Reina looks again. "I don't know. You weren't kidding about the guard being powerful."
"So, Reina, who do you think those two people are? Are they locals fighting against Forbidden City like us? Are the mercenaries from Earth?"
"Don't know. I missed them because I ran away."
Yurina looks around the tree. "Well, here's your chance, it looks like that guy is challenging the guard to a fight."
To be continued.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 18 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
"Well, here's your chance, it looks like that guy is challenging the guard to a fight."
Wow, I really don't know if I want to see this. Reina looks around the tree and sees the masked guy striking the guard repeatedly with no effect. This isn't good, that Guard is barely feeling those blows.
Love Princess, that man is in danger.
Oh, hi Access. But, what can I do? I can't transform in front of Yurina.
Well, use your head. Trick her. Do what you have to do.
Okay. Reina jumps back from the tree and covers her eyes. "This is too scary for me to watch. Tell me what's going on Yurina."
Yurina looks around the tree.
Reina transforms. Now what should I do?
Use your speed to get to the fight and drag him out of harms way.
Okay, here I go.
Smack!
Um, Love Princess, plan B. You have to catch that guy now.
No Way! Love Princess chases after the mercenary gun who is now flying through the air thanks to a well place slap by the guard. This is crazy! He's going nearly a quarter mile.
You better jump and catch him in mid-air and then hit the ground at a run to lessen the impact.
Got it!
Love Princess makes the jump and successfully catches the masked man. She puts him down.
"I, the Masked Avenger, guess that I should thank you, but somehow I think I would have rather have made that crash landing."
What a jerk! He's almost as bad as Hiro. "Well, remind The Love Princess not to save you the next time you do something foolish."
"So, are you now going to show me up again and heal that guard's heart with your magic?"
"Actually, no. He's not being controlled by evil spirits. And, for your information, I wasn't trying to show you up the last time."
"Whatever." The Masked Avenger runs away.
Arrgh. He makes me so mad! I think I should just let him get beat up next time.
Love Princess, you mustn't do that. Just like I am linked to you, he is linked to another card's spirit. If he dies, then she dies."
Is this card spirit your girl friend?
Well, um, er, I guess you could say that.
So, that guy is from earth?
Yes, that is his powered up form.
I see. I guess he must be a mercenary because he doesn't look anything like any member of my group.
Well, any information I give you about his identity would weaken his magic so I cannot say anything. But, putting that aside, isn't your group also a bunch of mercenaries?
We're here on a rescue mission.
Maybe he's on a rescue mission as well? Please do not stay mad at him.
Okay, but I need to get back to Yurina.
Good luck, Love Princess. You've done well so far.
Love Princess races off.
About ten yards from this scene, behind a bunch of trees, the adventurers look on in astonishment.
"Wow, that was awesome. Who knew that there were magical girls and boys in this world?"
Meowko looks at Saki and nods. "But, this complicates things. What if we steal the microphone and those two come after us?"
"Yeah, maybe their magic gives them immunity from the microphone?"
Risako looks at the other two in disbelief. "Are you two ribbing me?"
"I would never do that. You should know that Rii-chan."
"Thanks, Sa-chan, but are you two telling me that it wasn't completely obvious to you who those two were?"
Saki and Meowko look at Risako with completely blank looks.
"You couldn't tell that was Reina and Hiro?"
"Sugoi!"
Meowko goes into a deep think. "So, you can see through their disguise but you can't see magical objects?"
"Guess not."
Meowko jumps up and hits Risako on top of the head. "Baka, what good is that?"
Risako pouts.
"We'll just have to figure it out what to do when the time comes. The It Girls will not be denied." Saki poses with her fist in front of her.
"Wait a second, I never agreed to that team name. And, I thought of a better name. Team Rock Stars."
"But, we're idols, not rock stars."
"With that microphone, you never know."
Meowko slaps her head with her paw. "You think you two would be discussing something important?"
--
Love Princess runs back to where Yurina is. She jumps up into a tree and transforms.
Yurina walks by scanning the area. "Um, Reina? Reina?"
"I'm up here. I heard that smack and hid."
"Honestly, I think it might be better if you grew a back bone at some point."
"I guess."
"Well, get down here and I will carry you back to the group."
When they get back to the group, Reina gives her report.
Miss Megumi nods. "Well, there's no point in trying to get by that guard using brute force. We'll have to try to find the golden microphone and use it on the guard. Elizabeth has told me that it's probably in Commerce City. We'll be able to get there in a couple of hours."
More walking? This really sucks. My feet hurt really bad.
After a few minutes of walking Reina notices Sayumi giggling to herself. "What so funny."
"Funny, nyah? Well, the guy who kidnapped me hangs out a lot in Commerce City, nyah."
"You're not going to try to kill him, are you?"
Sayumi laughs a creepy laugh.
"Sayumi, that's horrible!"
Sayumi grins. "Actually, when I catch up to him he might wish for death, nyah."
To be continued.
-
Sayumi grins. "Actually, when I catch up to him he might wish for death, nyah."
That was creepy :badluck:
-
Hmm, I wonder when Reina will actually be found out to be the love princess..... and when hiro will be ant use :nervous
Eeeep! Scary Sayu is scary!!!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: The Katakana for "mi" looks like three diagonal slashes: ミ. Perhaps a confrontation with a cat girl could leave a scar like this?
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 19 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro yawns. Geez, usually in fantasy adventure games they don't mention who long it really takes to get from point A to point B.
"Big brother, cheer up, we're almost there."
"I thought I told you not to call me ..." Woah, what's that? Passing a bend in the road Hiro sees Commerce City in the distance, glowing slightly in the gathering twilight by hundreds of lanterns.
Seiji calls for the troops to halt. "Okay folks, just five minutes up ahead. Be on your guard at all times and don't wonder off alone. Commerce City isn't very big compared to most Japanese cities, but it is still a city and has its shady types."
Miss Megumi nods. "The first place we should hit is the music store. That's the place the Golden Microphone is most likely to be."
"Hai!"
The troops march into Commerce City.
Why does this remind me of that seedy district that the Neverland Club was in? Hiro looks from side to side taking in a never ending parade of stores, restaurants, hostess clubs, and gambling establishments, all thrown together randomly.
Seiji nudges Hiro. "This is what happens without a zoning commission, huh?"
Hiro nods.
"Okay, this is the biggest music store in town." Miss Megumi directs traffic. "Aika, Reina, and Kira-chan, you three go in and look around."
Hiro notices Sayumi sniffing the air. "Smelling anything interesting?"
"I am sniffing for someone interesting, nyah."
After a few minutes, Aika leads the others out of the store. "Yeah, it's there. It costs one hundred coins."
Miss Megumi's jaw drops in horror. "That's twice as much as what all of us have put together."
"Contest prize cost will cover."
"That's true, Elizabeth. Okay, here's our plan. We will split up into two groups. Aika, Reina, Kira-chan, and Elizabeth, you will join me in trying to win an idol singing contest at the Rotton Galic Saloon. Hiro, Seiji, and Yurina, you will assist Sayumi on her mission."
Hiro's jaw drops. "Her mission?"
"Yes, she's here to deliver some justice. She will explain it to you. We have to run if we're going to have enough time to prepare. You remember where the Rotton Garlic is, right Seiji?"
"Hai!"
The other group runs off.
"So, what's this mission all about?"
"Simple, nyah. There is a man who comes to Tokyo and kidnaps bad girls and bad boys and sells them in the Forbidden City, nyah. I came here to ruin his life!" Sayumi eyes light with fire and she skips her nyah ending.
Scary.
Seiji nods. "So, do we know if he is here today?"
"I think so, nyah. There are places that we have passed where his scent is strong, nyah."
"So what should we do?"
"Protect me, nyah. To be fully effective at tracking a prey I need to go into a trance where I won't be very aware of my surroundings, nyah. It's easy to get mugged in this town, nyah."
Yurina smiles. "I'll have your back."
"Same here."
Hiro nods. "We got you covered."
"Well, I hope you can move fast, nyah."
Crap! And, I was hoping for some rest.
Seiji smiles. "We'll do our best."
"Good, nyah. Now, please excuse my weird behavior from now on, nyah."
"Of course."
Sayumi sits down and closes her eyes. Her nose starts twitching. "Grrrr."
Poof.
Oh my god! Where did she go? Hiro's jaw drops as Sayumi vanishes.
Yurina and Seiji start running after Sayumi. Hiro follows. Great. At least speed racer girl can keep up with Sayumi and Seiji can see them in the distance. I guess all I can do is keep Seiji in sight.
After about five blocks of running into a progressively seedier looking neighborhood, Hiro and Seiji turn down into a dark alley where they encounter an unpleasant scene.
"What have we got here? A cat-lady and a beauty. Unescorted. We can get a good price for the two of you."
Seiji clears his throat. "Gentlemen, you're making a mistake. Those two ladies are not unescorted. They belong to us."
The two large knife wielding burly thugs giggle at Seiji. "Do you really think that two sissies like you are going to make a difference to us?"
Well, this looks like a job for you know who.
Hiro, wait!
What is it? Don't you think the masked avenger can handle those two punks?
You can handle them. But, there's no need. Look behind them.
Hey Finn, nice call. I'm starting to see that you know what you are doing.
Thanks.
"So, if you two wussies don't mind, we're going to take these two whores now." The two thugs explode with laughter.
Suddenly the two thugs drop their weapons and double over in pain. Behind the two men are two of the farmers from the day before, rubbing their fists after the impact with the thugs' kidneys. They pick up the men over their heads and throw them further down the alley into a pile of debris.
Seiji bows. "Thank you very much, sirs."
The taller of the two framers chuckles. "No problem at all. We owe you guys big time for yesterday, and even for today for healing our friend. If there is anything you need us to do, just ask."
"There is, nyah."
"What's that little lady."
"Have you seen Mi-Scar, nyah?"
"No, but I know that he usually hangs out at the Three Pig Bar halfway down this alley."
"Sugoi, nyah."
The shorter of the two men shyly speaks. "If you can find Third Eye for us as well, that would be really cool."
Hiro turns to Seiji. "Mi-Scar? Third Eye?"
Seiji shrugs.
Sayumi smiles. "Mi-Scar is the person I am looking for. He has a scar on his left cheek in the form of the katakana character for mi, nyah. Third Eye has a scar on his forehead that makes it look like he has a third eye, nyah."
The taller man nods. "Third Eye is the man who bewitched us."
"And, Mi-Scar is the man who kidnapped me, nyah."
To Be Continued.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: "Nyah-i-sho" is cat girl Sayumi's way of saying "Na-i-sho" which corresponds to "se-cu-ret" (secret).
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 20 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"And, Mi-Scar is the man who kidnapped me, nyah."
The two farmers bow in front of Sayumi. "You have our cooperation."
Seiji steps in. "I think the most useful thing you can do is getting those two thugs out of the alley, since we'll probably have to do surveillance."
The larger farmer smiles. "No problem. We can take them to the river's port. I'm sure that there will be at least one boat would wouldn't mind some laborers who will work for the privilege of not being thrown into the rapids."
"Make it so, then."
The two framers go to the debris and return with the unconscious thugs over their shoulders. "I hope they enjoy being sailors."
Hiro watches the two men walk off with their prey. "I wonder why they just don't take them to the police?"
"Big brother, I guess you're new to this place."
"Well, yeah, I am."
"That was the closest this town comes to justice."
Hiro gulps. I can see now why Seiji was saying we needed to stick together.
"But, we need to get to the Three Pig Bar, to see if Mi-Scar is there, nyah."
They walk down the alley until the see a sign with a picture of three pigs.
Sayumi looks through a window. "He's there, nyah. I'm going to get him."
Yurina and Seiji grab Sayumi.
Seiji waves his index finger. "You don't know if he has back up at the bar. We should get our own back up."
Sayumi nods.
Yurina motions for Seiji to get on her back. "Hiro, stay with Sayumi and protect her, but don't be a hentai."
Why does it suddenly feel really cold?
"Big brother we're going to bring the others from the Rotten Garlic Salon. You'll be okay?"
"You can count on me."
Yurina and Seiji run off.
"What a crappy place for a stake out, nyah."
Hiro nods. It's probably not all that safe either.
"Well, look what we have here. Some sissy boy and a cat girl."
Wow, as if by cue.
"Now are you two going to come quietly, or do I have to slit your throats?"
Hiro slips into the shadows. Now would be a good time, right?
Go for it, Masked Avenger!
I will, Finn.
"Well, looks like your friend could stand the pressure. I guess you're all mine now little kitty."
A red rose lands at the muggers feet. "What's this?"
The Masked Avenger steps out of the shadows. "In the shadows often lurk monsters, but there are no monsters that can rival the depravity of some men. Your career as a criminal is about to come to a close. I hope it has been a happy one for you because the ending is going to be very sad, an ending written by the Masked Avenger."
"Oh yeah?" The man grabs for Sayumi to hold her as a hostage but Sayumi slashes his hand with her claws. "Ouch! Stupid cat!"
Before the man can react, the Masked Avenger pounces on him and knocks him out cold with twenty straight strikes.
"Sugoi, nyah."
"Will you be okay for minute, young lady?"
"I think so, nyah."
The Masked Avenger picks up the mugger and places him on his shoulders. Finn, do you know the way to the dock?
Absolutely.
Then Masked Avenger carries the mugger a couple blocks at lightning speed until he catches up with two farmers. "Gentlemen, think you can handle a third fool?"
The larger framer swings the mugger over his free shoulder. "Light as a feather."
"He was bothering the cat lady."
"Please continue protecting that party."
"I will, good evening."
The Masked Avenger races back to Sayumi. He changes back before he greets her. "Wow, good thing that masked guy showed up, huh?"
"Baka, nyah. Mahou can fool the eyes but it doesn't affect the nose, nyah. You and the Masked Avenger smell exactly alike, nyah."
Hiro turns bright red. "You won't tell the others, will you?"
"Nyah-i-sho." Sayumi winks and wiggles her nose.
After a lengthy wait, the rest of the party shows up.
"What took you guys so long?"
Aika smiles and holds a microphone. "Shopping."
"So, what's the plan?"
"I'll use this situation to test out the microphone."
Sayumi nods. "Tell him to jump in the river, nyah."
Aika thinks about this a bit. "Is this person you're after originally from Tokyo?"
"Yes, he's a wanted criminal, nyah."
"Then why don't you turn him over to the police?"
"We're days away from the portal, nyah."
Aika winks. "I think it will be okay, I have a plan."
Sayumi looks in the window. "He's on the move, nyah. You guys hide, nyah."
Mi-Scar walks out of the bar on wobbly legs. "What have we here? A stray cat? I know a good place for you to go."
Aika steps out of the shadows holding the Golden Microphone. "You will obey what this cat lady tells you to do."
Mi-Scar's eye's glaze over. "I understand."
"Sayumi, you can make it to Tourist City by early morning by cab."
"That's expensive, nyah."
"We cleaned up at the idol contest. Don't worry."
"Come with me, nyah."
Sayumi leads Aika, Mi-Scar, and the rest of the group out of the ally.
Aika flags down a horse drawn cab. "Take this cat lady and this gentleman to Tourist City, then come back to Forbidden City."
The drives looks at Aika as if she is crazy. "It would take fifty coins for me to that, little girl." The driver laughs.
Aika pulls out a bag and throws it to the driver who weighs it with his hands. "Do you need to count?"
"No, not at all, my lady. I will get them there without fail!"
"Get in the cab, nyah."
"Yes."
Miss Megumi grabs Sayumi before she can get in the cab. "Sayumi-kun, the microphone's mahou will wear off within five minutes of getting him back to Tokyo. Will you be able to get him to the police by then?"
Sayumi gets in the cab. "You can count on me, nyah!"
Aika closes the door behind Mi-Scar and Sayumi and the cab takes off.
Miss Megumi calls for attention. "Okay, we should rest for the night. We did well at the contest so we can stay at a hotel in town. Tomorrow, we take Forbidden City."
"Hai!"
To Be Continued.
-
Hmm I wonder how thinks will turn out now that the golden micophone is in there hands.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 21 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
That over there is Commerce City? It doesn't even look one tenth the size of Shibuya.
Reina and the rest of the group enter the gates of the city. Wow, what a mess. I guess they don't like streets that go in straight lines around here, or even streets with pavements.
Elizabeth nudges Reina. "Fortunate today we are."
"Why is that?"
Elizabeth points to the dirt streets. "Recently rain not be."
Reina looks around and sees that there are elevated wooded walkways on the sides of the roads. "We could use those."
"Street not across go."
Miss Megumi directs the group down the street and then down an alley.
At least this alley has an elevated walkway.
They stop in front of a door. There are lanterns by the door but it is getting to be so dark that Reina cannot see how far the store extends upwards or across.
"Okay, this is the music store. Reina, Kira-chan, and Aika, you go into the store and search around. Stick together though."
Reina enters the store. There are dozens of strange instruments that look like antiques hanging on the walls. She wanders up and down several aisles filled with drum and trumpet equipment before she sees their target, a wall filled with modern looking microphones. "Over here."
Reina, Aika and Kirarin look over the microphones.
This is stupid. I don't even know what I am supposed to be looking for here. Reina examines one of the microphones. It has a panel down the side of it with brightly colored small circles, but nothing remarkable other that that.
Aika calls over a clerk and talks to him for a minute.
"Okay, guys, let's talk this over with Miss Megumi outside."
"Aika, did you find it?"
"Kirarin, isn't it obvious which one is the right one?"
"No."
Aika picks up one of the microphones and turns it sideways. "It only says Golden Microphone on the side."
Kirarin gives Aika a grouchy look. "Don't see it."
"Well, if everyone could see it then it wouldn't be for sale here."
Aika shoos everyone back out to the alley. "Okay, it's in there. The clerk told me that it's only one hundred coins."
Miss Megumi's face looks mortified. "One hundred coins? We were only given around five coins each. This is bad."
"Contest prize we win."
Miss Megumi nods. "Good idea, Elizabeth. Okay, troops. Aika, Reina, Elizabeth and Kira-chan will come with me. They're going to enter and idol contest and win some money so that we can buy the microphone. Yurina, Seiji, and Hiro, you go with Sayumi. She has another mission she would like to complete while she is here."
Seiji nods. "Of course."
"You know where the Rotten Garlic Saloon is right?"
"Yes."
"That's where we will be." Miss Megumi starts walking out of the alley leading her subgroup out.
Reina runs up to Miss Megumi. "Excuse me, but what sort of performance are we supposed to be doing?"
"Nothing too difficult. They do have sound systems and music players there. So, it will just be like singing with a backing track."
After a several block walk they finally arrive at a three story building with a sign in the front with a picture of a rotting garlic on it.
"Let's knock them dead!"
Reina looks around inside. Wow, I wish I had Miss Megumi's enthusiasm. This place is a dump!
"Swank place this is."
"This is swank?"
"Other places compared it is."
Miss Megumi leads the troops through a door to a bar/performance area. Already the bar is full of rowdy customers who start catcalling the girls.
Miss Megumi gives them a look and they shut up. She leads them to the back where a old man sits at a table. "Sir, we would like to enter a idol contest tonight."
"That's not good. No contest tonight. But, if you want, you can go on and you guys can keep the tips. The changing room is in the basement. The door is behind this table."
This is sounding worse and worse!
Downstairs Reina gives Miss Megumi the evil eye. "Changing?"
"Of course. You can't expect to perform dressed the way you guys are now. At least they have a full selection of outfits down here."
Reina starts looks through the outfits. You have got to be kidding me! None of these things are cute in any way shape or form!
"Um, Miss Megumi?"
"Yes, Aika-kun?"
"I might have a problem." Aika takes off her shirt.
Reina face plants.
"My goodness, Aika-kun, you must be getting pretty used to Lost World, or else you deliberately choose a bra two sizes two small."
Aika looks down at her breasts which are overflowing and barely being held in check by her bra. "It fit yesterday when I bought it, thank you very much."
Miss Megumi lifts up Kirarin's shirt. "How are you doing in there?"
"Hentai!" Kirarin tries to cover up.
"Baka, I'm a woman."
Kirarin lowers her hands.
"Okay, your bra fits fine. But, on the other hand, Aika, you do have a problem. There are no spare bras down here, and even if there were, I don't know if you could find one in your size."
Aika desperately looks through the costumes, but each one seems to be designed to augment rather than diminish the size of wearer's bosoms. "This is crazy! I can't wear something like this."
Miss Megumi taps Aika on the forehead. "Why do you care? You're a boy."
"Boy or girl, this would be too embarrassing. I would feel like a piece of meat out there."
Miss Megumi gives Aika an intimidating look. "You guys are going out there for tips. We need a lot of money. And, none of those guys out there are from Tokyo. So, suck it up."
Elizabeth comes over to Aika with an outfit. "Outfit appearance help I can. Appealing look them I can make."
"I can help too."
Elizabeth gives Reina a condescending look. "Experience this with have you I don't think."
Geez, she didn't have to say that like that. Reina pouts.
Aika waves her hand. "Reina, you're just the person who can help. I need all the accessories that I can get to take peoples eyes off of my chest."
"Okay, I'll do my best." Reina looks at Aika's bust again and shudders. Aika is a boy, this is not fair at all!
To be continued.
-
Accent is dizzy Elizabeth is making me. XD
I wonder what kind of performance they shall be? :doh:
Aika's womanhood Reina is envious :banghead:
-
Well at least Elizabeth is there to help out Aika and Kirarin even if she is, well, they way she is! :lol:
LOL poor Aika and her apparent 'majic' bra, seems as though Reina is not to impressed though! XD
-
@Sancho "Accent is dizzy Elizabeth is making me."
:rofl: :bow:
"Aika's womanhood Reina is envious :banghead:"
That theme is kind of common in Nakayoshi! based manga. If the story had been picked up by Ribbon, then Reina, Aika, Elizabeth, Miss Megumi, Yurina, and Sayumi would have all had impressive figures in lost world.
@oddball "LOL poor Aika and her apparent 'majic' bra, seems as though Reina is not to impressed though!"
It definitely was not the case that Aika's bra shrank. And, expect plenty of size envy in the future chapters ...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 22 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
"Okay, I'll do my best." Reina looks at Aika's bust again and shudders. Aika is a boy, this is not fair at all!
After fifteen minutes of fussing and modifying, Elizabeth shows Aika to a mirror. "You what think?"
Aika rolls her eyes. "It looks like two large balloons are trying to escape from the front of my outfit."
"Succeeded at least they not."
Aika groans. "This sucks. Miss Megumi, I forgot to ask, do we even know if we're going to be able to sing? After all, Kira-chan and I have different bodies."
Miss Megumi nods. "Good point. We'll, try using me as a reference. C"
Aika nods. "C" Aika motions to Kira-chan.
"C"
Aika face plants. "Dude, that was perfect. This is great!"
Kirarin pouts. "I don't know what there is to celebrate about. I doubt if this will carry over when we get back to Tokyo."
"You should celebrate it will it happens, even if it doesn't last. It will give you something to shoot for."
Kirarin rolls her eyes.
"Speaking of which, Miss Megumi, will the golden microphone work if we take it back to Tokyo?"
"No way. If it had, an idol would be Prime Minister of Japan by now. It needs the mahou of Lost World to work."
Aika nods. "Well, guess there's no getting around doing scales."
"Correct."
Reina clears her throat. "Um, guys, it's okay that Aika looks kind of presentable, but we haven't even thought about what we are going to sing out there."
"Don't worry, h!p songs are popular in Lost World and they have many backing tracks we can choose from."
"Many them familiar I."
Miss Megumi smiles. "There, see, everything will be okay."
Reina winces. This is going to be a disaster.
---
"Ew, this place is so gross!"
Meowko pushes Risako's leg. "Okay, we've heard that a dozen times already."
"But, it keeps getting more and more gross."
"Look, these guys must have come to this dive bar to find the Golden Microphone. We need to be here in case they succeed."
Saki looks into the saloon area. "This crowd makes the wota look like angels. I don't even think we should go in."
"Hey, what are two cuties like you doing here?"
Both Risako and Saki turn around slowly, in terror. They see three rather dirty looking large men.
"I'm sure the two of you can show us a good time."
Suddenly Saki stops being afraid. She sticks her finger into her cheek and leans sideways. "Who us? We're just a couple of girls down on our luck."
Risako looks at Saki with a look of disgust. "Yeah, that's going to work," she mutters under her breath.
The men break into tears. "That's so sad! Please, accept some of our money. We'll be rooting for you guys to turn it around."
Saki winks. "Thanks to you guys, we will."
"Thanks, we'll leave you guys alone now." The three men rush off.
Risako's jaw drops. "What was that?"
"Don't know."
"Hey you two, I hear some music."
The adventurers looks through the door to the saloon. Aika, Reina, and two girls they don't recognize are on stage.
"Tomorrow is a sparkling Sunday. I'm excited by that alone, it's our very first date. I'm happy and embarrassed.
I'll make a lunch and put all my effort into it!
Until I become an adult, it's a big adventure. It's youth (Yes! Yes! Yes! Yes!)"
Risako turns away. "Okay, they're not looking for the microphone. Let's get out of here."
Saki gets in Risako's face. "Are you sure there isn't another reason?"
"Like what?"
"Like our group mate is now bigger than us?"
Risako turns purple.
"What are you two baka talking about? When we get the microphone we won't have to worry about our old groups. Geeze." Meowko walks outside.
Risako and Saki exchange glances.
---
Downstairs, Aika painfully adjusts her previous clothes. "Wow, I never want to have to do that again. How do you girls handle it?"
Reina blushes. Geeze, Aika, I have to use a gimmicked pushup bra, thank you very much.
"Well, Aika-kun, if you did come back to h!p and if you did have large breasts, there would be appropriate tops you could wear so that people would concentrate on you, not the movement of your chest."
"Yeah, I think I need to put lights on these things to warn people when I am going to turn."
Aika, shut up already!
"So what do you think about coming back?"
"It would certainly be great, but I don't know if I could survive a schedule like that."
"Well, keep thinking about it." Miss Megumi continues to count the coins that the men at the bar had thrown on stage.
"By the way, Miss Megumi, thanks. I think those guys at the bar would have crushed me if you hadn't kept giving them the evil eye."
"We all have our roles to play here. Okay, we got three hundred and fifty coins. That's enough for the microphone and fifty for each of us left over. However, we might as well be a generous as we can with the money, it has no value in Tokyo."
Kirarin yawns. "How much for a hotel?"
"Hotels are like three coins a night. Dinners are three to five coins, so we should have more than enough for tonight."
"Is everyone decent down there?"
"Yikes!" Kirarin buttons up her shirt quickly.
Seiji comes down the steps. "We located Sayumi's prey but we'll need backup."
Miss Megumi nods. "Let's get that Microphone!"
---
Aika walks out of the Music store with the microphone. "Here it is!"
Kirarin pouts. "I still have no idea why you know that this is the right microphone."
"I told you that it says so on the side." Aika points to a spot on the microphone. "The lettering starts here."
Reina looks at it. There's nothing there.
Kirarin stops her foot in disgust. "This is just like those stupid circles they showed us at our health check ups."
Aika raises an eyebrow. "The Ishihara diagrams? You couldn't see the numbers in them?"
"There were no numbers!"
Miss Megumi puts her hands down hard on Kirarin and Aika's heads. "Don't you think we should be helping Sayumi?"
---
Miss Megumi drops back from the rest of the group racing to help Sayumi. "Reina, are you okay?"
"My feet hurt."
"Don't worry, we're almost there. But, you know you're not supposed to be alone in this town."
"I know. Thanks."
They turn the corner just in time to see Sayumi lead a strange looking man with a scarred up face out of the alley. Aika is with them and calls a hails a carriage pulled by two horses.
Reina watches it ride away.
"Where's Sayumi going?"
Aika walks over to Reina. "Sayumi is going back to Tokyo. She's captured the guy who kidnapped her a couple years ago. She's going to turn him in to the police."
"Sugoi."
Miss Megumi calls for everyone's attention. "Okay folks we have the microphone and it seems to work fine. Tomorrow, we'll take forbidden city. But, tonight we'll eat and stay at a comfortable hotel."
Reina raises her hand. "Is there a Karaoke place around here? We should check to see if anyone besides Aika can use the microphone."
"Know one I do. Food there good is."
Miss Megumi gives Reina a stern look. "Reina, this is more about seeing if the microphone will enhance our voices and less about the mission, isn't it?"
Reina sticks her tongue out. "Yes, I guess so."
"Well, why not? Okay, troops, everyone will have a chance on the microphone!"
"Hai!"
Three pairs of eyes look on from the shadows.
"Should we jump them now?"
The lowest pair of eyes look up. "Calm down, Saki. It's too dangerous to fight them in the city. Let's wait until tomorrow, when we're rested up."
To be continued.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 23 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"Staring with big eyes, time passes by, but I can't get you out of my head. I'm supporting you with burning love. I've never loved someone this much before.
Expect to be kissed with love, I'm trembling because I love you so much."
The group's eyes all turn to the Karaoke machine's display. It registers 87.
"Yeah! Seven points up I am."
Hiro marks this down on a napkin that came with the food they had ordered for twenty-five coins.
Elizabeth gives the microphone to Yurina.
"Goodbye today, my chest is painful. Is writing a letter all right? Youth bus guide, you are dazzling. Is it all right I take a photo for commemoration? ..."
The Karaoke machine registers 85.
"Up only three? Rats."
Yurina passes the microphone to Kirarin.
"From the feather of the heart an airplane shaped cloud comes out. I realize that it is slowly revealing your true self. I know that it won't take a long time before I become an adult, however ..."
The Karaoke machine registers 81.
"Up six! Cool."
Kirarin passes the microphone to Aika.
"An insensitive person isn’t noticing my charms. Well, I guess I am just hovering impatiently behind you.
You just do what you like though you do call sometimes.
When there was a gathering for upperclassmen you said 'We’re going together' and took me. You introduced me as your girlfriend, it made me happy."
The Karaoke machine shows 93.
"Up six. Cool."
Hiro performs some quick calculations on the numbers. "Okay, the results show that the Golden Microphone produces an increase in singing ability of an average of five points compared to a normal microphone."
Seiji scratches his head. "That's not really all that much."
"Well, it would seem like a lot if you weren't measuring it."
Miss Megumi nods. "You know, I've been going to Karaoke parties with the girls for years and I have noticed that five points is a typical gain over the normal course of two years of hard practice."
"So, this thing does power us up, but not to any place we weren't already capable of getting to?"
"Exactly."
Hiro nods. "Okay, there's still one more thing we need to test with this microphone. Aika was able to use it to give commands. But, Aika might get hurt in battle. We need to know if someone else could use it."
Seiji takes the microphone. "I have an idea on how to test it. I will give a command for everyone to raise their right hands. Everyone, please do not obey the command unless you feel compelled."
The others nod agreement.
Seiji flips the on switch. "Everyone, please raise your right hand."
Nothing happens.
Seiji passes the microphone around the table, skipping Aika. No one raises their hands on anyone's command.
Hiro gets the microphone back. "I'm not sure if I even need to try, my Karaoke score stayed the same. But, here goes. Everyone, please raise your right hand."
"Like this senpai?"
"Kirarin, that isn't funny." Hiro stops trying to scold Kirarin for sucking up to him when he realizes that everyone else raised their right arm as well. "Oh, sorry. Everyone, that was good. You can do whatever you want with your right arm now."
Seiji nods. "So, it's you and Aika. Well, at least we have a backup plan now."
Miss Megumi calls for everyone's attention. "Okay, now that we have eaten and gathered information on the microphone, we should get some rest."
"Desserts we not have!"
"YEAH!!"
Kirarin orders and soon the group is buried in cakes, sweets, and ice cream.
Hiro elbows Seiji. "Hey, do they have refrigerators in this world?"
"No, the magic of Lost World interferes with the operation of many modern devices."
"It was kind of hot today, so how did they get ice to create this ice cream?"
"The river that flows by Commerce City has some of its sources up in the mountains. The river is navigable up to a giant waterfall at the foot of one of the mountains. Men will climb the mountain up to near the top and break off giant blocks of ice. They then send the blocks down the falls to waiting boats."
"Sugoi!"
Seiji squeezes Hiro's nose. "Sucker! They do have refrigerators, but they are very expensive and only used by high end hotels and businesses."
"Very funny."
"You shouldn't be so gullible, big brother."
Kirarin pouts. "I believed the story too."
Hiro notices that Miss Megumi isn't laughing at Seiji's prank. "Miss Megumi, are you okay?"
"I kind of feel bad for Sayumi who rode off with nothing to eat but her rations, and here we are gorging ourselves on sweets."
"Chocolate covered rats unless interest her not."
"Okay, that's true, but I do hope that she's okay."
---
A howl is heard in the distance, but there is no scent of predators in the field. From tree to tree to tree she snaps her vision. I can smell them, they are here. I know it.
A twig by one of the trees snaps.
Suddenly the field turns into a blur of motion as she rockets towards the tree. Her prey is momentarily frozen in fear. One blow is all it takes to knock it out.
Crunch.
Sayumi swallows down her prey and smiles. Nothing tastes better than a fresh killed field rat.
The ground starts shaking under her feet.
Sayumi wakes up. She is still in the carriage of the cab with Mi-Scar. He is still sleeping peacefully as she has commanded, and does not notice the jostling of the carriage as the cab rides over uneven ground.
GROOSSSSSSSSSSS!!!!!
Sayumi fights back a wave of nausea. Ew, I forgot how horrible those dreams were after I was rescued.
Sayumi looks out the window. She sees that Forbidden City is still in the distance. I had better go back to sleep.
To Be Continued.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 24 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
The group gathers by the gate of Commerce City.
Miss Megumi looks over the still sleepy group. "Does everyone know their role?"
"Hai!"
"Okay, the plan is to get the boys out and then use the carriage that Sayumi is sending back to get them Tourist City."
Aika nods. "I wonder how she's doing?"
"She should be arriving at Tourist City soon."
---
"Young lady? We have arrived."
"Thank you, nyah." Sayumi stretches and then nudges Mi-Scar. "Wake up, it's time to go."
"Yes."
Sayumi gives the carriage driver a stern look. "Forbidden city, and step on it."
"There better be more money in it for me."
Sayumi looks in her backpack. There are still five coins there. "Here, consider it a down payment."
"Yes, my lady."
The carriage drives off.
Sayumi leads Mi-Scar down the alley to the side entrance of the Tea house. They go down the steps to the basement.
"Welcome. I trust your visit to Lost World was a pleasant one?"
Sayumi casually throws her backpack at the guy. "My card is in the backpack, nyah."
"There no reason to be so harsh this early in the morning, young lady."
"Give him your card."
"Yes" Mi-Scar gives the portal guardian his card.
The guardian files away their cards. "I take it that you are taking this man with you against his will?"
"Yeah, nyah. Do you have a problem with that, nyah?"
The guardian cringes but then regains his composure. "Not at all, young lady."
"Good. You, go through the curtain and wait."
The spell will wear off five minutes after you get back. Sayumi hears Miss Megumi's voice in her head. Okay, show time, no time to waste.
Sayumi follows Mi-Scar through the current. She gives the Tokyo portal guardian a dirty look. "No time for small talk. Smell you later." She turns to Mi-Scar. "Let's go. Quickly."
Sayumi races up the stairs and out into the alley. They run out to the street and then out to a larger street. Bingo, there's one now!
Sayumi turns to Mi-Scar. "Mi-Scar. There is a policeman. I am a delinquent. You must lead me over the the policeman and have me arrested."
"Yes."
Mi-Scar obeys Sayumi.
The policeman looks at them with a sweat mark by his head. "Delinquent?"
Sayumi nudges Mi-Scar. "Give the police officer your real name."
Mi-Scar obeys.
The name shocks the police officer. He immediately goes to his police car and calls his headquarters. Within a minute a page prints out of the police car's fax machine with Mi-Scar's picture and rap sheet.
"A delinquent, huh? Well, sir, that's a very serious charge. I have some paper work for you to fill out. Please get in the back seat of the car."
Sayumi nudges Mi-Scar. "Do it."
"Do what?"
"Into the car!" Sayumi and the policeman push the confused Mi-Scar into the back of the police car. The policeman pushes a button on his key chain and bars appear turning the back seat into a prison.
"Thank you little lady. The police have been looking for this guy for years. Where did you find him?"
"A place where bad little girls often wind up."
The policeman winks. "Well, don't worry about it today. But do try to stay away from those sorts of places in the future."
"Yes sir."
Sayumi can hear Mi-Scar futilely banging on the bars in the car as the policeman drives off at top speed with his prey.
Sayumi hails a cab.
"Where too miss?"
"Shibuya train station."
"Sure thing."
Sayumi squints in the noonday sun. So, in the end, he was killed by the cat, Sayumi puts on her sunglasses, curiously.
---
"So what are the people like in Forbidden City?"
Seiji rubs his chin. "Actually, they are sort of normal people, if you call people who spend a lot of their time in a cave normal."
"What about all the evil spirits? Reina mentioned that she saw a lot of them hanging around over the city."
"We'll have to watch out for them."
"I see ..." Suddenly Hiro feels himself flying in the air. Things go black.
"Is he ..."
"Should we ..."
"It would ..."
"Kira-chan ..."
Suddenly Hiro wakes up.
"Senpai! You're okay!" Kirarin nearly smothers Hiro with a hug.
Hiro sits up and tries to get Kirarin off of him. "What happened?"
Aika smiles. "We hit a little bump in the road. But, thanks to a certain magical girl, we should be able to continue our mission."
"Bump in the road?"
"You were out for fifteen minutes. But, you're better now, thanks to Kira-chan."
Hiro notices that Kirarin is still trying to hug him. "Cut it out. But, thanks."
Seiji helps Hiro to his feet. "At least we don't have a party chasing us now."
"We were attacked by Aika's group mates?"
"Well, duh. Did you think they were chasing us because they wanted to wish us happy birthday? But, they've gone home now."
"Wow." Hiro notices a large rip in the front of Aika's shirt. "Um, Aika, ah ..."
"Crap. Well, there no time to get it properly fixed. I guess I will have to work around it."
"Around" would be the proper word, look at those things!
"Okay troops, we're only a mile away from Forbidden City. Time to get focused. This is where the mission succeeds or fails."
"Hai!"
"Oh, Hiro, are you feeling okay?"
Hiro stretches. "Never better."
"Good. Kira-chan is probably really weak from healing you. You should carry her on your back to Forbidden City so she can rest up."
Hiro sees Kirarin blushing and giggling. Okay, what save point do I need to go back to to recover from this?
To Be Continued.
-
Well, at least Hiro is better now, wonder what the next step will be?
-
Well, at least Hiro is better now, wonder what the next step will be?
Well, first we have to have the Nagayoshi! take on events (including what really happened when the Dark Adventures attacked while Hiro was out).
Then it's off to the final battle with Forbidden City.
And, after that, a truly :shocked shocking development ...
Notes for next episode:
Seiji's jam:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YeJrGiIY9J0#ew (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YeJrGiIY9J0#ew)
Hiro's jam:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=woszLNjMoeI#ew (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=woszLNjMoeI#ew)
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 25 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
"The same t-shirt, t-shirt, a lemon-colored t-shirt, t-shirt; what a cute pair. Ta-da! It's 3980 yen, you're quite good at shopping.
The same teacup, teacup, put in some milk, teacup, teacup; what a cute pair, right in the middle of Asia."
The Karaoke machine says 91.
"Only up two? Rats."
Yurina nudges Reina. "Too bad they didn't have your yanki jam in the selections."
"Well, it's an older song, so it's to be expected that they wouldn't have it."
Reina hands the microphone to Seiji.
"I am a caravan, I'm roaming around for love. Just like a caravan, on an endless journey. I am a caravan, I'm searching for love. Just like a caravan, it's a timeless tale.
Not understanding even the reason you were born, you are alone, soaked in your tears. With these hands I want to take you away into my embrace, and warm you as if you were a shivering kitten."
The Karaoke Machine says 88.
"Up seven. I am happy."
Elizabeth gives Seiji a hug. "That was great!"
Seiji blushes. "Thank the microphone, not me."
Seiji gives the Golden Microphone to Hiro.
"Psycho door delusion, Liberation Crime. Carnation Crime in bloom, Tattoo Kiss. Shudder ... Crime.
We always have the child pretend, laughing at others.
Only time hugging each other, meet their true magma-filled gloom.
Ecstasy expose a body splash, diving into a sea of flames!"
The Karaoke machine says 90.
"Rats. I stayed the same."
Reina nudges Miss Megumi. "Are we going to be okay tomorrow? I saw a lot of evil spirits floating over Forbidden City."
"Reina, even though there are many evil spirits there, they have very little power over people who are on a mission and acting for the common good."
"That's a relief."
"Sayumi would have had a problem with them so that's why I approved her side mission."
"Is she going to be okay?"
"Don't underestimate Sayumi. She might act like a ditz at times but she can be very ruthless and focused when she needs to be."
Which is the main reason I don't really want hentai girl tutoring me in math!
"What would have happened if Sayumi had gone into Forbidden City?"
"Most likely she would have turned fully into a cat. Normally a bad girl like her would have fully turned by now, but her will is strong, so that's why she's still only a half cat."
"So, the worse you are, the more like a cat you become?"
"It's more like the more the reasons that you come to Lost World are selfish, the more you become a cat girl. Girl idols are usually tricked into coming to Lost World with the promise of a choice audition or exotic photo shoot. They come with only thoughts of being a star for their own sake, and Lost World reacts accordingly."
---
Reina looks over her hotel room. Wow, this is a dump! But, I guess it is better than sleeping in a tent in the field.
Yurina races in. "Oh my god! Oh my god! You'll never believe what I overheard."
"What?"
"Elizabeth is not going to stay with us after Forbidden City. She's going to go back to being a singer here."
Reina's jaw drops. "Has she told Seiji yet?"
"No, and it's probably better if Seiji doesn't know until after the battle. He'll need to keep his spirits up."
"That's so sad. After all those guys did everything together, even though Elizabeth was a turtle at the time."
Yurina makes a face. "I'll bet that she saw Seiji naked while she was a turtle."
"Gross. But, I don't know. Elizabeth comes from a different culture than us. She's almost like an alien in a way."
"True. Oh, how did Elizabeth do at your live?"
Reina grins. "She did really well, but it was quite a scene. Aika's boobs have grown really big and all the outfits they had were really indecent looking so Aika was afraid that she was going to get trampled by the audience. But, Elizabeth must have her own magic powers because whenever she turned up her performance a little bit everyone ignored Aika."
"Sugoi! Especially since she's kind of built like a boy."
"Maybe that is her hidden ability, the ability to get people to pay attention to her?"
"You might be right. But, how did you overhear this?"
Yurina blushes. "Oh, I don't know. I might have been sneaking around." Yurina makes a peace sign.
---
Reina squints. Even after a night's rest, I'm still not liking this constant marching. Where's my cab?
"Wow, this is starting to make me uncomfortable, the way that she is playing up to Seiji now."
Reina nods. "Yeah, but it's not our place to say anything right now. We'll just have to wait for things to play out," Reina whispers back.
Boom!
Reina falls on her butt. "Itai!" Reina looks around. "What happened?"
A cloud of dust, raised by the explosion slowly settles.
Yikes! Hiro looks like he's out, Kirarin looks like she's out and everyone else looks shaken up.
Reina can now see three shadowy figures in the dust come into focus. "Saki! Risako! Are you okay?"
Saki wags her finger at Reina. "Are you guys looking for trouble?"
Risako raises her chin. "Well, you've found double."
"To protect the world from devastation."
"To unite all people within our nations."
"To denounce the evil of truth and love."
"To extend our reach to the stars above."
"Saki."
"Risako."
"Team Rock ☆ It blasting off at the speed of light."
"Surrender now or prepare to fight."
Meowko takes a bow. "Meowko, that's right!"
To be continued.
-
So Elizabeth is staying..... poor Seiji :cry:
oh dear and Saki, Risako and er Meowko have turned up, probably not what was neded at this point.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Authors Note: Tickling a cat with a green foxtail is a groaningly bad Japanese pun.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 26 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Meowko takes a bow. "Meowko, that's right! And, by the way, I have you guys' Golden Microphone." Meowko waves it around and dances on one paw.
Reina looks at Meowko in shock. "Hey, wait a minute. You're holding your pinkie finger out while holding that microphone, or at least what passes for a pinkie finger for a cat. I know who you are, you're Momoko."
"That doesn't matter now. I'm going to take this microphone back with me to Tokyo and become the biggest idol star ever."
"Baka. We've already tried the microphone out at a Karaoke place in Commerce City. It improves your singing, but not by that much."
"Oh yeah? I'll show you."
Meowko starts to sing. "There is no turning back, Falling Star Boy. It is up to me to be brave. Believe in your friends, Falling Star Boy, victory is near.
In terms of dreams, my dream is bigger than anyone else's. Danger seems to be part of it."
Reina's jaw drops in horror. "Um, Momoko? You're a cat right now. You normally sound a lot better than a cat singing."
"No matter. You'll see when I get back to Tokyo." Meowko waves the microphone around in the air.
Risako snatches the microphone out of Meowko's paw. "That might be well and good, but there is someone who I would like to sing for right now."
Meowko looks miffed. "Well, go ahead, I guess."
"The battle cry of guys who fight: Oh WAO WAO Oh WAO WAO. The gloominess of guys that worry: Oh WAO WAO Oh Yeah Battle cry. Things never work out the way we want, it is that sort of problem everyone has to deal with it."
Saki swoons. "Sugoi! That was so great! Now, let me sing for you."
"If I look at it now, and put a spell on myself: imagination.
Well, it just makes it grow bigger.
Brand new blue jeans I intentionally wore them out when I decorated my big dream; I became beautiful.
Brand new youth, I casually dressed stylishly, like a bittersweet movie. Take me out!
Even if I'm noisy, love me, love me, love me, love me! Do you want to be absurd? Love Me Do!"
"Wonderful. Such a cool style."
Reina clears her throat. "That's great guys, but you do realize that if your work hard and practice diligently then your singing will reach that level in a couple of years?"
Saki smiles. "Well, I kind of had a feeling it would work that way."
Meowko snatches the microphone back. "I'm sick of your lies, Reina. This microphone is going to make me a star. And, just for fun I am going to shut you up with this microphone."
Seiji makes it to his feet. "Miss Momoko, we tried that out as well. For most of us, we weren't able to give commands with it."
"Well, it will work for me. Give me ten push ups!"
Seiji gets down and starts doing push ups. "1, 2, 3, ..." Seiji jumps up and pulls down his right eyelid and sticks his tongue out. "Beda! I just wanted to get your hopes up."
Meowko gives the microphone to Risako. "Shut him up!"
Aika makes it to her feet. "Risako, come on. This stupid game is over. Give back the microphone."
A giant sweat mark appears beside Risako's head. "Um, Aika, your shirt?"
Aika looks down at a her shirt, now ripped in the front exposing her voluminous cleavage. "Crap!"
Meowko rolls her eyes. "Oops, I must have ripped your shirt getting the microphone. I'm such a stinker."
Aika gives Meowko a dirty look. "Anyway, Risako, I know that you and Saki don't really want to use the Golden Microphone to cheat your way towards being a superstar idol."
Meowko laughs. "Of course they do."
Risako throws the microphone to Reina, who is closer to her than Aika. "You're right, I don't. I just wanted to perform for Saki. Now we can go back to Tokyo."
"You traitors!!" Meowko turns bright red. She throws two flash bombs at Risako and Saki. "Die!"
The smoke from the explosions clears, but there is no trace of Risako and Saki.
"What the heck?"
"Momoko, this isn't you. This is just Lost World amplifying your worse traits. Stand down now. Love Queen is not going to let you continue doing bad things."
Meowko turns around to see Love Queen putting down Saki and Risako. "No way, I'll kill all of you!"
Yikes! What am I going to do? She's gone berserk and we're friends back home.
Love Queen, she is a cat right now and cats do have a weakness.
Oh yeah, they do. Very cool, Access.
Just doing my job.
Love Queen sees that there is a stream that runs next to the road. She rushes over to the stream and grabs what she is looking for: a green foxtail. She grabs the green foxtail and rushes back to Meowko and tickles her under the chin with it.
Meowko collapses in laughter. "Stop it, stop it, stop it!"
Risako empties out her backpack and stuffs Meowko into the backpack and zips it shut.
"Let me out of here! I'll blow you to smithereens."
"Shut up Meowko. You'll blow yourself up first." Risako turns to Love Queen. "Thanks Reina. I owe you big time."
"REINA??" Seiji, Miss Megumi, Elizabeth, Yurina, and Aika say in unison.
Reina changes back and turns bright red. "How did you know?"
"Just my ability, I guess. But, we'll get out of your hair now. We'll take this dumb cat back to Tokyo."
Aika looks at them sternly. "And, we're supposed to forget this happened?"
"Hey, I thought that Meowko was going to temporarily blind you guys so we could take the microphone without hurting anyone. I had no idea that she was going to throw a bomb."
Aika rolls her eyes. "Well, we're here to do a job, not keep score and hold grudges. Please, be safe on the way back so that Miss Megumi doesn't have to come back for you three."
"We will. And, make sure that the Masked Avenger is okay." Risako points to Hiro.
Risako and Saki walk off, holding the backpack in between them. The backpack jumps around but Risako and Saki ignore Meowko's thrashing.
Reina walks over to Aika and gives her back the Golden Microphone. Reina looks at Hiro who is out cold and painfully contorted on the ground. "The Masked Avenger? He doesn't look anything like him. Is he going to be okay?"
Aika nods "Should we tell him that we know his secret?"
"It would would be better if he doesn't know. He will loose power if he finds out."
Aika looks over and sees Kirarin getting up. "Kira-chan, are you okay?"
"What happened?"
"We got bombed. Are you strong enough to heal someone? Hiro looks like he was closest to the bomb."
Kirarin looks at Hiro. "Senpai!!" Kirarin rushes over and lays her hands on Hiro.
Hiro gets up with a start. What happened?
"Senpai, you're okay!" Kirarin hugs Hiro.
Aika mutters under her breath. "Wow, just throw yourself at Hiro, why don't you?"
Reina's ears prick up and little horns come out of her head. "What did you just say Aika?"
"Oh, nothing." Aika turns purple with mortification.
"By the way, how did you know that Risako would give the microphone back?"
"Simple. Risako and Saki wanted the microphone to perform for each other. If there was any another reason, then there would have been three cat girls instead of one."
"Sugoi!"
To be continued.
-
Aww Saki and Risako got to perform to each other with the mic! :wub: Nice to see they can head back with Momo... er Meowko now, though perhpas she's not as, er happy to head back as they are.
Hmm, also Reina has been uncovered as the love queen and poor old Hiro as the Avenger.. hmm, Reina still jealous of Hieo a bit then.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: four more episodes until the "SLD"
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 27 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"Everybody, in another hundred yards we will be in earshot of the guard. Now, there is one thing that I need to tell you before you go in, something that might make you decide to wait outside."
The group looks at Miss Megumi with stunned expressions.
"Inside of Forbidden City are dozens, maybe hundreds of donkeys and cats. All of them are fallen idols. All of them need saving. However, transporting just two donkeys from Forbidden City to Tourist City is going to be a logistical nightmare. To transport that far dozens of wild animals, who have almost no memories of being human I might add, is way outside of our abilities. So, basically, there will be lots of people in there that you will want to save but you won't be able to."
Hiro gulps. Wow, that's cold.
"Is there anyone here who thinks they won't be able to handle it?"
No one raises their hands.
"Now, Kira-chan, are you feeling better? There's a good chance your powers might be needed."
"I am feeling much better thanks to the ride I just had."
Hiro rolls his eyes. Geeze, you better feel better after all that cooing and purring you were doing. Don't you even remember that you're a boy?
"Okay, Aika, you're the lead. You know the cover story?"
"Hai!"
"Okay, let's go."
The group approaches the gate.
"Excuse me, kind sir?" Aika holds the microphone with one hand behind her back and holds the top of her shirt closed with the other hand.
"Wait a second miss. I wasn't born yesterday. I can see you're hiding something in your hands."
Aika looks shocked, but then gets a sly look on her face. "This hand?" She lets go of the front of her shirt.
"Wow!" The guard's nose starts bleeding.
Aika uses the microphone. "We're here because a kind gentleman sold us two donkeys that are currently being used in Forbidden City. We need to go inside and collect them."
"Absolutely, miss. If you need any help, don't hesitate to ask." The guard uses the key around his neck to unlock the gate, and gestures for them to go in.
Going through the gates Hiro whispers to Aika. "I can't believe you did that."
Aika turns red. "Don't think I'm proud about it."
Hiro looks at Forbidden City. This is it? There are only ten buildings here.
Aika approaches some guy dressed in what looks like a uniform. After a short discussion, aided by Aika's microphone, Aika comes back. "He says that Masaki and Satoshi are in the main mines. He will lead us there."
They walk past the row of buildings. The see a pen with dozens and dozens of donkeys in it behind the buildings.
"This is the second time I've seen that pen, big brother, but it still makes me sick to my stomach."
Hiro smiles at Seiji. "The stench?"
Seiji gives Hiro a dirty look, then smiles. "That, too."
Yurina walks up to the official. "Sir, what's that strange looking building over there?"
The official smiles. "That's the cat pen. That's where they rest when they're not hunting vermin."
"Thanks."
Yurina falls back with a disgusted look on her face.
They finally reach a place along the mountainside with a large tunnel opening in it. The opening has been reinforced with brick and railroad tracks come out of the tunnel.
"Will everyone be coming in?"
Miss Megumi directs traffic. "Hiro, Aika, Kirarin, and Elizabeth, your four go. We'll stay up here where it's less scary."
Aika steps forward. "Four to go down!"
The official directs the four to pick up torches, as he does. Ten feet into the tunnel there are wall torches that they light their torches with. The torches are attached to wooden beams that seem to be part of a framework of wood that keeps the tunnel from caving in.
Some twenty yards into the mountain the tunnel opens up.
Oh my god! What is this place? Hiro can see that they are on the side of a giant round abyss illuminated by spread out and distant torches. On the sides of the abyss, carved into the sides of the mountain are ledges that have railroad tracks on them.
"Your two donkeys are on the other side, but they're on the same level as us so it won't take too long to get there. Follow me."
The four follow the guard around the circumference of the pit. Hiro notes that while the guard thinks nothing of walking on the pit side of the tracks, as does Elizabeth, Kirarin strictly stays on the mountain wall side of the tracks.
Finally, they arrive at where Masaki and Satoshi are, or at least to where two donkeys, hitched to a rail car, are. The car is next to a tunnel opening that leads into the mountain wall.
A burly man walks out of the tunnel. "What's this bedlam out here?"
Aika uses the microphone. "We're here to pick up these two donkeys. We bought them in Commerce City."
"Bought them? I haven't heard anything about that."
A look of panic crosses Aika face, then she shoves the microphone in Hiro's hands.
"It's as she said. We're here to pick up these two donkeys. We bought them in Commerce City? Right?" Hiro gives the burly man a look, indicating that he should remember.
"Oh yeah! I remember now. Sorry about that. My bad. Please inspect their cards to make sure they are the right ones."
Time stops.
A decision card appears:
A) Use the microphone to convince Aiki to have sex with you in the tunnel.
B) Use the microphone to convince Kirarin to have sex with you in the tunnel.
C) Use the microphone to convince Elizabeth to have sex with you in the tunnel.
D) Continue with the mission.
Hiro looks at Aika who is casually scratching her butt and letting her cleavage hang out. Hiro shudders. No way, not with Towa, no matter how big those things are. He looks at Kirarin. Why waste a use of the microphone? She would want to do it without the microphone's help, not that I would want to do it with Kira-Kun. He looks at Elizabeth. With Seiji's girl? I'm not crossing that line.
Time resumes.
Kirarin looks at the cards that hang from a necklace around the donkey's necks. "They are the correct ones."
"Good." The man hands them a bucket. "Use these treats to induce them to walk. Also, be very careful with them. They are relatively new and they are still kind of ornery varmints."
Aika smiles. "Thank you sir. We'll be careful."
The guard unhooks the donkeys from the rail car. "I hope you know what you're doing. I have heard that these two really aren't good workers."
Without warning, the donkeys ram the officer in unison, sending him over the edge of the ledge. "Aaaahh."
Hiro looks over the edge in horror. Some three levels down the officer's broken body lies contorted on the tracks. He must be thirty feet down there.
The burly man looks over the edge. "I'm terribly sorry, but I'm afraid that you can't have these two donkeys, now. It's a rule in this cave that if a donkey causes the death of miner then the donkey must be put to death as well."
To Be Continued.
-
hmm, Hiro showing some self restaint???
and what a pair of stupid, in this case quite literally asses, those two are, just when they were about to be rescued too..... :doh:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: three more episodes until the "SLD" (including this one)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 28 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"It's a rule in this cave that if a donkey causes the death of miner then the donkey must be put to death as well."
"Wait, man save we can."
The burly man raises his eyebrows. "Oh?"
"Healer she is." Elizabeth points to Kirarin.
"But, it will take a while to walk around three levels."
"Kirarin, me with jump."
Kirarin cowers. "I'm afraid of heights."
Elizabeth smacks Kirarin on top of her head. "Me copy."
Elizabeth squats down on the edge of the ledge and motions Kirarin to copy her. She then grabs the edge and jumps down, holding on to the edge with her hands. She then jumps the remaining way. "Torch down throw!"
Hiro carefully hands Elizabeth her torch.
"Kirarin, down climb you!"
"I'm afraid!"
Hiro goes over to Kirarin. He speaks in a low soothing voice. "Kirarin, please. Our mission depends on it. I know that you can do this."
"Senpai." Kirarin squats down and then jumps back. She is able to safely hold on to the edge.
Elizabeth grabs Kirarin. "You I have."
"Kirarin, let go, it's okay."
Kirarin lets go and is effortlessly carried down by Elizabeth. "Again."
Hiro looks over at Aika. Why is she giving me a dirty look?
The burly man starts tying the donkeys back to the cart. "Sorry, I don't want these critters causing more problems."
Aika smacks one of the donkeys upside the head. "Good idea."
After some more of Elizabeth coaching Kirarin on climbing, they finally make it down to the level that the officer fell to.
Kirarin lays her hands on the officer, then faints.
"What happened?"
"Butted you were. Now safe."
"What about this lady?"
"You she healed. Sleeps now. Up levels carry must we."
The man nods. Elizabeth joins her hands to give the officer a boost. The man effortlessly climbs up one level with this help. Elizabeth then puts Kirarin on her shoulders. The man reaches down and pulls Kirarin up to the next level, the reaches down and allows Elizabeth to jump up and grab his arm. He then pulls her to the next level.
By repeating this, they make it back up to the original level.
"Hiro, her again you carry".
Aika gets a sly smile. "Let's put her in the rail cart and have the donkeys pull her."
The officer gently puts Kirarin in the cart, and pulls out a riding crop. "Let's go. We still have to get these donkeys in crates." The officer starts whipping the donkeys to force them to move.
Aika nudges Elizabeth. "Thanks. You were really cool."
Elizabeth blushes. "You thank. Embarrassing how."
By the time the reach the main entrance tunnel, Kirarin recovers. "Where am I?"
Hiro strokes her head. "You did well, but rest up."
Kirarin giggles.
They make it back into daylight. Hiro notices that the tracks split and one of the lines runs along the side of the mountain to a depot shack.
"The crates are over in that building."
Hiro, Hiro, huge trouble.
What is it Finn?
Love Queen and some members of your party are cornered by possessed miners.
Kirarin gets out of the cart and rushes to Hiro. "Senpai ..."
Hiro vanishes.
The Masked Avenger runs at top speed to the location of the disturbance. The miners, who are walking like zombies, have Miss Megumi, Seiji, Yurina, and Love Queen trapped against the side of a building. The Masked Avenger pushes some of the zombies down to make a path for him to reach the trapped party.
"Can't you do your gimmick to heal these miners?"
"There's too many. And, the evil spirits will just possess them again. It's pissing me off."
"Then I will knock them down to clear a path. They don't look like they walk very fast."
Love Queen nods.
The Masked Avenger runs through the crowd of miners strategically pushing them and causing them to tip over.
Miss Megumi, Seiji and Yurina race through the crowd.
"You three, head for the gate. We'll hold them off."
They run off leaving Love Queen and the Masked Avenger by themselves.
"What's your plan?"
Masked Avenger notes that the miners are already getting up. "Does your gimmick affect a crowd in a straight line, you know, like a gun?"
"It should."
"Let's lead them between those two buildings."
Love Queen and the Masked Avenger duck in between the building and soon the area in between the building is seething with zombie miners.
"Go for it."
"Negative Heart Lock On!" The miners freeze. "Unlock!"
Before the miners can figure out what is going on, the Masked Avenger knocks each one out with lightning fast strikes.
"How violent."
"They'll live. And, the spirits won't be able to use them now."
Love Queen bows. "Thank you."
"Your welcome. Please keep protecting this group." The Masked Avenger runs to catch up to the group with the donkeys, transforming right before he gets there.
The officer smiles. "Are you okay? Your friend said that you might be getting sick."
"I'm fine now, thanks."
"Here they are, properly created."
Hiro sees that the donkeys are in creates now and that two poles go through hooks on the creates allowing them to be carried.
"They're kind of heavy. Will you guys be okay?"
The four each grab one end of the two poles. They lift up the two creates in between them.
This weighs a ton!
"Light effort is."
"Great, I will escort you out the gate."
To Be Continued.
-
fortunatly it seems as though Elizabeths quick thinking, and Kirarin's ability got the out of a spot, bit annoying they have to carry the donkey's though! :doh:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: two more episodes including this one until the "SLD"
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 29 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Reina can tell that Miss Megumi is giving a speech that she has given many times before.
"... so transporting donkeys or cats from here to Tourist City isn't easy. Even with our crew it will be tough to transport just two donkeys."
Reina nods. "But, we've only come for two donkeys, right?"
"Correct. But, once we get inside we will see dozens and dozens of donkeys and cats. And, all of them are fallen idols."
"What? That sucks. Isn't there something that we can do?"
"No. Is this going to bother anyone? If it is, then they should wait outside."
No one says yes.
"Okay, let's do it!"
Yeah, my feet are already killing me. Let's get this over with.
Reina watches Aika use the microphone on the guard by the gate. The enormous guard bows graciously and opens the gate for them.
Seiji nudges Reina. "Don't do anything suspicious. I don't think the evil spirits think of us as threats yet."
Reina nods. "They seem to be peacefully circling over head. Maybe they're asleep?"
"Let's hope so."
Aika uses her microphone on a guard. The guard leads them to a cave entrance. Miss Megumi gestures that Hiro, Aika, Kirarin and Elizabeth should go in.
Reina, Seiji, Miss Megumi and Yurina stand around outside the entrance to the tunnel.
"Miss Megumi, I can't stand this. I know that there's no way to save these donkeys and cats, but I think I need to do something."
Miss Megumi looks at her sternly. "Doing suspicious things could wake up the evil spirits. That could put the whole mission in jeopardy."
Yurina looks down with a dejected look.
"But, I do know how you feel. What do you think you can do?"
"I can use my stealth and try to get some information."
Seiji smiles. "I noticed that one of the building looks like it has an office."
"Which one?"
"The one three stories."
"Miss Megumi, please let me check it out."
"Okay, but be careful."
Miss Megumi nods.
Yurina vanishes.
"Seiji, Reina. Every time I come here with a crew I give the same speech, and every time it gets ignored. Are you two up for trouble?"
"Trouble is Love Queen's middle name."
"I have handled trouble before."
"Good. Even with Yurina's stealth, I don't think that the spirits will ignore her forever. Things could get messy."
Reina.
What is it Accent?
That's Access. Access Time to be precise. Look, I need to warn you of something.
What's that?
You'll still be able to use your powers in this place, and you'll still be able to unlock the hearts of people who are possessed. But, ...
But, what?
With all these spirits roaming around, they can repossess the people you heal at a rapid rate.
So my powers aren't any good?
Well, you might reconsider your middle name. It's very dangerous in here. You must look at things in a realistic way.
This sucks.
Reina, I believe in you. I know that you can protect your party.
I can?
But, be on your guard, things could get bad at any time.
Okay.
Yurina returns. "Success. There is an office there, and I think I saw a book on a desk that looked like it had records in it. It might have the names of the donkeys and cats. Crap, if only I had my long range camera. I could record all the names."
"Yurina, I can help. On previous missions I found out that besides being able to see for long distances, I can also remember what I see. If you can get me in there, I can memorize all the names and then write them down before we get back to Tokyo."
"Seiji, I do not approve of this plan. Actions like that, breaking and entering plus espionage, will certainly wake up the evil spirits."
Seiji stares at Miss Megumi. "I know. But, having to fight this place over and over isn't much fun. This way, we can organize the rest of the agencies to send parties to rescue their fallen idols."
"Seiji-kun, you might be older than me right now, but I think that you're still acting young, like you're not thinking things through. Will those other agencies want to rescue girls and boys who were probably nothing but trouble for them while they were in Tokyo?"
"I don't know. But, we wanted to. I prefer to think there are other agencies that will want to as well."
"Very well. This isn't a good plan, but it cannot be helped. Is everyone ready for trouble?"
Reina nods.
"Okay, let's stick together and act naturally."
The four of them walk over to the three story building. Only a few miners are walking about and none approach them after Miss Megumi gives them the look.
They walk in the building. No one seems to be around.
"The book is in the back. I only saw one man in the room."
They quietly make there way to the back.
Yurina opens the door. "Excuse us."
A small man with glasses looks up from his desk. "What is this? Do you people have an appointment?"
Yurina disappears. She reappears behind the man holding a chair. She breaks the chair over the man's head. The man slumps over. Yurina grabs some rope that is being used to tie some books together and unties the knots. She uses to rope to tie the man up.
Renai's eyes grow wide. "Sugoi! That was fast."
"Guess I'm just talented like that." Yurina makes a peace sign.
Seiji rushes over to the desk. "Found it!" Seiji looks through the pages. "Yes, Masaki and Satoshi's names are in here."
Miss Megumi motions for Reina to look out of a window straight up at the sky.
Holy crap!! "Um, Seiji, I would hurry up, because the evil spirits look like they just woke up."
To be continued.
-
hmm, seems as though Reina's middle name in this is about to be closer to the truth then perhpas she first realized!!!!
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: the "SLD" occurs next episode.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 30 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
"Um, Seiji, I would hurry up, because the evil spirits look like they just woke up."
"Roger!" Seiji looks over page after page in the book. Finally he closes it. "Okay, let's get the heck out of here."
Reina opens the door to the office. There is still no one roaming around. "Let's go."
They get halfway down the hall before the front door violently swings open. A man who looks like one of the miners starts creeping forward with his arms up, looking like someone from a zombie movie.
"Okay, troops this is bad. When the evil spirits go on the rampage, several spirits will affect one person at a time. Since they are getting way too many commands at the same time they start acting like zombies."
Seiji nods to Miss Megumi. "Are they clumsy like zombies as well?"
"Yes." Miss Megumi points to several more zombies who are shambling through the door. "But, this sort of evil spirit attack usually uses a lot of zombies."
Yurina rushes to the front zombie and trips him. The other zombies trip over the fallen zombie. However, even more start crowding through the door.
"Troops, up the stairs. It will take them time to work their way up."
On the second floor Seiji points to a book case. "Hey, lets block the stairs with this."
"Wait, wait. When I was looking out the window I also saw a ladder that runs up the side of the building. If we lure as many zombies into the building as we can and then climb down, that could give us a head start."
Miss Megumi smiles. "Good idea. Let's get to the third floor."
From the third floor Reina can see a terrifying sight of zombies slowly working their way up the stairs. "The ladder was close to the window of the first floor office. It should also be close to a window in that back room there."
They run to the back room which is apparently a storage room. As predicted, there is a window and a ladder next to the window.
Seiji climbs out the window onto the ladder. "Hey, nothing to it. It's easy!"
Miss Megumi pats Reina on the head. "Okay, Reina-kun, you're next."
Reina looks out the window and looks down. "Scary!!"
Miss Megumi slaps Reina on the forehead. "Don't look down, nitwit! Now go."
Crap, crap, crap!
You can do this Reina, your friends are depending on you.
How is Love Queen with heights?
I don't know. Why don't you find out?
Good idea.
Reina transforms into Love Queen. She effortlessly climbs out of the window and starts climbing down, followed my Miss Megumi and Yurina.
They walk in between the buildings to the main road in front of the row of buildings. When they get there, they are met by another army of zombies. When they look back, zombies have already cut off their path.
This looks bad.
Yes, it does. This might get a little messy now.
The troops slid their way in front of a building. Zombies surround them on all sides.
Suddenly a path opens in the sea of bodies and the Masked Avenger appears.
Oh my god, it's Hiro. Well, it nice to know that there's only one guy who's this annoying as opposed to two.
He's here to help. Be nice.
Okay.
"Welcome to the party."
"Love Queen, why aren't you using your powers on these people?"
"They would just get repossessed."
"I see. I have a plan. Follow me."
The Masked Avenger, using fists of fury, opens a path to the next alley in between the buildings. They rush down the alley.
"Now, when they follow us you'll be able to use your powers on a significant number of them. Then, leave the rest to me."
"Right."
Soon the alley is seething with zombies.
"Now."
"Negative Heart Lock on!" The zombies stop writhing. "Unlock!"
With amazing speed, the Masked Avenger knocks out the bewildered miners in the alley.
"That was disgusting."
The Masked Avenger tips over a couple of zombies who had made it to the rear of the alley. "Can you folks run?"
Miss Megumi nods. "We should be okay."
"Then run for the exit. We'll create a distraction."
The other members of the party run off.
"Distraction?"
"Yes, we'll knock them down so they won't be able to follow the others."
"Well, I guess knocking them down is okay."
Moving at blinding speed, Love Queen and the Masked Avenger strategically knock down zombies so that those following the others would trip over them.
"There. Our work is done. Love Queen, thank you for protecting this rescue party. We might not agree on methods, but both of us sincerely want the same thing. Please continue helping this party."
What? That almost sounded heartfelt. Love Queen blushes. "Thanks, I guess in this world one doesn't always have a say in choosing the method that works."
"Until next time." The Masked Avenger disappears.
Reina looks back over the sea of writhing bodies. So violent. Wait a second, what the heck did I see back there?
Love Queen races back to the alley with all the unconscious miners. I knew I saw something strange. One of the miners has a scar on his forehead in the shape of the third eye. This is the guy those farmers were talking about. I have got to find Aika.
Love Queen races over to the mine, then over to where the other half of the crew was carrying two creates on two long poles. "Guys, guys, I need Aika and the microphone right away."
The crew puts the poles down.
"You want Hiro. I'm apparently out of power."
Hiro holds up the microphone.
The Guard smiles. "I can carry the pole for a while."
Love Queen grabs Hiro and carries him at high speed to the alley in between the buildings.
"What the heck did you guys do?"
"You ..., I mean, the party did what they felt was right. Anyway, doesn't this guy's scar mean something to you?"
Hiro looks at the guy and smiles. "It sure does, help me revive him." Hiro slaps the guy and helps him to his feet.
"What happened?"
Hiro uses the microphone. "Don't worry about that. There are a bunch of guys who are looking for you in Commerce City by the Three Pig Salon. They desperately want to tell you what a great guy you are. You will go there now and make them happy. Right?"
Third Eye's eyes glaze over. "I understand." Third Eye walks off.
Hiro smirks. "You do realize that the farmers are going to make this guy wish he was dead?"
Love Queen nods. "It's regrettable. But, now he won't be able to force innocent men to do bad things any more."
To be continued.
-
Man, now they've had to escape from zombies!!!! surely not much more can happen to them...... right? :panic:
-
Man, now they've had to escape from zombies!!!! surely not much more can happen to them...... right? :panic:
Well, judging from the count down, the SLD is next episode.
To set the stage, when the SLD occurs one (and only one) of the characters will change personality retroactively. It will be like a "Story Line Discontinuity" has occurred. Only one character will notice that something is wrong. Almost all of the previous events in the story will have still happened, but their meaning will be slightly altered.
While it will look like the story has been broken somehow, there will be a storyline reason for what happened, but we will not find out what really happened until next season.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Yamoto Nadeshiko means "perfect Japanese girl" and is associated with tradition dress, perfect manners, and old fashioned Japanese crafts.
Author's note: When the "Story Line Discontinuity" occurs the personality of one (and only one) of the characters will be retroactively altered. All of the characters (except for one) will have no memory of her old personality.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 31 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"I see you got your donkeys."
Aika smiles. "Why yes, kind sir."
"I hope you guys are pretty strong. That's a lot to carry over long distances. I would offer to help but I have my duties here."
Aika points in the distance. "Oh, we'll be okay. Our ride is coming now."
The hulking Forbidden City guard nods. "Well, good luck then. Come again soon."
"We'll see."
Aika motions for Elizabeth, Hiro and Kirarin to move the crates away from the gate and out to the road to where Miss Megumi, Reina, Seiji and Yurina are waiting.
Hiro frowns. "You guys could be helping us."
Seiji gives Hiro a shove. "Give us a break, we were just running from a zombie apocalypse."
"Yeah, I saw."
Third Eye walks out of the gate. He walks past them and turns toward Commerce City.
"Love Queen made me command that guy to go meet the farmers in Commerce City."
"Well, sometimes justice has it's cruel side. I'm sure that it must have hurt Love Queen inside to do that."
"I had no problem doing it."
"Not saying that you should, big brother."
The cab pulls up. "Whoa!"
Reina claps. "Yeah! Now we can leave this crappy place."
Aika greets the driver. "Thanks for coming. We have two crates."
The driver looks sternly at Aika. "Look, little lady. This is the first I have heard of crates. I would have to tie them to the roof, and they could cause the carriage to tip over. I will require more money before we can proceed."
Aika snatches the Golden Microphone out of Hiro's back pocket. "How about this? You can probably sell this in Commerce City to the music store."
The driver looks at the microphone. "Well, honored lady, I guess it will be no trouble at all. But, only four people will fit in the cab. I can't haul eight people."
"I understand."
Hiro whispers to Aika. "What did you do that for? We might have been able to use it later on."
"Unlikely. Also, both of us have used it twice. We probably won't have a chance to recharge our powers before we get back to Tokyo."
"Well, okay. I hope you know what you are doing."
The driver goes to the back of his cab to fetch some rope. He climbs up to the roof of the cab. "Okay, hand the crates up here."
Hiro and Seiji pull the poles from the crates and lift one of the crates over their heads.
Ouch! These donkeys are heavy!
The driver snatches the create as if it was a feather and ties it to the roof.
Dang, maybe me and Seiji are sissies compared to the typical guy in this world?
"Okay, let me have the second one."
Seiji and Hiro lift the second crate, and then the poles.
"Okay all secure."
Seiji turns to Elizabeth. "Don't you have something to tell us?"
Elizabeth starts crying. "Know how you did?"
Whoa, this is creepy. Is Elizabeth a spy or something?
"I knew as soon as you came back from the live that you had decided to stay in Lost World. It was written all over your face."
Elizabeth nods.
"Don't worry, some day I will come back to show you my true star power."
"Also best I will try. As well, to show a true star you." Elizabeth hugs Seiji.
The rest of the crew wishes Elizabeth good luck.
Elizabeth walks off.
Hiro smiles. "That is one formidable girl."
Seiji nods. "I hope we don't have to run any more missions, but if we do, I know we can count on her to be our friend."
Miss Megumi calls for attention. "Okay, here is the plan. Hiro, Yurina and Reina will run ahead of the carriage and scout for trouble. Seiji, Aika, myself and Kirarin will ride."
"Hai!"
Wait, this doesn't make much sense. I know that the Masked Avenger could handle that job, but neither myself or Reina can do this.
Miss Megumi looks at Aika and Kirarin sternly. "And, for you two, Seiji needs to concentrate to write down all the names he saw on the ledger. Can I trust you two not to fight?"
Aika and Kirarin nod.
"Then let's go."
Miss Megumi, Aika, Kirarin and Seiji board the cab. The cab door shuts and latches.
STORY LINE DISCONTINUITY
Hiro looks at Yurina. "Hey, how is this going to work?"
Yurina gives Hiro a strange look, and then smiles. "Oh, I'm sorry. We haven't clued you in. While you were knocked out, Momoko spilled the beans about your identity. Everyone knows that you are the Masked Avenger. We didn't want to say this before because you might have had your powers weakened."
"Oh, I see. So, I can transform and run ahead of the cab, while you can carry Reina-sama."
Reina-sama giggles in her usual refined way. "Hiro-kun, how many times do I have to tell you that you don't need to be so formal here. Reina-kun is fine. We are classmates, right?"
"I'm sorry, but it's a tough habit to break. After all, everyone in school calls you Reina-sama."
"I wish they wouldn't actually. I'm no more special than they are."
"Nobody else thinks that."
"However, Yurina-kun will not have to carry me at all."
"Reina-sama, even though you have carried your burdens without complaining, we all could tell that your feet are hurting. And, it's not like you can outrun a carriage even without sore feet."
"I cannot, that is true. However, my alter ego can."
"Alter Ego?"
Reina-sama transforms.
Time stops.
A decision card appears in front of Hiro:
A) What the heck?
B) Don't look at us!
C) This does not compute.
Time restarts.
Hiro's jaw drops. "Impossible! How can Reina-sama, the Yamoto Nadeshiko idol, also be Gangster Barbie?"
To Be Continued.
-
:lol: seems as though Hiro got a nasty shock when he found out about Reina's alter-ego, hmm think that will take him longer to recover from compared to being knocked out!!! XD
-
:lol: seems as though Hiro got a nasty shock when he found out about Reina's alter-ego, hmm think that will take him longer to recover from compared to being knocked out!!! XD
Hiro is a long time player of dating simulation games so I'm sure that he's had to deal with surprises before.
But, I think a certain someone else is going to have even a nastier shock when she finds out that Reina is Gangster Barbie.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Gangster Barbie's speech patterns are very rough and gangster like, so when she says the word "you" she usually uses "temee", and when she says "I" she usually uses "ore". Both words are very impolite and macho.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 32 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
"Impossible! How can Reina-sama, the Yamoto Nadeshiko idol, also be Gangster Barbie?"
"Hey you, punk. You better not be trying to start trouble with me. I feel like I have a lot of tension and I need to blow off some steam."
Yurina pulls Hiro aside. "This is bad. While you were out Gangster Barbie lost control of herself when Momoko revealed her identity. She would have killed her if Aika had not intervened and calmed her down. I think we're dealing with a powder-keg situation right now."
Hiro nods. "I know. The Masked Avenger has been on the receiving end of her wrath before. But, we do need to protect the carriage, so I don't think we have a choice."
Yurina nods.
Hiro transforms.
Hiro, remember what I said. She's not in her right mind. You mustn't hurt her.
Finn, you've seen what she has done in the past. I'm sorry if your friend Access might get hurt, but I will prevent Barbie from killing people if I have to.
Finn Fish sobs. This is going to be hard to watch.
Hang in there, Finn. All we have to do is get the group back to Tourist City.
I'll try.
"So, you're finally ready, punk? Let's find some bandits to beat up."
The Masked Avenger looks sternly at Gangster Barbie. "Our job is to keep the carriage safe. That is all."
"Whatever. I'm going on ahead. Later, suckers."
Yurina sighs. "Let's hope there aren't any bandits."
--
The Masked Avenger approaches the mountain pass. Well, this is where there was an ambush last time. What are the odds of another group being here?
"Hey look who we have here? Some skinny guy in formal fancy smancy clothes. Let's see if he has some money."
As if on cue.
Yurina catches up to the Masked Avenger, followed by Barbie.
"Gentlemen. As you can see, I am not traveling alone. But, if you are looking for money we don't have that much in between us. Certainly not enough to make you gentlemen happy."
The scarred up leader of the gang laughs. "Then we'll just have to make your two women work off your debt, if you know what I mean." The gang leader leers at Barbie.
The Masked Avenger mutters under his breath. "What do you think, Gangster Barbie? Are they being controlled by evil spirits?"
"Nope, they're just scum."
"Are you sure you're not just saying that because you want to beat them up?"
"Listen, you. I would have all my powers stripped from me if I lied about that."
Hiro, that is true. Access would never forgive her if she did that.
Very well then. Sorry, Finn, this could get a little rough.
Do your best, Hiro. The carriage isn't that far behind. You need to dispose of these bandits quickly.
"I don't think these ladies are going to be working off any debts today."
The rest of the gang jumps into an attack formation, each one holding a wooden sword.
The leader smiles an evil smile. "Is that so? Well, once we beat you guys down, we'll see if that changes."
"Yurina, those guys are armed, you should stay back."
Yurina vanishes.
One of the bandits yells in pain.
Yurina reappears with his wooden sword.
"Or, maybe not."
Gangster Barbie starts hyperventilating. "Let's do them!"
"Okay, but don't get carried away. Yurina, you have the right side, Barbie, you take the left, I'll take the center. Move out!"
The mountain pass is turned into a sea of dangerously swinging wooden swords.
This is tough. Even though none of these guys are fast enough to hit us, we might take damage by accident if they swing long enough. And, even though they're not as tough as the Forbidden City guard, they can still take some punishment. Time for some strategy.
The Masked Avenger stops in between two bandits and pretends to be exhausted. One of the bandits takes a wild swing at the Masked Avenger who ducks at the last second, letting the blow strike the other bandit who screams in pain and drops his weapon.
"Chance."
The Masked Avenger grabs the wooden sword and goes to town on the bandits, aiming for their knees. When struck the bandits fall down in pain and then they are knocked out by a sword blow to the back of the neck.
Okay, those were mine, let's see how Yurina is doing.
The Masked Avenger sees that Yurina has already knocked out two men and is currently fighting three more. Some fast attacks by the Masked Avenger from behind take out the three men before they realize what is happening.
"Oh no, it's happening again!"
The Masked Avenger looks over to Gangster Barbie's side. Barbie has knocked out all but one of her opponents. The last one she has on the ground and she choking him with a wooden sword.
"You had to go and rip my mini-skirt, huh? I don't think you should be allowed to rip any more girls skirts!"
The Masked Avenger rushes over. "Get off of him! He's already out."
Gangster Barbie turns around and punches the Masked Avenger in the stomach.
"Screw you! I'll do what I want!"
The Masked Avenger tips over and passes out.
--
"What happened?"
Miss Megumi helps Hiro to his feet. "Well according to Yurina, your alter ego did his usual excellent job in protecting us."
"What happened to the man that Gangster Barbie was trying to strangle?"
"We got here right in the nick of time. Aika was able to calm Barbie down. Kira-chan healed the bandit who was all but dead. You should have seen it. It was so funny. The guy jumps up ready to do fight some more and the driver knocks him out with one punch."
Hiro looks at the driver. "You did?"
The driver shrugs in a nonchalant way. "I have run into these scum before. It was my pleasure."
"Barbie says that she can keep it together for another hour. We should be back to Tourist City by then."
Hiro changes back into the Masked Avenger. "Well then, let's finish this mission."
Finn, are you okay?
I'll live. But, I am happy that things worked out. Thanks for not hurting Gangster Barbie.
To Be Continued.
-
Poor Hiro!!! Why do I get the feeling that the only danger her poses is from people who are suposed to be on his side at the moment?
-
Poor Hiro!!! Why do I get the feeling that the only danger her poses is from people who are suposed to be on his side at the moment?
That would be very true!
Since the Dragon Age Pure chapters are supposed to be mimicking a "dating sim" there are many "other paths" that Hiro could have explored. Many of the paths would have led to situations that would not belong in this section of the board (if they were appropriate on the site at all). Many of them would have led to a bad end such as becoming a donkey or losing his position with JE. And, many of them would have involved physical abuse from his team mates.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 33 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Love Queen runs to the gate of Forbidden City, transforming right before she gets there. "One to exit, please."
The Guard opens the gate. "My goodness. Did everything go okay? You and your friends seem out of breath."
"Oh that?" Reina nervously giggles. "I guess negotiations got a little heated. But, it worked out."
"That's good. Your friends are waiting by the road."
Reina walks over to Miss Megumi, Seiji and Yurina. "Hey guys. Good news. Hiro and I caught up to a certain someone with a scar on his forehead in the shape of an eye."
Yurina smiles. "Did you kick his ass for putting a spell on the farmers?"
"No, no. I had Hiro use the microphone to convince the guy to go Commerce City and hang out by the Three Pig Salon. Why deny the farmers the fun?"
Seiji gives Reina a hard look. "That must have been painful for Love Queen."
"Yeah, a little. But, it wasn't like we were sending an innocent guy to get his ass kicked."
Seiji smiles. "True. I must say one thing though. I was worried that Hiro might get too distracted by Lost World and lose his focus. But, so far he has been very dependable."
Reina's smile vanishes. "You realize that this is the same guy who thinks he's a big girl magnet in school and calls me ridiculous names. I still find it hard to believe that he's on our side."
Seiji waves his hand in front of his face. "I think you've misunderstood Hiro. I've never seen anyone work as hard as he does in practice. Yes, he can be harsh sometimes in what he says, but he usually has a reason for what he says."
Well, I did blow that test really bad. "Well, maybe I'll give him a second look."
"And, as for him being a womanizer, there are a lot of girls who seem to like him. And, he does try hard to try to become what he thinks his idol image should be."
"It's kind of gross though."
"True."
Reina stares at the gate. Come on guys. I want to go home.
It takes time to move those crates.
Oh, hi, Excess.
Are you doing this to tease me?
Of course. What's up Access?
I just wanted to commend you on the job you've done so far. You have greatly exceeded my expectations.
What? You expected me to fail?
Not really. I was worried that you might become violent. After all, I do know what you looked like before you entered this world. You did look pretty scary.
My looks can be deceiving.
That's good in a way. Girls who selfishly indulge their lust for violence will wind up like any other girl in Lost World who act selfishly.
They wind up like Momoko?
Bingo.
Reina sees the rest of the party emerge from Forbidden City carrying the donkeys who are packed in crates and hanging between two poles.
Yurina pulls Reina aside. "I think it's about to happen."
"You mean with Elizabeth?"
Yurina nods.
"This sucks so bad. She might be a little weird and talk funny, but I could certainly see why Seiji would like her."
They watch the Donkeys get loaded on the carriage.
Yurina starts shaking. "I can't watch."
Seiji goes over to Elizabeth. "Don't you have an announcement to make?"
"Know you how?"
"After all the time we spent together, don't you think that I should be able to read you by now? When you came back from the live, I knew right away."
Elizabeth starts crying. "Go I do want not."
"But, you have to. In my world you would never be able to be a star. You would never be able to fulfill your dream. But, don't worry. Some day, after I become a star, I will come back and show you how brightly I can shine."
"Work hard I will. Lose to you not I will."
"I look forward to it."
Seiji and Elizabeth embrace.
Reina is nearly thrown to the ground. "What?" Reina looks over and sees that Yurina is crying buckets and has grabbed her and is raining down forearms onto her shoulders.
"It's so sad!"
"Hey, you're going to break me in two."
"Oh, sorry."
Elizabeth hugs everyone and then walks off towards Commerce City.
Miss Megumi rallies the troops and sends herself, Seiji, Aika, and Kirarin onto the carriage and orders Reina, Hiro, and Yurina to scout for bandits.
Well, this should be easy work for Love Queen and The Masked Avenger.
Yes, I think you have Hiro trained now.
Thanks.
The carriage door shuts and latches (shown in three angles with exaggerated echoed sound).
Story Line Discontinuity
So, is your alter ego going to behave this time, Reina-sama?
Access-sama, you know that I want that to happen with all my heart, but you have seen what happens when I transform. I am very afraid.
How can someone who looked as gentle as you did in Tokyo transform into such a maniac?
I think the intrinsic violence of the job must have corrupted my alter ego. This is a horrible situation.
Well, at least try to make an effort to control your alter ego?
I don't know, it's like I have no control over her.
Reina-sama sees Yurina clue Hiro in on the fact that they knew he was the Masked Avenger.
Reina-sama, whether you want to or not, it is important that you transform and protect that carriage.
And, protecting the carriage will probably require me to use violence. What am I to do?
I don't know. Especially after this morning when you nearly killed that girl.
She's one of my best friends as well! But, I guess I must complete the mission?
True.
Hiro looks at Reina-sama. "So, will Yurina be carrying you, Reina-sama?"
Reina forces herself to giggle. "Reina-kun is fine, Hiro-kun."
"But, everyone calls you Reina-sama."
"I just seems weird out here. But, to answer your question, I don't need Yurina-kun's help."
"But, I can tell your feet are hurting. And, it's not like you're a track star like Yurina. How will you keep up?"
Reina-sama winks. "I don't have to. I'll let someone else do the running."
Reina-sama transforms. Her plain clothes and pigtailed hair transform into a threatening looking delinquent outfit and a messy mop.
"Impossible. How can Reina-sama, the Yamoto Nadeshiko idol, also be Gangster Barbie?"
To be continued.
-
Ahh, Eri left!!! :cry: so sad, but still it is what she wanted to do, hmm, I wonder if our Gangster Barbie will be able to control herself,,,,,,
-
Ahh, Eri left!!! :cry: so sad, but still it is what she wanted to do, hmm, I wonder if our Gangster Barbie will be able to control herself,,,,,,
She had better, or else their will be some surprising consequences!
But, not as surprised as someone else will be at the fact that Love Queen is now Gangster Barbie...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 34 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
The carriage rolls along the road pulled by the driver's two horses. Inside Aika can hear the donkeys complaining above her head.
Seiji is in deep concentration, writing in the tiny notebook that came with his back pack.
"So, Aika? Have you made up your mind?"
Aika smiles at Miss Megumi. "I'll have to think about it some more."
"I'll bet she doesn't go."
Aika gives Kirarin a funny look. "Oh, what are you basing this on?"
"If you went back to Harmony Project you wouldn't be able to be around Hiro."
"Baka. We all share a homeroom class. Why would that make a difference? I would see him everyday."
"Aika?"
"Yes, Miss Megumi?"
"Your fighting with Kira-chan over Hiro is kind of cute, but when you get back to Tokyo, you'll go back to being a boy."
Aika blushes.
"You too, Kira-kun."
Kirarin nods. "Yeah. Besides, even if Aika went back to being Aika full time, there's no way that Hiro would even look at her in home room. And, even if I was a girl, Hiro wouldn't look at me either."
What? Hiro-kun was an Aika wota. And, he chases every skirt in school. Aika gives Kirarin a weird look. "And, why would that be?"
"Aren't you the most oblivious person in the world? It's obvious who Hiro likes. The same person that everyone in the school seems to like. Reina-sama."
Reina-sama? Reina-sama?? Who the heck ever calls her that? Is this some kind of practical joke? Oh well, I had better play along so that I don't look stupid. "Well, I guess you have a point there."
"Yeah. It was very remarkable. Even with your breasts hanging out, Hiro only seemed to notice Reina-sama."
That's not how I remember things!
"I feel sorry for Hiro though. He's going to be crushed to find out that Reina-sama is also Gangster Barbie."
What? Something is very seriously wrong here. If this is a joke then they are doing a really good job with it. I had better keep playing along. "Well, who wouldn't be shocked?"
Miss Megumi nods. "Yes, that was a really shocking moment this morning when we found out. By the way, thank god you were able to calm Gangster Barbie down, Aika. She was killing Momoko for spilling her secret."
She was killing Momoko? I calmed her down? "Wow, that scene was so chaotic, I almost don't remember it now."
"Yes, this day has seemed like a blur, hasn't it? Well, mentioning that she was your 'big sister' was a tremendous idea. It seemed to connect her back to her real self."
Big sister?
Seiji looks up. "I think that Hiro will be able to deal with the identity thing. But, I am worried at what will happen if there are bandits out there."
"Are we in danger?"
Seiji laughs. "Of course not. But, the bandits might be in danger. Gangster Barbie was always really rough, but she has gone downhill as the mission progressed. I hope she doesn't kill someone while she's here. That would really make Reina-sama very sad."
Miss Megumi nods. "We need to support her. She's still Reina-sama, after all."
Wow, they are really running with this joke. I had better change the subject before my mind totally boggles. "So, Seiji, how is the name copying going?"
"Every well. I should be able to finish by the time we get to Tourist City."
"Good." Aika tries to relax. They'll probably admit it was a joke if I wait long enough.
Aika can tell the carriage is going up hill. Wow, this area looks close to where we were ambushed before.
The carriage stops. "Hey guys, you better stay in the carriage. There seems to be a fight going on."
Miss Megumi kicks the carriage door open and grabs Aika and Kirarin. "Let's go!"
Aika runs ahead of the carriage. She sees a terrifying sight. Reina, or some demon who sort of looks like Reina, is straddling a large burly man and is choking the man with a wooden sword.
"Aika, hurry up! Gangster Barbie will kill that man. She's gone berserk!"
Big sister, huh? Oh well, I had better play along, or that guy is going to be toast. "Big sister, what are you doing? Let that man go."
"Little sister?" Gangster Barbie looks confused, then jumps up in horror. She transforms back into Reina-sama. "What have I done?" Reina-sama starts crying and covers her face.
Kirarin swoops in and heals the man, who had already turned blue. Kirarin faints.
The man jumps up. "You think that will stop me? I'll kill all of you wimpy ..."
The carriage driver sneaks up behind the bandit and then jumps along side of him and fires a looping right hook directly at the bandit's chin. On flush impact, the driver expertly transfers his weight from his front foot to his back foot to increase the force.
The bandit falls backwards, unconscious.
Aika smiles. "Nice punch."
"I have had to deal with these scum before."
Oops, Reina, I mean Reina-sama is still crying. I better help her. "Are you going to be okay, big sister?"
"Little sister, your big sister has done some bad things. I am so ashamed." Reina-sama pulls her hands down.
Aika involuntarily giggles.
"What's wrong? Do I have a weird looking bruise?"
"Nothing like that. But, you do have whiskers now."
Reina-sama feels her face in horror. "Oh, no! This is so embarrassing."
"But they're cute."
"No, they're not! They're symbols of being a bad girl."
This is bad, I better say something deep. "Hey, we didn't create this world. This world is a very bad place where acting like a good girl doesn't always help your group. I'm sure you tried your best."
"Little sister, you always know how to say the right thing to cheer me up."
"Oh, looks like Hiro is getting up now."
Hiro staggers to his feet. "Aika, were you guys able to save that bandit?"
"Looks like Kirarin got there in the nick of time. Then the driver laid him out with one punch."
"Good. Everyone is safe and we avoided killing anyone. Aika, when Kirarin wakes up, please thank her for her hard work. Both her and you have been very dependable on this trip."
Reina-sama cringes.
"Reina-sama, I know that you are also working hard. Do you think you will be able to control that beast until we get back to Tourist City?"
"I'll try my best!"
Hiro transforms. "Great, let's hope that the final leg of our journey is a quiet one."
Wow, they are pushing this joke farther than I have ever seen a practical joke be taken before!
To be continued.
-
^
Surprising consequences? Hmm looking at this chapter I feel we may be getting a perhpas more feline gangster barbie!!!! :panic:
You know I not quite sure who's gonna be the one person who ends up more shcoked than anyone else at the moment, most likley myself I should think! :doh:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 35 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
The Masked Avenger arrives at the Tea House, followed closely by Gangster Barbie.
"What a buzz kill. No one to beat up the entire rest of the way."
"Listen hear, Miss Barbie. Before you disappear back to whatever rock you climbed out from under, you're going to have to listen to what I say."
"I couldn't care less, but I'm bored so go ahead, punk."
"Your temper and lack of control might have killed two people. Your actions are making your alter ego, Reina-sama, cry. Why are you acting so thoughtlessly?"
"Do you want me to punch you out, dog? I don't have to answer to you."
Time stops:
A decision card appears.
1) Give up on Gangster Barbie and wait for Aika to turn her back into Reina-sama.
2) Keep trying to reason with her.
3) Offer to let her punch you in the stomach if she will answer.
There's no need to even do a game save at this point. I've played these sorts of games before. The answer is obvious.
Time resumes:
"Tell you what Miss Barbie. I'll give you a free shot to my stomach, but then you have to answer my question."
"I'll punch you out and not answer, how do like them apples?"
"Nope. You know you can't hit me if I know you're coming. It's one free shot for an answer. Take it or leave it."
Gangster Barbie throws a punch at the Masked Avenger, then a second and a third. The Masked Avenger dodges them with ease.
Gangster Barbie starts shaking. "Arrrggh! Okay."
The Masked Avenger offers her his stomach.
Barbie punches the Masked Avenger in the stomach. "Okay, I'll tell you. I am the part of Reina-sama that she suppresses. It's not easy to be nice all the time. People walk all over you and never listen to what you have to say. Reina-sama is just like everyone else. She gets pissed when things don't go her way. But, she can't show it. Happy, now?"
The Masked Avenger changes back into Hiro and smiles. "I understand now, Reina-kun. Our group will be back in a minute. Why don't you change back?"
Gangster Barbie smiles and changes back into Reina-sama. "Hiro-kun, is everything okay?"
"Yes, no incidents."
"But, my knuckles are red, like they just hit something."
"Sorry, I was tying my shoes and you came around the corner and tripped over me."
"What a relief."
Yurina suddenly appears beside Hiro. "I know you did that for the wrong reasons, but, bravo nevertheless."
"Gee, thanks." Hiro rubs his sore stomach.
"Whoa!"
Hiro sees the carriage turn down the alley.
Aika pops out of the carriage. "We'll probably need help getting these crates down the steps."
"No problem at all." The driver, with Hiro's and Seiji's help, get the donkeys down from the top of the carriage.
"I'll do this." The driver puts one of the crates on his shoulder and walks it down the steps to the portal room, then climbs up and takes the second one down.
Aika calls a quick huddle. Then turns to the driver. "Thank you, kind sir. We only have around fifteen coins left, but you can have it as a tip."
The driver laughs. "Tip? I've already have gotten my tip, when I turned the lights out on that scum bandit. But, if you guys want a tip, try the new tea that they've gotten in. Everyone is raving about it."
Miss Megumi smiles. "The donkeys will be safe downstairs. The portal guardians won't let anyone walk off with them."
The driver drives off.
Hiro nudges Seiji. "Is it really okay for us to go in? All of us are dirty and disgusting and many of us have been in major fights."
Seiji chuckles. "Only one way to find out, right?"
They go into the tea house. It is dirty and smelly, filled with rough looking folk.
"See? I don't think we stand out at all, big brother."
Hiro nods. "Yeah, everyone is a dirty and disgusting as we are."
They get served the new tea. Everyone looks at Reina-sama to find out the correct way to drink the tea.
Whoa, I'll bet this sort of attention is the sort of thing that Reina-kun hates. Hiro starts ignoring Reina-sama and drinks the tea any way that he wants.
Miss Megumi calls for attention. "Okay, this is another speech that I have given before, but it is worth repeating."
Wow, this tea is good.
"We're going back to Tokyo now. I know that there will be a temptation to tell other people about the adventures that we've had. If anyone gives into this temptation," Miss Megumi slams her hand down on the table in a menacing gesture, "there will be consequences."
Dang. Josephine is strict, but Miss Megumi is a truly a devil teacher.
"The existence of Lost World is a very closely guarded secret. Many of the world's intelligence agencies want to keep it that way. I can usually save people if they get kidnapped to Lost World. But, if they get snatched by foreign intelligence agents? Not a chance. Understand?"
Everyone nods.
"In addition, I know that a lot of you have acted in ways that you normally would not do in Tokyo. Lost World plays many tricks on people's minds. Let's agree that what went on in Lost World stays here, and we will not tease each other on our Lost World behavior or appearance."
Everyone nods.
"Let's go."
Hiro finishes his tea. Aika pays for the group and they go down stairs.
Miss Megumi directs traffic. "Okay. Kira-chan, you've mentioned to me that you can control these two boys?"
Kira-chan nods.
"Okay, you and Aika go first. Then I'll send a donkey."
"Hai!" Kirarin, then Aika go through the curtain.
Miss Megumi unlatches a crate. She takes a riding crop from the wall of the basement and starts beating the donkey. "Move it!"
Reluctantly, the donkey walks through the curtain.
"Hiro, Seiji, you two next."
Hiro goes through the curtain.
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's Note: Aho is another word for idiot, like baka.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 36 ("serialized in Dragon Age Pure")
Hiro goes through the curtain and sees that Kiraki and Towa have wrestled Masaki to the ground and are painfully rubbing his face into the floor.
Towa grins. "He tried to run."
Hiro slaps the Masaki on top of his head. "Baka! We just did a dangerous mission to get you back. We're not letting you go until we deliver you."
Seiji comes through, then Satoshi.
Satoshi looks to run, but Seiji and Hiro immediately cut him off.
Hiro smiles. "Hey, you can wind up like your friend, or you can come quietly with us."
Kiraki leers at Satoshi. "Yeah, I haven't kicked enough people in the face yet today. Go ahead, try to run."
Satoshi drops to his knees, defeated.
Miss Megumi is next. She pulls out her cell phone and makes a call and puts it on speaker phone.
"Moshi, moshi." A loud yawn is heard.
"Sayumi-kun. How did it go?"
"Great." Another yawn. "I was just trying to catch up on sleep. But, the package was delivered in high style. I don't think he'll ever see daylight again."
"Excellent. Well, go back to sleep. You've earned some rest."
"Thanks, Miss Megumi."
Reina-sama comes through the curtain. Her and Miss Megumi excuse themselves to hail cabs.
Yurina brings up the rear.
Reina-sama comes back down stairs. "Okay, you boys can go, your cabs are waiting."
Kiraki and Aika lead the two boys up the stairs with Seiji and Hiro following. They pile into two cabs with Aika and Hiro escorting one of the boys and Seiji and Hiro escorting the other.
Hiro pokes Satoshi in the side. "Dude, you're really lucky that Kira-chan was a healer. You two were this close to getting killed."
"Listen, man, you don't know what it was like! That guard was a sadist! Always whipping us with a crop. I was pissed that he didn't die."
Seiji chuckles. "I don't suppose that the fact that you two were probably just lazy as donkeys as you were lazy as humans had anything to do with getting whipped?
"Hey, man, Masaki and I aren't lazy. We work hard at what we do. It's just that we're not squares like you two. We actually work at stuff that is important."
Hiro rolls his eyes. "So, what important thing were you two working on when you got kidnapped?"
"Listen, man, it was going to be great. Masaki and I were going to do a shoot for a commercial. I hope the producer wasn't pissed when we got sidetracked."
Seiji strokes his chin. "Indulge me a guess. Did this producer have a scar on his face in the shape of the 'mi' katakana?"
"Yeah! He's a really big shot, man. Masaki and I would have been big stars."
A giant sweat drop appears beside Hiro's head. "Wow, you're such and aho that I don't know if I should pop your bubble or not, but that producer guy is in jail now."
"What? No way, man."
"Moron. He was the one who set you up. That's what he does. The only thing that he produces is donkeys out of bad boys. But, if you want to live in your dream world rather than face the truth, go ahead."
They finally arrive at the JE building.
Josephine meets them at the door, grinning ear to ear. "Thank god, you guys made it. Let's get our cargo upstairs."
The four boys wait outside of the office of the company boss. Even without listening through the door they can hear horrified screams.
The door opens and four burly men escort Satoshi and Masaki off.
Josephine comes out of the door, carrying a bag. "Well, that went well."
"Where are they going?"
"Hiro-kun, Lost World is not the worst fate a bad boy can experience. There are experiences far worse that are not even associated with magic."
Hiro gulps.
"They're going to a military academy."
Seiji smiles. "Well, they're out of our hair for a while."
"Now, for your reward." Josephine pulls out of the bag a CD and a notebook with lyrics for each boy. "This one was going to be given to our flagship group, but now it belongs to you guys. If you guys do well with it, this will be your debut single."
The boys high five.
---
The next day Hiro walks through the halls of the school to get lunch. He sees Reina-sama looking at a test with a worried expression.
"Another non-perfect test?"
"Yes. A ninety-five. I don't know why this stuff should be so hard."
Time Stops
1) Tell her that the teacher made a mistake.
2) Lie and say that you only got a 92.
3) Flirt with her.
Time Resumes
"You still did better than me. But, we both got A's so what's the difference?"
"I do want to understand this subject."
"Well, you don't need to understand everything perfectly. There's only twenty-four hours in a day, right?"
Reina-sama smiles and starts whispering to Hiro. "Hiro-kun, by any chance did Gangster Barbie give you hints on how to talk to me?"
Busted! Oh well, might as well come clean. "Yes, and I have stomach bruises to prove it."
Reina-sama laughs. "Hiro-kun. This is too funny. But, just remember one thing. There's nothing really special about me. I'll bet that all of your admirers have secrets sides to them as well."
Good point! "Thanks, Reina-kun."
Reina-sama winks. "No problem, Hiro-kun."
And, there you have it. I wound up striking out with Reina-sama, Aika, Kira-chan, Elizabeth, Yurina, Sayumi, and Miss Megumi. And, I certainly didn't find the harem ending. But, somehow, I feel I did the right thing. And, the song I got from Josephine kicks ass. So, I think I did okay.
Good Ending Number 9: Friendship.
The End of the Dragon Age Pure installments of An Annoying Paradise - Lost.
-
So they all made it back in the end and Hiro didn't get the girl. or boy-girl, or is it girl-biy? whatever feels as though everything ended the way it should for this arc!
-
So they all made it back in the end and Hiro didn't get the girl. or boy-girl, or is it girl-biy? whatever feels as though everything ended the way it should for this arc!
Or cat-girl or turtle-girl either...
However, since this arc was supposed to be borrowing themes and gimmicks from dating-sims, good endings 1-8 would not have been appropriate to post on this board!
But, which song did they get? Have Hiro and Kiraki really recovered from the shock of finding out Aika's secret? Will the rest of the donkeys and cats be saved from Forbidden City? Will Towa/Aika go back to H!P? And, is this Reina-sama thing an elaborate practical joke or is it the iceberg tip of something much bigger? The answers are coming soon ...
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 37 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
The carriage rolls bumpily along.
Kirarin wakes up with a start. "What happened?"
Miss Megumi smiles. "Kira-chan, welcome back. You did another healing several miles back, for which we are all grateful for."
"I did?"
Aika nods. "Oh yeah. Hiro wanted me to tell you that he was very proud of how dependable you've been on this mission."
Kirarin blushes. "Hiro-sama said that? Hiro-sama really said that?" Kirarin starts thrashing back and forth.
Aika shoves Kirarin. "Hey, cut it out, you'll tip over the carriage."
Kirarin stops thrashing. Horns appear on her head. "You're just jealous that Hiro-sama notices me."
"Now wait just a second. He also said that I was very dependable as well."
"For what? Fan service? Where were his eyes looking when he told you this?"
"I wasn't the one who ripped this shirt!"
"Besides, it won't matter, I'm sure that Hiro-sama prefers elegant girls rather than gravure idols."
"Oh, since when are you supposed to be elegant?"
Seiji and Miss Megumi nod to each other and simultaneously slap Aika and Kirarin on the head.
Miss Megumi gives them the look. "Will you two shut up?"
"You two realize that in an hour or so you're going to be pretty embarrassed over this argument?"
Aika and Kirarin look down. "Sorry."
--
The carriage turns down the alley.
Okay. Finally, this mission is over and we can go back to normal. Reina-sama smiles. "Welcome back!"
While Aika, Seiji and Hiro help the driver, Miss Megumi and Kirarin join Yurina and Reina-sama.
Miss Megumi checks Reina-sama out. "So, no more incidents?"
Reina-sama wiggles her butt in a shockingly rude gesture. "No. As you can see, I didn't grow a tail."
"I guess not."
Kirarin throws up her nose. "Maybe you should have grown one. There's not much else going on back there."
Not this again. She becomes more of a bully every time she heals someone. Well, the best way to deal with a bully is to confuse them by agreeing with them. "You know, Kira-chan, I am envious of your figure."
"Really? Thanks. After hanging out with Aika, I was getting a complex."
"I don't know why. You look very elegant."
Kirarin starts crying. "Thank you. That means a lot."
--
Aika comes back to the rest of the group. "The driver suggests that we blow the last of our money on this new tea that the tea house has gotten in."
Reina-sama scratches her head. "Will those donkeys be safe?"
Miss Megumi points to the door. "They'll be fine, the portal guardians won't let anyone take them."
Aika leads the way and instructs the waitress that they need a booth that will fit seven people. The waitress leads them to a small room, open to the hall with a low table. They sprawl around the table.
Reina-sama smiles. "So cool, this looks like an authentic historical reproduction from the Meiji period."
Aika smiles. "Or, maybe like that shop in Rurouni Kenshin?"
Reina-sama laughs. "My goodness, I'm still having a little problem seeing you as a guy. But, I suppose that it's fine for guys to like violent shows."
Yurina mopes. "Hey, I like that show."
"I suppose girls can like it as well."
The waitress brings them cups, a container of hot water, a cloth, a ladle, a whisk, a bamboo tea scoop, and a container of green tea.
Seiji nudges Aika. "This is cool. The Yamoto Nadeshiko idol will do a tea ceremony for us."
The Yamoto Nadeshiko idol? A tea ceremony? Wow, this joke must have been really well planned.
While Reina starts wiping the first bowl with the cloth, Miss Megumi gives a lecture on how they need to not tell anyone about Lost World or tease anyone for their behavior here.
Gee thanks, Miss Megumi. These ceremonies are supposed to be quiet and relaxing.
Reina finishes the first cup and hands it after an appropriate number of rotations to Kirarin.
Kirarin looks at the bowl, and then goes back to making dreamy eyes as Hiro.
I think I am going to barf. Can Kirarin be any less obvious than she is now? And, she thinks that she's elegant? What a joke.
Reina-sama finishes the second cup and hands it to Hiro. Reina-sama has a worried look on her face.
"Reina-sama, won't the tea get cold if we don't drink it promptly?"
"Yes, it will."
Kirarin fidgets. "I was waiting for Reina-sama to have some so that I could see how to do it properly."
Slurp! Hiro makes a huge show of poor manners. "Reina-sama, this is very good."
"Thanks. Everyone should just drink it anyway they want."
Aika is the last to get served.
"Little sister, aren't you going to drink?"
"I thought I would wait for you."
"Thanks, I won't feel so self-conscious then."
Reina makes a cup for herself. Slurp!
Half the table members face plant.
"I've always wanted to do that." Reina-sama winks. "Hey, what goes on here, stays here, right?"
Miss Megumi groans. "I think this world is corrupting her."
Reina-sama flashes the peace sign.
Aika settles with the waitress and leaves the rest of the money as a tip.
They go downstairs.
"Aika, Kira-chan. You two can handle one of these donkeys right?"
"Who me?"
Hiro smiles. "Kira-chan. I know you'll be able to handle it. Don't worry."
"Hiro-sama."
Kirarin walks through the curtain, followed by Aika.
To be continued.
-
:lol: Oh dear, I wonder how Aiki and Kirarin will react once they go through the portal and back to normal.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Note: Oyabun is Yakuza jargon for boss.
Note: Gokigenyou is a refined greeting.
An Annoying Paradise Lost Part 38 ("serialized in Nakayoshi!")
Kirarin walks through the curtain, followed by Aika.
Towa walks out of the curtain. Whoa, Sumo-boy looks upset.
Kiraki bows low. "Towa-kun, do you hate me?"
"Of course not. Just like Seiji said, we probably both feel embarrassed by what Lost World made us think."
"Thank goodness."
"Just so long as you don't think of me as a rival for Hiro."
"Definitely not!"
"Then everything is cool, Sumo boy. But, remember," Towa winks, "I saw him first."
"Ehhhhh?"
Towa laughs, followed by Kiraki, and they bump knuckles.
Masaki walks through the curtain, then starts sprinting for the stairs. Both Towa and Kiraki tackle Masaki and pin him to the ground.
"Leaving our party so soon? Don't you think that is disrespectful to your hosts?"
Towa smiles. "Nice gangster talk Sumo-boy."
Kiraki tightens up on an arm lock that he has on Masaki. "Thanks. I guess I'm being inspired by Gangster Barbie."
"Well, just remember not to try to kill this guy."
"Is it okay if I kill him just a little?"
Towa looks down on Masaki who is still trying to squirm. "Maybe just a little. The big boss man wants him alive though."
Kiraki chuckles.
Seiji, who is back to looking like a teen instead of looking like a middle aged man, comes through the curtain.
"I see that you two have made up?"
Towa grins and gives Masaki's ankle, which he holds in a painful wrestling move, a tweak. "We're bonding on a common interest."
"I knew our group was going to have good chemistry."
--
Miss Megumi sends Hiro, then the second donkey through. "Okay, Reina-sama, you follow me, then Yurina.
Miss Megumi walks through the curtains.
"Time to lose those whiskers."
Reina-sama cringes. "Don't remind me."
Reina-sama walks though the curtains. She is now dressed in her usual understated fashion.
"Reina-sama, help me get some cabs for the boys."
Reina-sama surveys the scene. Towa and Kiraki holding one of the boys down while Hiro and Seiji are using their auras to intimidate the other. Very unrefined behavior, but I guess I can't be helped. "Coming, Miss Megumi."
They climb the stairs and exit out into the alley. Waiting for them is Momoko.
"Miss Megumi, you go ahead."
"Okay, if you think that's a good idea." Miss Megumi runs off.
"Momoko, I ..."
"Reina-sama, please forgive me!"
"What?"
"I was a lazy bum and wanted to be a star without working hard. By doing so, I put your group in danger."
"Of course I forgive you, I ..."
"I'm so happy!" Momoko runs out of the alley in tears.
"... tried to kill you in Lost World, maybe I should ask you to forgive me?" Reina-sama says this by momentum under her breath.
A tumbleweed rolls by.
Miss Megumi runs back. "Okay, run down and get the boys, I have a couple of cabs waiting."
Reina-sama fetches the boys and then takes a third cab back to Harmony Project headquarters with Miss Megumi and Yurina, and then takes the subway home.
"I'm home!"
"So, if it isn't the little princess coming home from an trip? Where's my trip present?"
Geez Mom, not this again. "But, oyabun, that place was a mound of crap. I would not have defiled my boss' presence with garbage from that locale."
Reina-sama's mother leans closer in a threatening fashion. "Are you trying to mess with me? Who do you think you are?"
"Is dinner ready?"
Reina-sama's mother smiles. "Of course, I made your favorite."
---
Seiji hands the list of names over to Josephine.
"Wow, you guys have some real guts. I would have never approved of that plan."
Seiji nervously laughs. "I'm not anxious to try a similar plan anytime soon. So, will any of those people be saved?"
Josephine nods. "Maybe a third of them. All of the idol agency heads have been briefed on Lost World but few have the will or the means to do anything about it. Ideally, there would have to be idols who still cared about someone on the list for a rescue party to succeed. Lost World itself deals harshly with people who enter for selfish reasons, so it's not like I can organize a mercenary army and storm forbidden city. I would be leading a bunch of donkeys and cats who needed to be saved themselves."
Seiji looks disappointed.
"But, I know of at least three idol agency heads who will be interested in this list, so your effort has not been in vain."
---
Towa returns home. He goes to his room and turns on his computer.
That was a really good practical joke, but obviously, they could not have changed everything on the internet to go along with this Yamoto Nadeshiko nonsense.
Towa does a search on Reina's image. He looks at the first page in disbelief, then the second page, then the third page.
Ten minutes later, after also checking various fan sites, Towa turns off his computer.
Did I come back to the correct planet?
Towa takes out his cell phone and dials both Josephine and Miss Megumi and puts them into a conference call.
"Hey guys, I wanted to tell you that I have made up my mind about my idol career."
---
Reina-sama walks to school from the subway stop.
"Hey, it's that super cool girl, Reina-sama."
It's those boys again. Well, I better ignore them, since they seem to think my aloofness adds to my mystique.
Reina-sama enters the homeroom.
"Gokigenyou, Reina-sama."
"Gokigenyou, Miyabi-kun. How are you today?"
Miyabi gushes her usual nonsense.
Oh well, back to normal.
Class starts.
"Class, Towa-kun has an important announcement."
Towa stands in front of the class and writes the names 'Towa' and 'Aika' on the board.
"Wow, is Aika coming back?"
Towa shakes his head at the Aika fan boy in the front row. "Everyone, I guess I need to beg forgiveness from you all because I have been keeping a secret from you. A couple weeks ago, I was attending this class under a different name. I was Aika."
"EEEEEHHHH???"
"So, are you taking hormones now to become a boy?"
Towa gives the fan boy a withering look. "There's no need for that. I am, and have always been a boy. Aika was a character who I cross-dressed to play."
Another boy in the front row, who looks pretty sad, finally speaks. "I don't care, I still support you Aika."
"Well, that's good. Because my announcement today is that I will be working on alternate days for both the JE and the H!P agencies so Aika will be coming back to the stage. However, I will be attending school here as Towa. I ask all of you to keep this a secret from the rest of the students."
Reina-sama jumps up. "And, I want all of you to consider Towa as my little brother, the same way that you considered Aika my little sister."
The class mummers its approval.
Towa sits down and looks at Reina-sama. I don't know how, but I will solve this mystery, Reina.
The end of the Nakayoshi! chapters and the end of An Annoying Paradise - Lost.
-
Towa gives the fan boy a withering look. "There's no need for that. I am, and have always been a boy. Aika was a character who I cross-dressed to play."
Another boy in the front row, who looks pretty sad, finally speaks. "I don't care, I still support you Aika."
:lol: Well, nice to know there are still fans out there for Aika I suppose!
well everyone got back ok, seems weird for them to be back in thier normal life, well if you count being an idol normal, and dressing us as a girl and just genrally Momoko to........
-
But wait, there's more!
At the end of the season An Annoying Paradise was not renewed by Nagayoshi! or by Dragon Age Pure. But, a new home was found on the Sunday Morning Super Hero block! So, now AAP is a monster of the week TV show.
Monster of the week?? Well, if you remember, last season Reina retroactively changed personalities. At first Aika though this was a joke, but as it turns out it will be only the tip of the iceberg of new troubles. Troubles the will bring her new allies and new foes.
So, coming next Sunday morning: An Annoying Paradise - Den-O!
Trailer:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2xt747nPJU0#ws (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2xt747nPJU0#ws)
To get an understanding of what the next season is a parody/homage of, here is a link to TV_Nihon's fansubs of Kamen Rider Den-O ...
http://www.tvnihon.com/tracker/browse.php?cat=39 (http://www.tvnihon.com/tracker/browse.php?cat=39)
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 1
Aika runs the streets of Shibuya. I can put on my wig without my mother's help. Why does she have to fuss over me? Now I am going to be late for singing practice.
Aika turns a corner and collides with a girl who is a couple of years older than him. They both fall.
Good thing my wig stayed on this time! Aika jumps up and bows contritely. "Excuse me! There was no excuse for that! I'm sorry."
The older girl ignores Aika. She sniffs the air. "One of them is nearby."
The older girl runs off.
Aika notices a black object close to where they fell. He looks at it closely. It looks like a rail pass holder, she must have dropped it. Aika picks up the rail pass holder and puts it in his pocket.
Aika notices a clock in a nearby store. Oh, no! Now I am running further behind! Aika runs off towards the Harmony Project building.
From the shadows in a nearby alley a pair of sinister eyes follow Aika. "Nice style."
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
"Younger Brother. You made it! But, you're all out of breath. You should consider taking a cab."
Aika huffs and puffs, then sneaks a strange look at Reina-sama. Why I am the only one who remembers how she used to dress?
"Are you okay?"
"Yes. Just a little winded."
"But, your hand looks scraped."
Aika blushes. "Well, I bumped into someone and fell."
"Younger brother should be more careful."
"Good evening you two!" The ever cheerful Momoko passes them.
"Gracious good evening Edge Momoko."
Momoko smiles. "I can't say enough how happy I am for you forgiving me, Reina-sama, over that Golden Microphone thing."
"Being an idol is often a business that tempts us to stray from the path we should be walking. But, if we remember the song in our hearts then we won't be lost for long and we will quickly find find our way again."
Momoko brushes back a tear. "Thank you Reina-sama."
--
The girl who bumped into Aika enters the dinning car of a moving train. "Owner, something terrible happened. I was tracking one of them and I dropped my pass."
The owner, an immaculately dressed older girl with a nice figure and vaguely Chinese features, returns a blank stare. She speaks in a mysterious voice. "Sometimes these passes have a mind of their own. However, it would be good if that pass didn't wind up in the wrong hands."
"Thank you, owner."
"I'm sure it will work out, here!" A shorter perky girl with prominent Chinese features offers the girl who ran into Aika some hot chocolate.
--
Aika walks up the stairway steps of the Harmony project building to reach his rehearsal room.
"Is your heart heavy tonight? I know just the thing that can fix it."
Aika stops on one of the stair landings and is confronted by a strange looking lady with short light brunette hair. Or, at least he thinks that it is a lady even though this strange person in dressed in male clothing. "Excuse me, are you even supposed to be in here? I'm going to call security."
"But, don't you want to know your true idol image? The image that the world will remember you for?"
"Miss Megumi never told me about some designer coming in." Aika takes out his cell phone.
"We'll talk again, Aika." The strange woman suddenly disappears.
Aika's jaw drops. Oh my god. I must be losing my mind. I think that somehow it got damaged in Lost World.
Aika runs up the rest of the stairs and goes to the door of his rehearsal room. He hears a train horn nearby. That's weird. The closest surface line is over ten blocks away, and I shouldn't be able to hear a subway four floors up.
Aika walks through the door of the rehearsal room and finds himself in a desert. Train tracks materialize and then a shiny white train stops in front of him.
"Excuse me? Could you give me that rail pass holder back?"
Aika's stares in shock as the older girl that he had ran into earlier appears at one of the doors of the train. Aika pulls out the rail pass holder from his pocket. "This?"
"Yes! Thank goodness."
Aika approaches the train. Steps unfold from the door of the train.
"As long as your here, won't you have some hot chocolate?" A second girl appears in the door.
Aika walks up the stairs to the train. "Okay, I guess."
"My name is Erina. I am very sorry for running into you today." Erina bows to Aika.
Aika bows to Erina. "Aika desu. But, I was the one at fault."
"Well, in any event, you have to give the pass back to the owner so that she can verify that everything is in order."
Erina leads Aika back to the dining car. "Aika, this is the owner of the train, Jun Jun. Everyone here just calls her owner."
Jun Jun takes the pass from Aika and looks at it. "I'm afraid that there's been some sort of misunderstanding. This is your rail pass holder, Aika. It has your name on it."
Aika takes the pass back and looks at it. The name Aika is embossed into the top of the pass. Was that even there before?
The owner takes out another pass from her formal jacket pocket. "I think this pass is yours, Erina."
"But, this is impossible. This would mean that Aika is a singularity point." Erina grabs Aika and shakes him. "Has some strange person approached you and offered to show you your true idol image?"
"Actually, there was one. Just one minute ago some weird person approached me on the stairs. She disappeared into thin air when I tried to call security."
"This is bad. This is really bad. Aika, this is going to sound weird, but Imagins from the future have invaded your time. They show idol singers their true idol image so that they can steal the song of their heart. Using this song they can go back further into time to where and when the idol first heard the song and then they can erase the song. If they succeed, it can change the flow of time."
"Is this so bad?"
"My parents didn't fall in love because the song that brought them together was wiped out. So, my reality vanished and I was recruited by the owner to fight the Imagins."
"I don't understand this at all."
"Here's your hot chocolate!"
Aika looks at the name tag on the dining car attendent's chest. "Thanks, Lin Lin."
Erina sniffs the air. "We have to go back. There is an Imagin inside of The Harmony Project building!"
"I don't understand, but okay."
Aika finishes his hot chocolate and follows Erina off of the train. "Where are we?"
"This train travels the sands of time. That's what we are walking on now."
"Okay." Aika has a look on his face that shows that he understands absolutely nothing about what is going on.
"There's the door."
"How am I going to explain your presence in the Harmony Project building?"
"Don't worry, unless someone is a singularity point or an Imagin, then they won't notice me unless I introduce myself."
Aika and Erina walk through the door back into the Harmony Project building.
Erina sniffs the air. "This way!"
They run down the hall to Risa's rehersal room. The room's door is wide open.
An older girl has Risa pinned against the wall. "I'll make you see your perfect idol image whether you want to see it or not."
"Unhand that girl, lowly Imagin!"
The Imagin lets go of Risa and then rushes out into the hall, nearly knocking over Aika and Erina. "You two think you can challenge me? Let me warn you, once you hear my performance you'll be a love fool for me."
"Aika, you're going to have to duel with this monster."
Aika looks at Erina in disbelief. "How am I supposed to do that?"
To be continued!
-
awesome new story arc here, good topic choice and man You put Jun, Lin and Erina in, that was bound to sell it to me! :w00t:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: The soothing melody is the "good" piano theme from Mermaid Melody Pichi Pichi Pitch.
Author's note: "sanjou" means "have arrived" and "atashi" and "ore" both mean "I", however atashi is used by women in informal situations and "ore" is used by guys who are trying to be rude and macho.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 2
"Aika, you're going to have to duel with this monster."
Aika looks at Erina in disbelief. "How am I supposed to do that?"
"Use the rail pass holder. Say live starto and you will transform."
Aika holds the rail pass up. "Live Starto."
A bright light engulfs Aika. The train's horn is heard. His regular casual clothes transform into a very loud looking outfit made up of a bright yellow with pink lines mid-length dress with white boots, yellow high socks and and yellow star in his hair. The rail pass transforms into a microphone.
The Imagin scoffs at Aika. "Is that all you have? Your microphone will be mine. Henshi." The Imagin's clothes transform into a lacy white dress, very low cut in the front with shiny high heeled pumps made of some clear material.
Aika stares at the Imagin's outfit. I wonder if she's had those things enhanced?
The Imagin snaps her fingers and music appears from out of nowhere. "Dance with me baby, baby. Let's dance. I love you, hold me, hold me, glass pumps..."
Erina stares at Aika in anger. "Come on! You're supposed to be outperforming the Imagin in this song."
Aika looks flustered. "But, I don't even know this song."
"This is ridiculous!"
Aika and Erina turn to see another Imagin approaching in the hallway.
"That's the same Imagin from the stairs."
"Aika, you didn't even use a cool entrance phrase. But, fortunately for you, I cannot resist a song battle."
"Aika, look out!"
Erina cannot move fast enough and the second Imagin dashes straight towards Aika and jumps inside of Aika.
Aika's clothes transform into a black shirt with a blue tie with a dark plaid skirt and high dark stockings. Aika's eyes change color and glow slightly.
Aika strikes a pose. "Atashi sanjou!"
The Imagin ignores Aika and continues to perform.
"Let me warn you, my every performance is at the level of an encore!" Aika starts to sing. "Hold me, hold me, will one day be enough? Summer again impatiently, makes young people fall in love..."
The Imagin becomes distracted and the music slows to a stop. The Imagin stares at Aika in anger.
Aika starts preening. "I'm so cool." She touches her index fingers in front of and in back of her body.
The Imagin, looking relieved, runs away.
Erina claps her hands over her head in front of another one of the rehearsal rooms. The train horn sounds again. Erina grabs Aika by the scruff of her neck, opens the door and throws Aika through it.
Aika lands in the dining car. "Hey, what's with the violence, lady?"
Erina reaches behind the counter of the dining car and pulls out a keyboard. She starts playing a soothing melody on it.
"Hey, that's nice, I, I, aaahhhhh!!!"
Aika collapses to the floor of the car as the Imagin is ejected from his body. Aika's clothes go back to normal and the Imagin still wears the outfit from the battle.
The Imagin give Erina an annoyed look. "Hey, what did you do that for? It's obvious that this girl needs some performance style tips."
"Shut up, lowly Imagin. I'm going to throw you off this train and have you wonder the sands of time for all eternity."
"Erina, wait a minute. I don't know if I understand what's going on here, but this Imagin did prevent me from losing the song battle. Maybe she's not all bad?"
Erina dramatically points at the Imagin. "Not all bad? This is a monster determined to destroy the present by altering the past."
"Oh, screw altering the past. That's a hassle. I live to battle others in song."
"Besides, this lowly Imagin had her opponent completely set up and she didn't finish it off."
The Imagin slaps her head. "Kuso! I thought I might have forgotten something."
The owner clears her throat. "I'm not sure I approve. Aika is still very new. I'm not sure she can handle as strong an Imagin as this one."
The Imagin looks indignant. "This one? My name is Yossikas."
Jun Jun feels something in her pocket. She looks surprised. "Well, I guess I was wrong. Look what I found." Jun Jun holds up a ticket and smiles. The ticket has Yossikas' name on it.
Yossikas smiles. "Thank you very much." Yossikas grabs the ticket but the ticket vaporizes. A red wrist band appears on Yossikas' wrist. Yossikas panics. "What is this?"
"That wrist band will give Aika the ability to have more control over you. But, on the other hand, it does give you permission to ride this train."
Yossikas tries to get the wrist band off but to no avail.
"Of course, if you did find a way to take it off," moving with lighting speed Jun Jun uses her forearm to pin Yossikas to the wall of the train car by the throat, "you would no longer be allowed to ride here and we would have to let you out in the desert." Jun Jun lets Yossikas go.
Yossikas gasps for air and then smiles a defeated smile. "Well, I guess it's not that bad a deal. And, at least I am bonded to a girl with a cool style."
Aika nervously scratches his head. "Um, about that ..."
Lin Lin walks up. "Please, everyone, have some hot chocolate!"
Everyone takes their cup.
Lin Lin puts the tray down. "That was really cool pose that you did, Yossikas."
Yossikas smiles.
Lin Lin strikes the pose. "Ore sanjou!"
Yossikas face plants. "That's not how it's done. Girls don't say ore. Girls say atashi, although it's too bad that there's not something as rude as ore available for girls."
Aika smirks to himself. She should have told that to Gangster Barbie.
Lin Lin looks at Yossikas in awe. "How cool."
Yossikas turns to Aika. "Now, you try it."
Aika smiles a sneaky smile. "Okay." Aika strikes the pose. "Ore sanjou."
Yossikas explodes in exasperation. "What kind of an idol are you supposed to be? Didn't I just explain how things were?" Yossikas starts sipping her hot chocolate to calm herself down.
"You did, and I did listen to you. But, you haven't listened to me yet. It's okay for me to say ore because ..." He drops his Aika voice. "... I'm a boy."
Yossikas spits out her hot chocolate and starts coughing. "A boy? A boy? That's disgusting!"
He goes back to using his Aika voice. "You didn't seem to mind using my body before you knew that."
Yossikas blushes. "How mortifying."
Erina clears her throat. "We're still not out of the woods. That other Imagin is going to keep targeting that girl. We need to protect her."
"But, how am I going to do that? It's not like I can follow Risa around all day."
"Lend me your cell phone."
Aika hands Erina his cell phone.
Erina rubs her hand over it and hands it back. "Okay, when the Imagin reappears I will call you. I made the train horn my ring tone, but to other people it will sound like a plain ring tone."
Aika nods. "Well, I do need to get back to practice."
"Okay, we'll keep an eye on this Imagin here."
"It's Yossikas."
"But, how will she be able to battle with me if she is on the train?"
"When your rail pass turns into a microphone it will have five buttons on the bottom. Press the red button and that will summon..." Erina sneers, "... this Imagin."
Yossikas sits in her dining car table chair and fumes. "I have a name you know."
Aika smiles. "I look forward to battling with you, Yossikas."
Yossikas blushes.
To be continued!
-
Seems as though this Yossikas ended up with more than she originaly bargined for when she joined with Aika! :panic:
-
Seems as though this Yossikas ended up with more than she originaly bargined for when she joined with Aika! :panic:
Absolutely! And not un-coincidentally, in Kamen Rider Den-O, Momotaros, the first Imagin who possesses Ryotaro (the singularity point) also winds up with way more than he bargained for.
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 3
Towa walks into the school cafeteria with his bento.
"Younger brother! We're over here!"
Towa sighs. Another thing that has taken getting used to in this strange new world is the fact that Reina-Sama wants him to eat lunch every day with her and her entourage of female admirers, admirers who usually consider him an unnecessary distraction.
Towa sits next to Reina-sama. Across from them are Sayumi and Miyabi.
Geez, Sayumi I get, but Miyabi? Wasn't she terrified of Reina before I went to Lost World?
"Younger brother, it's not good that you ran into someone. I don't think you're getting enough nutrition. Please drink this elixir that I prepared at home."
Towa forces a smile. I can't let Reina know that her drinks are an ordeal to get down.
Miyabi sighs. "So wonderful to be able to drink one of Reina-sama's elixirs."
Towa drinks it down. "Wonderful, big sister." Oh my god, what did she put into this swill? I think I'm going to die.
Kiraki walks by. "Hey dude. Hope you're up for tonight. We had our butts kicked last night in dance practice. Even you might have problems catching up."
Towa smiles. "I'm sure with your help everything will go fine."
"Believe it!" Kiraki winks and runs off to hang out with Hiro and Seiji.
"Little brother, I hope that those boys are not going to be a corrupting influence on you."
Sayumi nods. "They are kind of unmannered."
Miyabi nods as well. "Very lacking in sophistication."
"They seem okay to me."
"Little brother should try to set an example for them. You will definitely stand out from the rest of those Jeneral Entertainment boys if you do so, as well."
"I'm sure you guys will help me in that department." Whether I want them to or not.
Towa's cell phone plays the train's horn sound.
"Excuse me guys, I'll be right back." Towa runs out of the cafeteria onto the school grounds. He answers the phone.
"Other side of the school, two hundred yards to your left."
Towa runs as fast as he can. He sees the Imagin from the day before crouching over a fallen Risa.
The Imagin holds a hand mirror in front of Risa's face. "See, isn't the pretty? Now, your heart song belongs to me."
Towa looks on in horror as the Imagin pulls Risa apart and jumps through the created gap.
The hole closes up and Risa appears to be unhurt.
"We're too late!" Erina suddenly appears besides Risa. She holds a train ticket by Risa's head. A date appears on the ticket. "Excuse me, Do you remember this date?"
Risa looks like she is in a trance. "Yes, that's when I went to the Takarazuka Theater. They had a really cool song at the show called Mister Moonlight."
"Um, I don't know that song either."
Towa hears Yossikas inside of her head. "Geez Aika, are you hopeless or what? Fortunately for you, I do know that song."
Towa smiles. "Yossikas says that she can do it."
Erina puts the ticket into Aika's rail pass. "Okay, we'll have to use the Den-O to go back into time. This might feel a little funny."
Towa hears the train horn. He doesn't see the train until he looks up. The train appears to be flying on a magical track that materializes right in front of it in the air.
The train swoops down and goes right through Towa and Erina, picking them up. The train flies upward and disappears into a spot of bright light.
Three years earlier, a younger looking Risa, no longer wearing bangs, stands in front of the enormous Takarazuka Grand theater buildings taking it all in. "All right! I'm actually here!"
Suddenly Risa collapses and the Imagin rises from her back like a ghost and materializes beside her.
"What a lovely spot to eradicate this song."
Suddenly the Den-O train's horn sounds. The train swoops down from the sky a few feet in front of the Imagin and when it leaves Towa is standing there.
"Oh, you have got to be kidding. There is no way that I, the great Makikas will lose to some ... boy." Makikas throws up her open palm.
Towa hears Yossikas inside of her head. Aika! Say something cool, for crying out loud.
"You're not going to win!"
Yossikas groans.
"Yes, I am. With this idol's heart song there's no way that you can compete. Henshi." Makikas' clothes transform into a boy's outfit. Makikas looks at her shirt which is showing curves were one normally wouldn't find on a boy's shirt. "What the heck?"
The music starts. "A bit of a saucy young man, with a bit of a lively step, going up side down, oh baby baby, tonight is up swing. Won't you dance with me? Paradise."
"Stage starto." Aika transforms into the same outfit that he had on the previous time. Also, his hair magically grows out to the same length as the length of his wig.
Now press the red button and say Zuka form.
Aika presses the red button. "Zuka form." Aika transforms again, this time into men's clothes: a bright white jacket over a buttoned red dress shirt, a checkered tie, white pants and black men's shoes.
"Atashi sanjou!"
Yossikas hears Aika inside of her head. Shouldn't we use ore? You're dressed as a guy.
Never!
Aika/Yossikas turns to face Makikas. "Let me warn you, my every performance is at the level of an encore!" Aika/Yossikas starts to sing. "Oh! If it's my lover, I wanna keep close to them for 24 hours. But! That won't become lady work. Love is like a train that stops at each station. It halts to a sudden stop and won't go on!"
Makikas looks annoyed that Aika/Yossikas is keeping up with her, but does not back down.
Makikas and Aika/Yossikas sing in unison facing each other some two feet away. Finally, Makikas' will seems to waver and finally the music grinds to a stop.
Aika hears Yossikas in her head. "Watch closely, Aika, this is how you finish someone off."
Aika/Yossikas smiles. "Would you like an encore?" Aika/Yossikas blows a kiss to Makikas who disintegrates into sand.
Aika/Yossikas smiles a sneaky smile. "I wonder what's playing today?"
Before Aika/Yossikas can walk towards the theater Erina appears from out of nowhere and from behind grabs Aika/Yossikas by her ear. "Excuse me. A Den-O is supposed to be protecting the flow of time, not changing it."
"Itai!"
Aika/Yossikas hears the horn and they are swept up by the train.
Aika/Yossikas and Erina sit down in the dining car.
"You know, you have the ability now to eject that thing. Just concentrate."
Yossikas appears in the seat of the table behind Aika. "Hey, why I am 'that thing'?"
Erina ignores Yossikas.
"So, will Risa be okay?"
"She shouldn't remember anything or feel any bad effects."
Yossikas gets a sneaky smile. "So, Aika, do you want to see your true idol form now?"
"Absolutely not. I'm currently signed to two agencies, one as a boy and one as girl. It would take all the fun out of it if I find out ahead of time which form was going to be more successful."
Yossikas pouts.
"But, at least we debuted a cool form in Zuka form. Just think, if I don't answer your question, we'll get to do more cool forms together."
Yossikas nods. "I guess it's okay."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
-
Poor Towa, having to drink, well whatever it is that Reina is giving to him :barf:
hmm seems as though Aika too msy not be to upset now about having yossikas as part of her either....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author note: The angry chords are the "evil" piano theme from Mermaid Melody Pichi Pichi Pitch (Yuri's theme).
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 4
"Grab on the the waves of time, right now let's go to that place of promises. You have unlimited boundaries, in a pinch jump over it and climax jump!"
Josephine stops the music. He walks past Hiro, Seiji, and Kiraki to Towa. He looks closely at Towa's face. "Say ah."
"Ah."
"Towa, are you sure that being an idol for two agencies isn't wearing you out? You look like you haven't slept in a while."
"But, I went to bed last night at a normal ..." Towa yawns. "... time."
"Well then, let's hope that this passes. But, it's important to stay on schedule. So let's do it again."
"Hai!"
Later that night Towa collapses on his bed. Over his bed is a poster of Reina that shows her cute side. Towa reaches over to his bookcase and pulls out the photobook that used to have images from Reina's bad ass side. The pictures in the book are now images of Reina doing traditional Japanese arts. Towa puts the book back and lies down. This poster is the same as I remember but the book is completely different. What is going on?
Towa falls asleep.
Towa transforms into Aika/Yossikas. "Aika, why are you sleeping? The night is still young!"
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
"Younger brother, you're tired again today. I hope those other boys aren't keeping you up at night and corrupting you."
Towa yawns. He sees Sayumi and Miyabi nodding in agreement. "They're not doing anything like that. They're also concerned about my being tired."
"Well, in any event, you should drink this. It should give you some energy."
Towa takes the elixir from Reina. "Thanks." Towa drinks it down as fast as he can to get the experience over with.
"Younger brother, it's not good to drink so fast."
"Sorry." Aika tries hard not to choke.
--
Aika arrives at the Harmony Project building and goes to the stairs. As soon as he enters the stairs his cell phone goes off with the train horn sound. "What's up?"
"Imagin, one floor up, two rooms to the right."
Aika sprints up the stairs and to the practice room. He sees that an Imagin is there with Momoko.
"OOOOh, ho, ho, ho, ho. OOOOh, ho, ho, ho. Please allow me to show you your true idol form, the form the world will remember you for."
"Yes, yes, yes, I really want, ..."
"So, you don't want to see it? That figures. But, you'll probably want to see my impression of Mister Geppetto, from Pinocchio." The Imagin changes into an old man.
"Hold it right there, Imagin. It's the end of the line for you."
The Imagin changes back and charges out into the hall. It sniffs Aika. "A singularity point? No matter. I, the great Makokas will not lose, even to the likes of you. Henshi." Makokas' clothes transforms into a drum major outfit.
Music appears out of nowhere. "Always so weak... What have I been doing up till today? I talk fine when we meet normally... But when the mood becomes perfect, I just can't. You speak to me with a smile, but surely I'm not the only one."
Aika smiles. He recognizes the spoken introduction to the song. He pulls out his train pass. "Stage starto." Aika transforms into his normal outfit. "It's okay if it's small, as long as something shows. Another worry grows in my heart today as well. It would be better if you just hated me. Cry, oh, cry. I cried because I like you."
Aika can see the Imagin begin to weaken. Suddenly Aika feels himself being tackled and thrown to the ground.
"Nani?" Makokas looks shocked and the music stops.
"Please, please, please, please show me my true idol form!" Momoko throws herself on the ground in front of Makokas and grabs the hem of her skirt.
"Oh, you do want to see? Well, I'll be darned. Wait a second." Makokas looks in her purse. She gets a mortified look on her face. Well, let me get back to you on that. Bu-bye!" Makokas disappears.
Momoko gets a blank look in her eyes and walks back into the rehearsal room and shuts the door.
"Are you okay?"
Aika turns around to see Erina. "I was that close to having her."
"Something is wrong. You had enough time to encore that Imagin before you were tackled. Are you okay?"
"Somehow, I don't seem to be getting enough sleep."
Erina gets an angry, evil expression. "Is that so?"
--
"Cheers, baby! It's all good with a paper cup. Oh yes, it's the feelings that are important. Decorations, baby! Should be up in the night. Oh yes, idea competition." Aika/Yossikas sings at a nightclub surrounded by girl admirers.
Suddenly, Aika/Yossikas is swung around by her ear.
"Itai!"
Aika/Yossikas is dragged by the ear by Erina to a private Karaoke room. The door opens and Aika/Yossikas is thrown through the door, landing in the dining car of the Den-O Liner.
Erina pulls out her keyboard and starts playing some angry sounding chords.
Yossikas is ejected from Aika's body. She writhes on the ground holding her ears. "Stop, please stop!"
"What were you doing possessing Aika's body while she was asleep?"
"You can't expect me to just stay here. For a performer like me, to have all that energy built up isn't a good thing."
"Are you a fool? You're going to run Aika's body right into the ground."
"I was only going to do it for an hour," Yossikas pushes her index fingers together, "but each time I did it I got into a groove and it was dawn before I noticed it."
Towa yawns. "Yossikas, it's a bad thing to take over another person's body without permission. You should apologize."
"I certainly will not. You need help with your style. If I don't get to come out, how will I help you?"
"Very well, then. Until you apologize, I don't want you to fight with me. Erina, could you let me off? I need some sleep."
Erina nods.
After Towa leaves Yossikas sulks on a chair in the dining car. "This isn't fair."
Erina walks over and flicks Yossikas' forehead with her finger. Yossikas is thrown several feet.
"Hey, what's with the violence?"
"Sorry, it didn't think it would hurt someone with as hard a head as you."
"Well, screw you, I don't have to stay here. Aika can't really keep me out, you know."
Yossikas disappears, only to reappear seconds later in a crumpled heap on the floor. "What is this?"
The owner smiles without looking up. "So long as you wear that wristband, you can't enter your host's body after she bans you. You'll have to wait for her to lift the ban."
Yossikas looks at the wristband in anger and goes to pull it off.
Jun Jun looks up from her flagged banana rice dish and waves her finger. "I wouldn't do that."
"So, when is she going to lift the ban?"
"When you apologize."
Yossikas sulks.
To be continued
-
Yikes! Angry Erina is scary!! :panic: nice she's looking out for Aika though.... Poor Yossikas, seems as though she may have to get on better with Aika now!
-
For the angry chords that scary Erina uses, start at 4:30 on this video:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WQ7oiHJFsfA# (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WQ7oiHJFsfA#)
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 5
A large burly man takes a thirty pound fish from the ice bed it sits on. "Hey rookie, ready for your first catch?"
A shorter, more girly looking man pats his biceps. "Of course. Bring it on!"
The larger man throws the fish some twenty yards.
The smaller man catches the fish by the tail and twirls it around like a baton. "Oooh, ho, ho, ho, ho. Oooh, ho, ho, ho, ho. This is fun." He places the fish in it's proper place. "Ready for the next one, that is if you weren't dazzled by my amazing technique and stunning ..."
Splat!
The second fish nails the distracted smaller man in the head.
The smaller man transforms back into Makokas. Where am I? Oh, yeah, I was going to find that mirror.
"Hey lady, what are you doing back there? It's dangerous!"
"Oh, excuse me, kind sir. Don't mind me." Makokas runs off.
The larger guy looks perplexed. "Where did the new guy go?"
Makokas sits down on a park bench. She opens her purse again and rummages through it. She smiles and pulls out a mirror. So, there you are. Looks like we have a willing customer today. Let's go.
--
Towa walks to school from the train station. He walks at a fast clip, trying not to be late for school, until...
Slap!
Towa stops dead in his tracks. Right in front of him, Sayumi has just been slapped by some girl who then runs off crying.
"Sayumi-kun, are you okay?"
"Towa-kun. It's nothing. It's just my number four found out about my number three."
Towa rolls his eyes. "I see."
"You won't tell your big sister about this? Right? You know that she's my number one. But, you should know that sometimes a person needs the thrill of the chase."
Towa gets an incredulous look. "I guess I can keep the secret. You did keep my secret back then, after all. But, don't you have enough to do as the senior talent at Harmony Project?"
"It's the thrill of the hunt that energizes me. But, speaking of energy, is everything okay with Momoko? I saw her after practice yesterday and she barely said anything. Usually it's impossible to shut her up."
Towa remembers being tackled by Momoko and Momoko begging the Imagin to see her true idol image. "Maybe she has something on her mind?"
"Well, whatever it is, she had better be discrete about it. As her leader, if she get's in trouble, I'll be the one in the dog house, doing time.
Towa panics. "Time? We're going to be late!"
Towa and Sayumi rush off to school.
--
Yossikas strums her fingers on one of the tables in the dining car of Den-O Liner, bored out of her mind.
"Here's some hot chocolate!"
"Thanks, Lin Lin. Say, how do you deal with this boredom?"
"I try as hard as I can to please my customers."
"Bah. It's boring in here."
"Then you should apologize to Aika-chan."
"Why? It's not like her life is so interesting. She should thank me for livening it up."
"I think that humans don't like their lives being meddled with, no matter how boring their lives may seem."
"That might be true, but Aika is something else! It's always study, study, study, practice, practice, practice. I fall asleep looking over her routine."
"Aika-chan is working hard."
"Bah. I can't say I understand humans."
--
Towa sits down for lunch with the usual group. He notices Reina-sama is fascinated by a flower sitting in a vase. "This is new."
Miyabi beams. "I thought that the atmosphere was getting a little monotonous, so I brought in a vase and a flower. I know that Reina-sama loves flowers, so it seemed like a natural thing to do."
Towa notices that Miyabi has a "I just scored brownie points with Reina-sama" look on her face. "You seem pretty happy today."
Miyabi nods. "They found a replacement in my group."
Aika's eyes grow wide. Miyabi rarely talks about her activity as an idol at the Ajax Corporation. However, I have heard that she is highly thought of at her agency. "Replacement?"
"Yes, it was tragic. One of the girls in my group two weeks ago just dropped out. It was like she lost her smile and wasn't interested in anything anymore."
Reina-sama looks up. "How horrible."
--
Makokas approaches the entrance of the school. "Henshi." Makokas transforms into the conservative garb of a school teacher, complete with wire rimmed glasses. "Yes, time to educate a young mind. Oooh, ho, ho, ho, ho."
--
Towa notices that Sayumi looks at Miyabi with envy and jealousy. "Do you like flowers, Sayumi-kun?"
"Sure."
Reina-sama smiles. "Then, which type of flower is this?"
Sayumi blushes in shame. "Well, um, maybe I should study them some more."
"It's a lilium auratum, a golden rayed lily of Japan."
Miyabi feigns surprise. "Sugoi, Reina-sama."
Towa hears the school intercom. "Will Momoko of the Harmony Project agency please come to principal's office?"
"It's hard to mistake this flower for anything else. It has a powerful smell." Reina first offers the flower to Sayumi to smell, then to Towa.
Yossikas on the train starts coughing and covering her nose.
"But, remembering the Latin name?"
Suddenly Towa hears his cell phone go off with the Den-O Liner Horn ring tone. "Please excuse me. I need to take this call."
Towa runs out into the schoolyard and answers the phone. "Where is it?"
"It's at the principal's office."
"Oh, no!"
Towa sprints over to the principal's office. Outside of the office Momoko sits against a wall of lockers, looking drained of all energy. Sensei-Makokas stands over her, putting away her mirror.
"Stop right there!"
Makokas looks up in surprise. Makokas looks at Towa in wonder. Finally, Makokas sniffs the air. "You! The singularity point! You're that girl from last night!"
"That would be true." Towa uses his boy voice.
Makokas looks disgusted. "I nearly lost to you?"
"You're not getting off so easy this time."
"I don't think so. I already have what I need. Toodles." Makokas opens up Momoko and jumps inside.
Momoko closes up.
To be continued
-
So Makokas has gotten into Momo.... seems as though perhpas towa/aika and Yossikas need to get their problems sorted out.....
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 6
"I don't think so. I already have what I need. Toodles." Makokas opens up Momoko and jumps inside.
Momoko closes up.
One of the school lockers opens up and Erina walks out of it. She is also dressed in a school teachers outfit. She holds up a card to Momoko's head. A date appears on the card. "Can you hear me? Do you remember this date?"
Momoko is able to reply but is groggy. "Yes, that was the day I first heard my favorite song, Roman ~My Dear Boy~, at a music store."
"Aika, let's go."
Towa nods and places the card in his ticket holder.
They run out into the school yard and are picked up by the flying Den-O liner train.
Two years earlier a version of Momoko who looks exactly the same walks into a music store and walks up to a display where people can sample new music.
Suddenly Momoko collapses and Makokas appears. "Oooh, ho, ho, ho, ho. Oooh, ho, ho, ho, ho. This should be fun!"
Makokas hears a train horn and then sees Towa come out of the back.
"Stop right there!"
Makokas looks around. "What an uninspiring venue." Makokas takes off towards the stairs with Towa in hot pursuit.
Towa hears Yossikas inside of his head. You do know this song, right?
No.
How are you going win, then?
Towa rushes up another flight of stairs. I'll do my best.
Baka! If you lose, your body and soul will be torn apart. I know this song. Let me do it.
I can't do that. And, you know why.
Towa reaches the roof.
Makokas is waiting for him. "Thank you for waiting, allow me to entertain you. Henshi." Makokas' outfit changes to a long purple Chinese dress (a cheongsam).
The music starts "Hey, let's have a dance, my dear? You know? Come on! Yeah!"
"Live starto." Towa transforms into Aika's usual outfit.
"Don't cry, it's okay if fleeting first loves don't come true."
Aika, not knowing the words starts feeling weaker.
Are you crazy?? Let me sing the song before it's too late.
Not until you apologize.
"Don't cry, that's where it all begins. Ride on. Ride on. Ride on."
Aika drops to one knee.
Yossikas gives the side of the train a spinning back heel kick in frustration. Yossikas mumbles. Okay! I apologize.
I can't hear you.
GOMEN NASAI!!
Yossikas disappears from the train.
Aika attire transforms into the attire of Aika/Yossikas. "Elegant form." Aika/Yossikas' attire transforms into a purple cheongsam, similar to the one that Makokas wears.
Aika/Yossikas staggers to her feet, weakened from the earlier punishment. "Atashi, sanjou! Let me warn you that every performance that I, Yossikas, deliver is at the level of an encore!"
Makokas, absorbed in her own performance, ignores Aika/Yossikas. "Seems like the earth has a fever. We've got to hoist up justice."
Aika/Yossikas gets in Makokas' face and starts singing in unison. "My dear boy, everything lies in reality. Romance is drawn out. Hey my boy. An endless campus called the sky exists. Now let's go, let's have a dance now."
Aika/Yossikas and Makokas go back and forth for about a minute before Makokas starts to weaken. Finally the music drags to a stop.
"Why? Why are you a traitor, Yossikas?"
"Why? Because I live for only one thing, to battle others with a climax of ferocity so great that I can get to say would you like an encore?" Aika/Yossikas blows Makokas a kiss.
Makokas turns into the sands of time and dissipates.
Aika/Yossikas falls back to one knee.
Erina appears at the door to the stairwell. The Den-O Liner is visible behind the door. Erina helps a limping and struggling Aika/Yossikas back to the door.
--
Aika, Yossikas, and Erina sip hot chocolate in the dining car.
Yossikas rubs her sore muscles. "I'm surprised, Aika. I thought you would be easy going, but you have a strong will." Yossikas pats Aika on the shoulder. "I think I choose my host pretty well."
Aika flinches in pain even though the pat is soft. "Maybe this weekend I can free up some time and we can go to that club together. That is, if you behave."
"So long as I have something to look forward to, I can keep myself busy and out of trouble by planning my exploits."
Erina looks at Yossikas sternly. "You had better stay out of trouble."
--
The next evening, Aika finishes up dance practice. The effects of the battle wear off quickly and he does not feel as bad as he did earlier. However, the dance lesson had left him in a hurting state nevertheless. As he leaves the Harmony Project building he sees Sayumi walking with Momoko. Aika can see that Momoko is talking Sayumi's ear off. At least that is back to normal.
"Younger brother. You are going to go right home and get some rest, right?"
Aika smiles as Reina-sama approaches him. "Absolutely. I felt a little better today. I think with another night or two of rest I should be one hundred percent."
"That's wonderful. We have another concert coming up next month. Not only am I depending on you for our duets, but your other group is depending on you as well. They will need you to be at your best."
"I'll try my hardest for them."
"That's great. But, for now, go home." Reina-sama scoots Aika off with a cute pat on the butt.
Aika walks to the subway station. As he waits for his train to arrive a lady with short hair and glasses walks up to him.
"Excuse me? I was wondering if you have the time?"
Aika looks at his watch. "It's Nine-Forty-Five." Aika looks up and the lady has vanished.
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
-
Aww see in the end I reckoned that they would make up :P now they are working togther more hopefully they should become more powerful too..... :panic:
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 7
"If you have a dream that you want to come true, then there were days that you believed it would come true ..."
Towa dances on stage with Hiro, Seiji, and Kiraki in front of thousands of screaming girls. Wow, it is great that Kiraki has leveled up his singing to the point where he can keep up.
"Higher than anyone else ..."
Hiro pokes a sleeping Towa in the side.
Oh, crap! That wasn't a good answer to the question on the blackboard, "how high is the highest point of Mount Fiji?".
The teacher, with a visible sweat mark beside his head, comes over to Towa. "Towa, I think everyone here is rooting for you, but you really should be getting more rest."
Towa bows in his seat. "I'm sorry teacher. I don't know what is going on. I'm usually not like this."
"I know, I have been your teacher for several months now. But, if this continues you should consider going to a doctor."
"Yes, teacher!"
The teacher walks back to the front of the class.
Towa is poked in the back by Kiraki. "I'll keep you awake, okay?"
---
On the Den-O liner train, Jun Jun concentrates on eating a banana rice pilaf with a flag in the middle of it.
Yossikas sips some hot chocolate while reviewing some song lyrics. Suddenly she stands up. "Something is wrong, I smell the scent of an Imagin."
Erina looks up from reading a manga. "Aren't you an Imagin?"
"Oh, you're right." Yossikas sits down.
The flag in the middle of Owner's dish falls. She raises the back of her hands to her cheeks in shock.
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
"Younger brother, are you sure you can't join us?"
Towa yawns. He stands by the doorway of an empty classroom, confronted by Reina. "I think I would be better off if I took a nap."
"Well, when you wake up, please take this elixir. It will give you some energy."
Towa takes the thermos from Reina. "Sure thing."
Reina-sama enters the cafeteria where Miyabi and Sayumi have held a table for her, complete with a vase with a large brightly colored flower.
Miyabi smiles, but then her look turns to one of concern. "Is everything okay, Reina-sama?"
"Towa is feeling poorly today. He is sleeping in the fifth Sakura classroom."
"How horrible, I'll go check on him right away." Miyabi sprints away.
Sayumi first grins because she has Reina-sama to herself, but then her face falls when she realizes that Miyabi is going to beat her to "Reina-sama-points" again.
Miyabi races to the classroom, but when she gets there she is amazed to find dozens of boys in the room, all surrounding one seat. Miyabi circles the crowd to find an opening and then sees that the person that the boys are fawning over is Aika (Towa's female character). Only this Aika was wearing light brown rimmed glasses, a white jacket and a dark top.
"Oh, please come in. All are welcome. These boys were just trying to help me find a new hobby." Aika speaks in an exaggeratedly feminine voice and then giggles.
Miyabi turns crimson with anger. She grabs the nearest boy and whispers in his ear, "You realize that this person is a trap, right?"
The boy's eyes bug out and he whispers the message to his friends. The leave Miyabi and Aika alone.
"My, aren't you the scary individual? I would like to learn what you said to them. Telling weird stories might be an interesting hobby."
"I told them the truth. Now, why are you acting this way?"
Back on the Den-O Liner Yossikas jumps up. "You got to be kidding me! I knew I smelled an Imagin. There's another Imagin inside of Aika right now!"
Erina drops her manga and runs over. "Another one? That's crazy. What are you going to do?"
"Hostile take over."
Aika adjusts her glasses. "Acting this way? Is there another way to act?"
Suddenly Aika transforms into Yossikas/Aika. "Yo, yo. You have some nerve, coming into my house like a thief."
Miyabi bows and takes off her shoes. "I'm sorry, I heard you weren't feeling well."
Yossikas/Aika transforms back into the possessed Aika. "I didn't see your name on this body."
Towa starts alternating between the two alerted forms until suddenly Towa reappears. "It's mine."
Yossikas and the girl who asked Aika for the time in the train station appear inside of the Den-O liner.
Yossikas gets in the face of the new Imagin. "And, who might you be?"
"My name is Mikikas. And, you?"
"Yossikas. You have a lot of nerve trying to steal my host."
"I was bored. I just wanted to find some new hobbies. Do you have any?"
"That's besides the point. Erina, you're not going to just stand there and let this punk mess with Aika are you?"
"Sorry, gotta go!" Erina disappears.
Miyabi helps Towa up to a chair. "Are you okay?"
"I've just been a little tired."
A train horn sounds that only Towa hears. He turns to the door of the classroom to see Erina, clad in a cheerleader's outfit entering.
"Towa, big trouble! There's yet another one in the school."
Miyabi shakes Towa. "Towa, I know that JE has a policy against their boys having girlfriends."
Erina looks shocked, then regains her composure. "Don't worry, I'm not a girlfriend. Towa, let's go."
"Excuse me!" Towa runs off with Erina.
Miyabi mutters to her self. "Towa, I now know what your problem is."
Towa and Erina run up the stairs to another supposedly empty classroom.
An Imagin is there wrestling with Maasa. "You'll look at this mirror whether you want to or not!"
"Not today, you monster!"
The Imagin turns around and looks at Towa. "Go away, I have no time for mere boys."
"I challenge you."
The Imagin jumps off of Maasa and puts away her mirror. She dashes out into the hall and sniffs Towa. "So, a singularity point? Fine by me. Your microphone is going to become the property of Ayayakas!"
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 8
"I challenge you."
The Imagin jumps off of Massa and puts away her mirror. She dashes out into the hall and sniffs Towa. "So, a singularity point? Fine by me. Your microphone is going to become the property of Ayayakas!"
"You're not going to win!"
Yossikas breaks off her staring contest with Mikikas. Aika, we will have to work on your entrance line!
Towa takes out his rail pass. "Stage starto." Towa transforms into his usual Aika form and costume.
"Henshi." Ayayakas transforms into a white shirt with a high open collar and tight black pants. "It's the end of the road for you." Ayayakas snaps her fingers and music appears.
"Love, the color of tears, I read your email. Love, I don't want to hear that you broke up with her."
"Zuka form." Aika presses the red button on her microphone and transforms into Aika/Yossikas. "Atashi sanjou! Let me warn you, my every performance is at the level of an encore!"
Aika speaks to Yossikas. Don't you think that these entrances are unnecessary to to the battle?
Nonsense, you get extra hit points this way.
Ehhh?
Aika/Yossikas starts to perform. "Suddenly, such complicated feelings spin inside my head like this. How frustrating. Your fickle, fickle personality with my stubborn, stubborn personality, we'd never last..."
Erina looks on with a smile. Aika/Yossikas is not only doing the song but also mimicking Ayayakas' moves perfectly.
BUZZZZZ!!
Aika's cell phone's alarm goes off. This distracts both song battlers and causes the music to grind to a halt.
Ayayakas turns up her nose. "Imitation is not going to beat me. I'll be back." Ayayakas disappears.
What was that?
Sorry, I was taking a nap and that was supposed to wake me up in time for the next class.
Erina grabs Aika/Yossikas. "Come on, we have another huge problem to solve. Erina claps her hands and then opens the door to where the Imagin had just been. They go through the to door to the Den-O Liner snack bar.
Towa and Yossikas separate.
Yossikas gets back into Mikikas' face. "As I was saying, Erina, what are we going to do with this punk, Mikikas?"
Towa gets a shocked look on his face. "Hey, I recognize you. You asked me for the time a couple days ago at the subway stop, then you vanished."
Mikikas looks at Towa with a blank look. :cool2: After a significant pause, "Um, who are you?"
"I'm the person you possessed without permission."
Mikikas face plants. :fainted: "You're a cross-dresser? Well, I'll be darned. Is that a fun hobby?"
Yossikas shoves Mikikas. "Don't evade the issue. I have permission to battle with Aika. You don't."
Towa moves Yossikas aside and gets into Mikikas' face. "I have noticed that I seem to be getting a lot less sleep in the last couple of days. Could it be that you have something to do with that?"
Mikikas gets a guilty look on her face. :on cigar: "Well, your life is kind of boring. I was just looking for some new hobbies to help you out."
Erina gets into Mikikas' face. "Lowly Imagin. Stop your stupid game. You knew that Aika was a singularity point. You've been trying to weaken her so that she wouldn't be able to battle effectively."
Mikikas start sniffling. :pleeease: "But, I wasn't trying to hurt Aika. She just seemed to be a cool person that I could use to find some new hobbies."
Erina pushes Mikikas. "You and your hobbies. I thought that an Imagin's hobby was to try to alter the past?"
:frustrated: "That's so boring! Everyone else seems to be doing it. What fun is it then? I want hobbies that will make me stand out."
Towa gets a sly smile. "You know, Mikikas, Yossikas has found an interesting hobby."
Mikikas' face lights up. :on ksweat: "Really? What? What?"
"She song battles other Imagins and encores them."
Mikikas looks shocked. :scared: She turns to Yossikas and points. "You've encored other Imagins?"
"Two so far."
:glasses: "Was it fun?"
Yossikas laughs. "It was a tremendous rush."
:dunno: "I don't know. That's an awfully shocking thing to think about."
Suddenly, without any warning, Jun Jun shows up behind Mikikas. "I am willing to let you think about this for a little bit, but if you want to ride this train, you will have to pay for your ticket."
Mikikas pouts. :on spit: "Is running a rail line a fun hobby?"
--
After school, Towa starts to leave but notices Maasa playing guitar out in the schoolyard.
Maasa plays a twelve bar blues progression without singing.
Erina taps Towa on the shoulder. "She's been going like that for a while now. Close encounters with Imagins can often weaken susceptible idols."
Towa hears Mikikas' voice in his head. "Hey, if you give me a chance, I could try to help that girl."
Towa looks at Erina. "Won't everyone see me change?"
"I can block people from noticing for about ten minutes."
"Okay."
Towa transforms into Aika/Mikikas.
Aika/Mikikas approaches Maasa. "Oh, my gosh. Playing guitar is such a cool hobby. Could you teach me?"
Maasa continues to strum her guitar without noticing Aika/Mikikas.
Erina pulls Aika/Mikikas back. "Are you kidding me? We're locked in a serious situation and all you can think of getting new hobbies? Can't you focus on the situation instead of thinking of yourself?"
Suddenly Maasa starts singing. "I got the Imagin Blues, I got them just today. I got the Imagin Blues, I got them just today. The Imagin ran away, but I know that she'll be back, by evening today."
Erina turns back to Aika/Mikikas. "Anyway, go back to the train. The situation could get ugly fast here."
Aika/Mikikas transforms back into Towa. "The sun will be setting soon."
Suddenly a bright light appears on the other side of the school and a loud explosion is heard.
Erina and Towa turn around to check out the disturbance, but when they turn back around, Ayayakas is already holding a mirror in front of the face of Maasa.
Ayayakas smirks. "Just a little stage pyro to confuse you two. I am finished with this one. Later suckers! Oh, and please give this message to Yossikas, I've scouted her."
Ayayakas pulls open Maasa and jumps inside.
Erina runs over to Maasa and holds a card by her head. A date appears on the card. "Quick, does this date mean something to you?"
"Yes, that's when I first heard my favorite song, Let's Go Rakuten Eagles."
Yossikas smacks herself in the head. "A sports song? This sucks."
To Be Continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 9
Yossikas smacks herself in the head. "A sports song? This sucks."
Erina claps her hands over her head. The Den-O Liner comes down and picks them up.
Mikikas looks out the window. :hee: "This train is so cool!"
Erina shoves Mikikas in annoyance. "We're not trying to be cool."
Yossikas pulls Towa aside. "We might have a problem here. I'm not so good on sports songs."
"We'll just have to try our best."
Several years earlier a younger looking Maasa gets off of a bus in front of a sports stadium. She smiles broadly in anticipation of the game.
Suddenly, she collapses and Ayayakas appears. "So, where did she hear this song, anyway?"
The Den-O Liner horn sounds and Towa and Erina appear.
Ayayakas laughs. "You came anyway? Even though you know you can't win? This will be a great victory for me, Singularity Point."
"We'll have to see."
Yossikas yells at Towa. "Aika, how hard is it to say atashi sanjou?"
"Henshi." Ayayakas transforms into a sports uniform.
"Stage starto. Zuka form." Towa first changes into Aika, then into Aika/Yossikas. "Atashi sanjou!"
Ayayakas ignores her. She snaps her fingers and music comes out of nowhere. "Hit it! Hit it! Hit it! Rakuten Eagles!"
Aika/Yossikas drops to one knee. Aika yells at Yossikas. What are you doing?
Sorry, I just can't feel this type of a song. And, I'm dressed all wrong.
Ayayakas ignores their distress. "A goddess has smiled, see a goddess of victory for tomorrow, Ra-ku-ten, wow wow."
Aika hears another voice inside her head.
:ding: Oh my god! That looks like so much fun. I have to try it!
Mikikas, do you even know this song?
:bingo: Well, hit the blue button on your microphone and say 'sports form' and you'll find out.
Aika hears Yossikas. We don't have much of a choice.
"Go, go, Eagles, grab your chance. Go, go, Eagles. Come on! Come on! Rakuten Eagles!"
"Sports form." Aika/Yossikas transforms into Aika/Mikikas. Aika/Mikikas also wears a sports uniform. "Let's all learn some new hobbies!"
Ayayakas ignores her.
Aika/Mikikas starts performing. "Aim for number one in Japan, wow. Hit a home run all the way into space. You hold the love of everyone in Tohoku. You are our hope, Rakuten Eagles."
Ayayakas battles Aika/Mikikas toe to toe for about a minute but then the music grinds down.
Ayayakas looks at Aika/Mikikas in disgust. "A second traitor? You should feel ashamed to win a battle this way."
"Maybe I should feel ashamed, but somehow I don't. Would you like an encore?"
Ayayakas gives Aika/Mikikas a withering stare and then turns into time sands and blows away.
"That was so exciting! Let's go watch the game now."
Suddenly Aika/Mikikas is spun around by Erina by the ear. "Don't think so. We're not here to change the past, remember?"
Aika/Mikikas pouts.
Erina claps her hands over her head and they are picked up again by the Den-O Liner.
Towa and Mikikas separate.
Mikikas spins around celebrating but Erina and Yossikas look at her with suspicion.
Jun Jun appears out of nowhere behind Towa. "I sense some disharmony here. Is everyone not in agreement that this Imagin has paid for her ticket?"
Erina slams her foot down on the seat of one of the snack car's tables. "I'm not buying it. Sure, she encored one of her own, but she might have done it just to win our trust. Aika is a Singularity Point, that means she is the enemy's number one target."
Yossikas grabs Mikikas by the jacket collar. "And, she stole someone else's host. There's probably no limit to what she wouldn't stoop to."
Jun Jun puts her arm around Towa's shoulder. "So, what do you think?"
Towa nods. "I have just one question. What would happen if Yossikas or Mikikas possessed me while I was sleeping and caused me to jump off a cliff, and then got out of my body before I hit the ground. Would they be okay?"
Yossikas looks shocked to the point of crying. "Aika! Don't say something like that. That's horrible!"
Erina smirks. "They would be fine."
"Well, if Mikikas wanted to hurt me, she's already had more than enough chance to do me in."
Erina grabs Mikikas by her other jacket collar. "Maybe we can trust her to not hurt you, but can we really trust her to help? You saw that she was more interested in her hobbies than helping that girl."
"I wonder, though. Maybe her naive questions and you scolding her for it was enough to get Massa to open up?"
Mikikas shoves Erina and Yossikas away. :scolding: "Hey, my hobbies are my hobbies. Don't give me credit where credit isn't due."
Towa smiles. "Well, I know this is going to sound silly, but I do trust Mikikas."
Jun Jun nods and pulls a ticket out of her jacket pocket with Mikikas' name on it. "Here you go."
:on ksweat: "Thanks!" Mikikas grabs the ticket which vanishes and reappears as a blue wristband on Mikikas' wrist. :grr: "What the heck?"
Yossikas snickers. "It's how they control you. You can't take it off, and if did manage to remove it you would be kicked off the train. The wristband also allows Aika to control you more easily."
Towa transforms into Aika/Mikikas. "Really, I don't think it works that ..."
Mikikas reappears in her seat. :glasses: "... well." :frustrated: Mikikas panics when she realizes that Towa has effortlessly expelled her.
Yossikas laughs. "Not so cool now, are you?"
Mikikas and Yossikas lock themselves in a death stare.
"Here you go!" Lin Lin appears out of nowhere with two cups of hot chocolate. "I have Mikikas chocolate and Yossikas chocolate today!"
Mikikas and Yossikas look at the cups. Lin Lin has placed colored whip cream on top of the hot chocolate in the same colors as Mikikas' and Yossikas' wristbands. They both take the chocolate and sip. :on GJ: "It's good."
Towa takes Erina aside. "You keep talking about me being a Singularity Point. I would like to know more about what that means."
"Maybe next time. However, you have to get back and somehow catch up on your rest."
"As well as a practice session. But, you will tell me soon?"
"I promise."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 10
Hiro and Kiraki walk the streets of Ruppongi. Several host club callers try to get their attention, but are unsuccessful.
"Hiro, this is bad. Don't you think that this is the same sort of behavior that got Masaki and Satoshi kidnapped?"
"Kiraki, Kiraki. You are too uptight. We will soon be famous idols. If we don't have at least a hint of a couple scandals following us around the girls will assume we are boring."
"What's wrong with that?"
"Well, if you want to be a heart throb type, or a bad boy type, being boring is certainly not the vibe you want to give off."
"This feels wrong. Josephine is probably going to have to cough up some bribe money to keep our faces out of the tabloids."
"Tut, tut. He's used to it, and I'm sure he'll forgive us, since we helped him out in Lost World."
Kiraki looks around him. There are drunk salarymen everywhere, each trying to chat up some hostess type. "I don't feel so good."
"Listen, we both have had to deal with a horrible blow recently. This will be a good way to start the healing process."
"What blow was that?"
"Finding out that Aika was really Towa."
Kiraki looks down. "Oh. I guess that's kind of true."
"It's time to wipe the slate clean and start living life again."
"If you say so."
"Guys? Guys?"
Hiro and Kiraki hear a voice that seems to be directed towards them. They turn to see a young lady who seems to be very out of place. She wears glasses, a skirt, and a jacket, and seems very mature.
"You two look like you're interesting people. I was trying to find some new hobbies. I'll bet you know some."
Kiraki whispers in Hiro ear. "Doesn't she look like ..."
"Towa isn't built like that. Come on, get over it. Say hello to the lady."
"Um, hello?"
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
Towa yawns. Why am I tired? I went to bed at the normal time.
Towa notices that Hiro and Kiraki are also yawning. "Are you guys catching whatever problem I have?"
Hiro winks at Towa. "No, no. We just had an adventure last night, an adventure fit for an idol."
"You're not trying to corrupt Kiraki, are you?"
Towa notices that Kiraki has a guilty look on his face. Towa smacks Hiro. "Can't you for once be a good example?"
--
During lunch, Towa is roped into sitting with Reina-sama and her entourage again.
"Little brother, Miyabi has told me some disturbing things."
"Disturbing?" Towa looks at Miyabi and notices that she is dressed slightly differently today and is wearing many strings of beads. Also, there is no flower on the table today, but instead there is burning incense.
Miyabi speaks in a spooky voice. "Towa, I know this is going to sound strange, but I know why you have been run down lately."
"Why?"
"There is an evil spirit that has invaded your body."
Towa looks at Reina-sama, then at Sayumi. "She's joking right?"
Reina crosses her hands. "Miyabi's power as a psychic is well known."
Towa turns back to Miyabi. "So, if I was invaded by an evil spirit, what's next?"
"You need to get some super counseling."
"Wouldn't it be easier to drink an elixir?"
Reina-sama wags her finger. "Younger brother, that would just treat the symptoms, not the problem. But, since you have been tired today, please drink this."
"I see."
--
Outside the school gates a fashionably dressed girl with chubby cheeks looks at the school. "This must be the place."
Suddenly a nearby street vendor starts barking: "Taiyaki, get your Taiyaki here."
Even though the girl is half a block away she instantly sprints towards the vendor. "Taiyaki?"
"Yes ma'am. With gyouza filling."
"No way!" The girls eyes light up with supernatural light.
"Well, since you're a pretty girl, you can have one for free."
The girl looks at the taiyaki. "Okay, I'm going to bite your tail off first." She takes a bite. "Sugoi!"
--
Towa walks out of the cafeteria. He is hailed by Hiro.
"Hey, hey. I didn't show you the prize I got last night." Hiro pulls out a handkerchief with a large letter "M" on it.
"And, this is significant because ...?"
"It's from a girl we met last night in Ruppongi."
In the Den-O liner diner car, :on_pick: Mikikas sneezes.
Yossikas chuckles. "Someone must be talking about you."
Mikikas ignores Yossikas and searches through her purse. A sudden realization hits her. :on bleed: "Lin Lin? Do you have any tissue?"
Lin Lin runs over with a box of tissue. "Of course."
Back at the school, Yurina eyes Hiro and the handkerchief. I cannot allow this.
Hiro, Kiraki, and Towa walk back toward class.
Suddenly, Hiro is tackled and dragged into an empty classroom by Yurina. Their momentum drags Kiraki along with them.
Towa sees this and runs over to the door and starts knocking on it.
Finally, Yurina answers. "Who is it?"
"It's Towa."
"Good. Hiro won't tell me who the owner of the handkerchief is and I won't let him out unless he tells me."
"I have no idea why you would care."
"I must make sure that Hiro isn't drawn down the wrong path by some rotten woman. So, ... would you know who it was?"
"The only thing I know is that the handkerchief has the English letter 'M' on it."
"Well, you want me to release them, you'll have to find out who this woman is."
Towa raises an eyebrow. "Hiro, Kiraki. Why don't you to just push Yurina out of the way and leave?"
Hiro nervously laughs. "Well, she has tied us up."
"You've only been in there for a minute!"
Kiraki sounds distraught. "She's fast!"
"Hiro, do you even know who this woman was?"
"Actually, no. She didn't give her name."
"This is ridiculous." Towa walks away from the classroom. Maybe this will teach Hiro to be a better example to Kiraki.
Towa hears his cell phone go off with the Den-O liner's ring tone. "What's up?"
Erina sounds nervous. "Trouble is coming. We've sensed an Imagin who walked up to the school, but then for some reason started to walk away."
"That's weird. I wonder what the Imagin could be doing?"
The fashionably dressed girl continues to walk away from the school, seeing another street vendor.
"Good afternoon young lady, some Takoyaki balls?"
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 11
Towa rolls his eyes and starts walking towards study hall.
"Younger brother, I'm disappointed in you."
"Disappointed."
Towa hears Saymui and Miyabi echo Reina-sama. "Why disappointed?"
"I saw the whole thing. Those two boys might be unmannered but they are still your friends and group mates. You shouldn't just leave them there."
Towa chuckles. "Well, Yurina is also my group mate. And, I think that Hiro had it coming to him for staying up late and doing things that he shouldn't have been doing."
"You're just saying that out of anger. Now, please get it together and figure out who the handkerchief woman was."
"I have a better idea. Miyabi, couldn't you offer some of your super counseling to Yurina? Maybe she's possessed by an evil spirit."
Miyabi sighs. "Super counseling is not for girls who are jealous of other girls, it is for spiritual attacks."
Towa sighs. "Okay, I'll give it another try."
Towa walks over to the door. "Hey, Hiro!"
"What?"
"Is there anything that you can tell me about this girl? Something that might narrow her down from the fourteen million women who are in also Tokyo right now?"
"She wore glasses."
"Great. Anything else? Are you sure that you didn't do something useful like take a cell phone picture of her and send it to me?"
"She took some pictures on her own phone. But, when I went to take a picture of her she ran off."
Towa's cell phone rings with the Den-O liner's ring tone. "Yes?"
"Towa meet me outside the gates of the school."
"Okay."
Towa turns to Reina-sama. "I'll see what I can do."
"Do your best, younger brother."
Towa goes to the school gates. Not seeing Erina he phones her. "Where are you?"
"Third booth down."
Towa walks past some food vendors to a booth marked 'palm reading'. What is this?
Towa enters the booth to see Erina dressed as a palm reader. "Moonlighting?"
"I am staking out the school. Is something wrong? You look mad."
Towa explains the situation.
"I'm surprised. Most boys would have tried to send you a picture. Why don't you check?"
Towa checks the pictures in his cell phone and turns beet red with anger. "Erina, I need to get back to the Den-O liner, now."
Erina claps her hands over her head.
Towa walks through the door of the booth into the Den-O liner's diner car with fire in his eyes. "Mikikas!"
:luvluv2: "What is it? Have you found a new hobby?"
"No, but apparently you have." Towa shows Mikikas the pictures in his cell phone that Aika/Mikikas took the night before.
:sweat: "Oh, that."
"What do you mean, oh that?"
:hiakhiakhiak: "Well, I didn't keep you out too late. And those two boys had lots of interesting ideas for ..."
Towa gets in Mikikas' face. "Those two boys happen to know me. And, now they are in trouble with some girl who likes to stalk them."
Mikikas looks down. :depressed: "Towa, I'm sorry. If there is anything I can do to make this up."
"Well, there is one thing I can think of."
--
Yurina stares a hole through the skull of Hiro.
"I'm telling you, I don't know who she is."
Suddenly, someone pops up from under the teacher's desk.
Kiraki gasps. "It's her!"
"There you two are! I'm sorry I had to run last night. I have been looking high and low for you two. I'm afraid I need my handkerchief back."
Yurina waves the handkerchief in front of her. "Are you talking about this?"
"Why yes! I am sorry for all the trouble I have caused."
Yurina gives the handkerchief to Aika/Mikikas. "I am going to have to ask you to stay away from Hiro."
"The dark haired boy you have tied up?"
"Yes."
"What about the light haired boy?"
"Kiraki? I don't care."
Kiraki looks sad. I probably should be happy about this, but I'm not.
"So, are you this boy's girlfriend?"
"What does that have to do with anything, you disreputable woman?"
The girl with the chubby cheeks sniffs the air. Oh, no! Another Imagin is closing in on my prey. The girl takes one last bite out of her chicken skewer and sprints towards the school.
Once inside the school, she quickly arrives at the barricaded classroom. They're in there. My, my what a scene.
The girl pushes her way up to the door. "Excuse me, I am a reporter."
"The door's locked. I don't think you'll get a story here."
Suddenly the door opens to let in the girl, then shuts and locks behind her. Using surprise to her advantage, she pushes Aika/Mikikas into a pile of chairs.
Yurina looks indignant. "And, who are you?"
"Me? I am known all over the world as the annoying surprise reporter! I am Ojamarushe Konkonkas!" Konkonkas first does a cute pose, then shoves her microphone in Yurina's face. "Maybe this problem that we see here is caused by a lack of confidence in your part?"
"What are you talking about?"
"Maybe you haven't seen your true idol image?"
The microphone turns into a mirror. Yurina slumps over. The Imagin opens her up and jumps inside.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 12
Erina pops up from behind the teacher's desk.
"Another girl?" Kiraki stares. Where are all these women coming from?
Erina waves her hand and Hiro and Kiraki fall asleep. Erina helps Aika/Mikikas get back to her feet.
"What happened?"
"The Imagin apparently surprised you and got to this girl here."
Aika/Mikikas transforms back into Towa. "This is awful. What happened to Kiraki and Towa?"
"I had to make them doze off. They'll be fine. But, we have to hurry." Erina holds a card beside the head of Yurina and a date appears on the card. "Excuse me? Does this date mean something to you?"
Yurina nods. "That's when I first heard my favorite song, Namida ga Tomaranai Houkago." Yurina falls asleep.
"Let's go, Aika."
Towa nods.
Back on the train Towa huddles with the Imagins and Erina. "Okay, the song title is Namida ga Tomaranai Houkago. Who knows it?"
Yossikas has a blank look on her face.
Mikikas smiles and strikes a superior pose. :bingo: "Fortunately for you, I can again save the day."
Towa stares at her. "Well, if you do save the day, maybe I won't throw you off the train for using my body without permission."
:shock: Mikikas' smile vanishes.
Some three years earlier a younger looking Yurina sits in her room reading manga and listening to some cheesy radio program.
Yurina collapses and Konkonkas appears.
Konkonkas looks around the apartment and shudders at the atmosphere. Wow, that girl must have had a lot of problems. Maybe I should go back and interview her some more?
"And, now entering our count down at number 17 ..."
Konkonkas turns off the radio and play hits herself in the head. "Baka. I'm here to erase a song."
Erina's apartment door bursts open and Aika/Mikikas enters. "Hold it right there. You're not getting the drop on me twice. I challenge you."
Konkonkas smiles. "Silly girl. You have no chance against Konkonkas. Henshi." Konkonkas transform into an archery outfit.
"Stage starto, simple elegance form." Aika/Mikikas transforms into a white dress with understated frills. "Mikikas is here, let's all learn some traditional Japanese arts as a hobby!"
Konkonkas snaps her fingers and the music begins. "My tears won't stop because you're too kind. My tears won't stop because I'm so happy."
Aika/Mikikas smiles with confidence. "It always starts at the park on a Sunday afternoon. I walk with you with our hands almost touching."
Konkonkas and Aika/Mikikas go back and forth for over a minute with nether one gaining an advantage.
Aika, this girl is deceptively good. I don't know if I'm able to beat her anymore.
Mikikas, do your best.
Okay.
Do you smell something?
Can't you see I am performing! "The mail I sent three days ago: it's embarrassing when I read it over. Soon it's time to meet after school at that store we always go to."
Suddenly a bell goes off. The music grinds to a halt as Konkonkas' mind completely goes off of the song. "The sound of a microwave oven, the best sound in the universe."
"Too bad for you, that you'll have to wait to see what's in that oven."
"Wait for what?"
"For me to ask you, do you want an encore?"
Konkonkas, with a disappointed look on her face, raises up her arms one at a time and starts spinning. "Twirling, twirling."
Konkonkas disintegrates into sand and dissipates.
Back in the Deno-Liner diner car Mikikas preens over her win to Yossikas. :wriggly: "Sempai, you should have seen me. Encoring other Imagins is something I definitely want to make a hobby of."
Towa motions to Erina to play something on her keyboard.
Erina plays some discordant music.
:frustrated: Mikikas cringes in pain.
"I won't throw you off the train, but I still don't consider ourselves even. But, since it amuses me to see Hiro get in trouble, I'll let you off this time if you can answer me this one question."
Mikikas nods.
"What happens to an Imagin when it is encored? Do they die?"
Mikikas waves her hand in front of her face. :glasses: "Nothing like that. An Imagin that is encored must go back to the Imagin dimension and stay there, forever banned from coming to this dimension, unless they have permission from the one who encored them."
"So, they're exiled."
:on yellcard: "Exiled in disgrace. I'm sure a lot of Imagins would prefer death than to carry around the shame of being encored. However, if an Imagin was already successful in eliminating a song, then even if they are encored they stay in this dimension, unless the song they stole is restored."
"How can that be done?"
:on cigar: "The song changes into a coin. You have to get the coin back."
"Okay, I guess we're even now. It was just bothering me that it seemed that you and Yossikas were willing to be so harsh to your fellow Imagins."
Yossikas stands up. "I would encore another Imagin even if it meant that they went away forever. What is the point of competition if there are no consequences?"
:shy2: "Very strong words sempai."
"Listen, you, don't think that I enjoy having to share Aika with you. If I had the chance I would encore you in a heartbeat and kick the sand so that it would take you years to reassemble."
:grr: Mikikas and Yossikas lock eyes in a death stare.
Towa motions Erina to play something to calm them down.
Soothed by the music, Mikikas and Yossikas sit down.
Lin Lin hurries over with some colored hot chocolate.
"Look, now that you guys are mellowed out, I have something else that is bothering me. Mikikas, how would you evaluate Konkonkas?"
:hehehe: "She was weak."
"But, she almost beat us. If her weakness for food hadn't distracted her, she might have won."
:dozing: Mikikas nods, looking serious.
"How are these other Imagins over achieving?"
Erina slaps her hand down on the counter of the diner. "They must already know the song."
"Can they know ahead of time what the song of an idol's heart is just by looking at them?"
Both Mikikas and Yossikas shake their heads and cross their arms in disagreement.
Towa nods. "Something is going on behind the scenes. These Imagins are not attacking randomly."
Erina puts her arm around Towa. "We'll look into it. But for now, you need to get back to school and fix up all the damage that Mikikas did with her adventures."
Towa finds himself back in school, before the time that Mikikas and Konkonkas made their apperances. He races back to the class room where Erina has Hiro and Kiraki hostage.
Towa knocks on the door. "Yurina?"
"Yes?"
"I found out. I just talked to my Aunt and she said that two nice young boys helped her out when she got lost last night."
Towa hears Kiraki breath a sigh of relief. "You know, I thought she looked like you."
Towa hears Hiro fuming. "Aunt? How can she be your Aunt, she didn't look that much older than us."
Towa grins evilly. "She's my Great-Aunt. She looks kind of young, but she's fifty-five years old."
Towa hears Yurina bust a gut laughing.
Hiro and Kiraki exit the room looking sick to their stomachs.
Serves you to right!
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 13
On the roof of a giant skyscraper a shadowed person holds a magazine.
In front of this person an Imagin wearing a pill box hat materializes.
The shadowed person points to a particular place on the magazine.
"I understand. I will get this for you without fail." The Imagin disappears.
The unseen figure fondles two coins in her hand.
--
Towa walks into his homeroom.
"Towa-kun, Towa-kun, I have some great news!"
Towa's eye grow wide. Normally Miyabi didn't talk to him much if Reina was also there. "What is it?"
"They finally got a replacement member for my group."
"That's good. By the way, you've never told me the name of your group."
"It's 'Musk'. That's the ingredient that they use to create perfume."
"Very chic. Will this new member go to this school?"
"She already does. The other members of my group don't approve of my talking to people in other agencies, but maybe today I can convince them to let me introduce them to you?"
"That would be great!"
--
The Imagin practices the song at a Karaoke club. "An important kiss, a kiss at the eyelids kiss, taking out the melting ice cream and overflowing pudding."
The Imigin turns off the music and starts crying. "I don't understand this song at all!"
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
"Towa, Reina, Sayumi, I want you to meet my group mates." Miyabi points to four girls who look very uncomfortable. Miyabi points to the tallest one. "This is Maimi. She is our group's leader."
Maimi turns up her nose. "Pleasure to meet you, I think."
"Maimi, please don't be that way. Don't think of them as rivals. They are also our school mates."
Sayumi gets in Maimi's face. "I think that Maimi has a point. Her group and my group might release a single on the same day."
Miyabi breaks the two up. "Come on guys. Relax a little. I'm sure you guys know about Sayumi. As the senior member of Harmony Project she does a lot of television."
The other girls nod in grudging agreement.
"Now, this one is Chisato. She's known as the troublemaker of our group."
Towa looks at Chisato closely. Wow, he's good! He has them totally fooled.
"What's your problem, weirdo? You haven't seen a pretty girl before?"
"Now, now, Chisato. This is Towa. He is in Jeneral Entertainment."
Towa smiles. "Pleased to meet you."
"And, this girl is Airi. She's currently the ace of the group."
Reina-sama smiles. "I have seen you on television. I can tell that you shine from within when you sing."
Airi drops the smug conceited attitude and melts. "You can? Wow, Miyabi, you weren't kidding when you were describing her."
"And, this girl is our newest. Her name is Yuu. Our producer feels that she might be our next breakout solo star so we aren't supposed to get attached to her."
Towa notices that Yuu stares straight at him. "Are you okay?"
Yuu breaks out in a cold sweat. "I'm sorry. I'm bad with introductions. But, don't worry. There is no way at all that I will not be a great star."
--
After school Chisato walks towards the Ajax corporation. Her group mates usually went separately, wanting to shop before practice.
"Hey, you! Boy! Do you want to see your true idol form?"
Chisato starts steaming. She turns to see a strange girl with a pill box hat. "And, who might you be?"
"My name is Rikakas, but you can call me Charmy if you like."
"Well, listen up, Charmy, I don't know what racket you're running, but if you can't even tell that I am a girl, then why would I want to see whatever it is that you're selling."
Rikakas looks shocked. "A girl? A girl? The song of your heart is 'Ice Cream to my Pudding', a song about dessert treats, and you're a girl?"
Chisato goes into full fledged jerk mode. "Desserts? Desserts? Listen up you, you're starting to piss me off. Are you a moron? Do you really not have a clue about what that song is all about?"
Rikakas cringes.
Chisoto sees that they are in front of a Karaoke club. "Hey, I'll make a deal with you. If you let me perform this song for you then I'll listen to your sales pitch."
"Okay." Lucky! If she teaches me the song then I'll have a chance against any singularity point they send after me.
They enter the Karaoke booth and Chisato cues up the song.
"Since you don't seem too bright, I'll even do some interpretive dance moves so that you'll understand."
"Okay."
Chisato does the song normally until she gets to the chorus. "Ice Cream to my Pudding, I'm partly forced out, crazy night baby." When Chisato sings Ice Cream she points to her chest and when she sings Pudding she points to her butt.
Rikakas has an "oh my god, how could I have not seen that" look on her face.
Chisato finishes the song. "So, do you understand it now?"
Rikakas stares straight ahead. This is impossible. This song even made this boy seem feminine and sexy.
"Hey, are you okay? You can give me your sales pitch now if you want."
Rikakas turns around and takes out an eyedropper and puts some liquid in her eyes. She turns around.
Wow, when did she cry buckets?
"I'm sorry, the beauty of this song has made me cry. I have to go." Rikakas runs away.
Aika walks toward the Harmony Project building.
Aika, there's an Imagin headed your way. I can smell it!
Aika nods. He ducks down an alley and transforms into Aika/Yossikas.
This time, we'll be the ones making the first move. Let's go.
Aika/Yossikas runs up to Rikakas who looks sad. "Hey, you. I think you and me should have a song battle."
Rikakas perks up. She claps her hands against her bosoms and looks skywards. "A gentle warm evening. The city is alive with wonderful feelings. A perfect place for an ending."
Geez, Aika, do NOT emulate this Imagin when you make an entrance statement. Even the ones you do are better than hers.
I think we'd better worry about what this Imagin is going to do rather than worry about her entrance speech.
Rikakas looks back at Aika/Yossikas. "I can tell you're a Singularity Point. Please, please," Rikakas falls prostrate on her knees, "ENCORE ME!!"
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 14
On top of the skyscraper the hidden figure squeezes the magazine she holds in anger.
Another Imagin appears.
The hidden figure points to some spot in the magazine.
The Imagin, a buxom blond girl smiles. "I will succeed without fail." The Imagin disappears.
--
Rikakas looks back at Aika/Yossikas. "I can tell you're a Singularity Point. Please, please," Rikakas falls prostrate on her knees, "ENCORE ME!!"
Aika/Yossikas looks offended. "What is this? An Imagin that doesn't even want to battle? I can't be bothered."
Aika/Yossikas walks into an alley and splits.
Rikakas follows them. "Please, you have to help me."
Aika whispers to Yossikas. "She might have some useful information. Let's let Erina deal with her."
Yossikas nods.
Aika puts his hand on Rikakas' shoulder. I think we can help you, but you have to come with us first.
The three of them walk over to Erina's palm reading booth.
Good thing Erina gave me a spare key. Aika opens the door and pushes Yossikas and Rikakas inside. He takes out his phone. "Hello, Erina? We have captured an Imagin. You might want to question her. We have her at the booth."
"Wait inside, I'll be right there."
Aika walks in the booth. He sees that Rikakas is sitting down reciting poetry and Yossikas is sitting down in the visitor's chair looking grossed out by Rikakas. He hears the train horn and Erina enters carrying her keyboard. Wow, it's really cramped in here. "Erina, we told this Imagin that we would help her."
Yossikas gives up her seat so that Erina can sit down.
"Is that so?" Erina starts playing a soothing melody on her keyboard. "So, may I ask your name?"
Rikakas starts looking hypnotized. "My name is Rikakas."
"Were you sent to steal the song of the heart of an idol?"
"I know that I must do it."
"Which song is it?"
"Ice Cream to my Pudding."
Yossikas starts looking even more grossed out. "That song is disgusting!"
Erina motions for Yossikas to shut up. "And, which idol were you trying to steal from."
"I don't know his name."
"His?"
"He insisted that he was a girl though."
Aika whispers to Erina. "She must mean Chisato from the Ajax agency."
"Who put you up to this?"
"I don't know. All I remember is the song and what the idol smells like."
Erina stops playing and Rikakas dozes off.
"It's no good. If she knew anything the music would have made her talk."
Erina's cell phone goes off. "What is it?"
:hehehe: "I know that you're interrogating an Imagin in your Palm Reading booth, but I'm smelling another Imagin several blocks away and on the move.
Rikakas wakes up. "Oh no, they must have sent another Imagin to do the job I was given."
Aika gesture for the phone. "Mikikas, the Imagin is going to be going for a boy named Chisato. I met her today during lunch."
:bingo: "Say no more. We're linked, so what you see I see. I know what he looks like and I can go to him now."
"We'll be right there."
Chisato arrives at the block of the Ajax building, a tall cylindrical building with a flat top and the name AJAX in giant red English letters running up the building diagonally.
:on cigar: "Excuse me miss?"
"What, more salespeople? What are you selling?"
:on ksweat: "Selling? No, you look like a very interesting person. I'm always on the look out for new hobbies, and you look like you know a whole bunch of them."
"Me? My only hobby is pulling pranks on other people."
:wriggly: "Really? That's so cool! I have some people I would like to pull pranks on."
Suddenly Chisato is hit on top the head from behind by a magazine.
"Chisato, what's wrong with you? Corrupting random people. I didn't raise you this way."
"Sorry. Oh, this is my senpai, Maimi."
Maimi smiles. "Don't mind me. If you want to be corrupted by this girl go ahead. But, don't hold her too long, she has practice in fifteen minutes." Maimi walks towards the Ajax building.
Aika, Yossikas, Erina, and Rikakas run towards the AJAX building.
The buxom blond Imagin steps out of an alley in front of Maimi. "Excuse me, miss?"
"Can I help you?"
"My name is Yuikas. I am a beautician and I couldn't help but notice you."
Maimi points to her nose. "Me? Do I have some food on my face?"
"No, no. Nothing like that. The thing is that I think that you are stunning, and that I could help you achieve your true idol image."
"AJAX already has stylists. Why don't you audition your stuff with my managers?"
"Why, thank you. I will. But, before I do, I would like to show you a sample. If you look into this mirror you'll magically see what I am talking about."
"I guess that would be okay."
About ten yards from Chisato and Mikikas, Erina, Aika, Yossikas and Rikakas stop in their tracks as they see an Imagin jump inside of Maimi.
Rikakas' jaw drops. "You guys help her. I'll guard this one."
Erina reaches Maimi first. "Are you okay? Can you talk to me?"
"I think so."
Erina holds a card next to Maimi's head. The card indicates a date. Erina shows Maimi the date. "Does this hold any significance to you?"
Farther down the block Chisato is held back my Rikakas. "Let go of me, my friend is in danger."
"My friends will help her. But, if you want to be of service, maybe you tell me what the song of Maimi's heart is?"
"You're really strange. You knew my song, but you don't know Maimi's song? Especially since we have the same song? It's a pretty famous story in the idol magazines that we were together the first time we heard it."
Rikakas gets a shocked look on her face, but it quickly changes to sneaky expression. "I'll tell you what, I'll let you go over to help your friend if you could do me one favor. That sales pitch?"
Chisato rolls her eyes. "Okay."
"I have a magic mirror that can show you your true idol image. All you have to do is look."
Up the block, Maimi nods. "That's the date that me and Chisato heard the song of our hearts, Ice Cream to my Pudding."
Aika looks shocked. "The same song?"
Yossikas grabs Aika and turns her around. "Look!"
They see Rikakas jumping inside of Chisato.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 15
Yossikas grabs Aika and turns her around. "Look!"
They see Rikakas jumping inside of Chisato.
Erina seethes with anger. "Never trust an Imagin!"
Yossikas and Mikikas try to look inconspicuous.
This atmosphere isn't good. "Erina, we need to chase down this Imagin. Since both Maimi and Chisato heard the song at the same time and place we'll be able to catch up to Rikakas as well."
Erina realizes that she has scared Yossikas and Mikikas. "Oh, sorry. Yeah, let's get there!"
Three years earlier a younger looking Maimi and Chisato are walking inside a shopping mall. Chisato is dressed in boys clothes but still has a pony tail. The mall is playing a radio station on the loudspeakers.
Maimi collapses and Yuikas arises.
Then Chisato collapses and Rikakas arises.
"Rikakas, what are you doing? Are you trying to steal the song now, after quitting? Forget it. I'm going to be the one who gives the coin to the master."
Rikakas doesn't answer.
"What's wrong with you?"
"Oh, I'm sorry, there are some cute dresses in that store over there. Who are you?"
"My name is Yuikas. I don't want to have to battle you but if comes down to that, I will."
Aika runs up. "No one is going to erase that song."
Yuikas laughs. "A singularity point? This is great. I'll take your microphone as a trophy along with the song."
Rikakas grabs Yuikas' arm. "You mustn't."
Yuikas slaps Rikakas and sends flying almost into the nearest store. "Quitter. Don't talk to me." Yuikas turns to Aika. "You think you can defeat the great Yuikas?" Yuikas grinds her body against a nearby statue. "Ohhh. In your dreams."
Aika hears Yossikas in his head.
Aika, do NOT emulate this Imagin either!
I know, her statement didn't quite make sense. "I'm not going to let you do what you want."
Aika, you're getting better.
Thanks. "Stage Starto." Aika transforms into her usual outfit.
"Henshi." Yuikas transforms into a playboy bunny outfit.
Mikikas, Yossikas, who wants to go?
I already said this song was disgusting.
:bigdeal: I don't even know it.
Aika looks panicked. I don't know it either. Yossikas?
I don't do stupid forms like that.
"Facing me alone? How brave." Yuikas snaps her fingers and the music starts. "An important kiss, a kiss at the eyelids kiss, taking out the melting ice cream and overflowing pudding. I'm a little tantalized, but I still see my dream of crying ice cream and burning pudding."
Aika is forced down on one knee. Yossikas? Pretty please?
Sorry, I couldn't beat her if I tried.
Rikakas pushes Aika out of the way. "I'll be your opponent."
Yuikas ignores Rikakas and continues. "Where love is hereafter?"
"Explain by your feelings. Do it without speaking secretly. Everyone say 'I love you'."
Yuikas and Rikakas battle but Yuikas gains the upper hand as Rikakas doesn't seem to know the choreography and battles in a dark dress and pill box hat.
Aika uses telepathy to talk to Rikakas. What's wrong?
It's no good. I'm just a girl. I can't understand the song the same way that boy did.
You're going to get encored this way. Why don't you sing with me? :frustrated: Aika can hear in the back of his head Yossikas and Mikikas screaming bloody murder.
You would accept me? That makes me so Hap ..... py!!
Rikakas jumps into Aika.
Aika/Rikakas presses the gold button on the microphone. "Hollywood form." Aika/Rikakas transforms gaining shorter blond hair and a long flowing white dress. Rikakas, I'll handle the dancing, you handle the singing.
Okay.
Yuikas continues as if nothing was going on.
"A truthful kiss, there aren't any younger people, greedy ice cream always pudding. It can't be helped, this weeks schedule is boring ice cream and confusing pudding."
Yuikas and Aika/Rikakas go back and forth for several minutes until finally Yuikas breaks down.
"I can't believe this. Rikakas, you traitor!"
Aika/Rikakas smiles. "To keep the music which I love from disappearing, I will use my talent to make those who want to destroy my music cry. Do you want an encore?"
Yuikas shrugs her shoulders. "I guess it can't be helped." Yuikas blows Aika/Rikakas a kiss. "Chu!" Yuikas turns into sand and disappears.
Aika and Rikakas separate and are picked up by the Den-O Liner.
Yossikas and Rikakas get in her face and grab her dark dress.
Yossikas looks angrily at Aika. "You can't seriously expect me to share you with this thing. She's disgusting."
Mikikas nods. :on yellcard: "She looks pretty uncool. I'll bet she doesn't know any good hobbies."
Jun Jun appears out of nowhere and slams her walking stick down. "Yossikas, Mikikas, when I woke up this morning, I was the one in charge of this operation. Did something happen in between then and now that I wasn't told of?"
Mikikas and Yossikas reluctantly let go of Rikakas and turn away to sulk.
"Now, Rikakas, earlier you wanted Aika to encore you. Why was that?"
"Because I couldn't bear the idea of never hearing that song again. I felt that it would be better for me just to go home in disgrace."
Aika's eyes grow bigger. "Wouldn't you remember the song?"
"No, if I turned the song into a coin, then the song would no longer exist."
Jun Jun nods. "But, now?"
"If I can defend great music, then I want to stay and fight!"
Yossikas mutters under her breath. "She calls that great music?"
Jun Jun pulls a ticket out of her jacket. "Then I offer you a ticket of passage on this train."
Rikakas accepts the ticket which turns into a gold colored band on her wrist. Rikakas examines her wrist carefully. "Cute!"
"But, remember, if you go back on your desire to protect music, I can dump you in the sands outside and you'll never get back to your world or Aika's world."
"I understand. I want to thank you, and you, and you, and you," Rikakas waits for a couple seconds before finally pointing to Yossikas. "And you too."
:barf: Mikikas and Yossikas looks like they are going to throw up.
"But, Aika, even though you didn't know the lyrics to the song, you seemed to know what the song was about as well as that guy. How was that possible?"
Aika giggles. "I wonder."
:bingo: Mikikas giggles. "Maybe Aika shares a hobby with that boy?"
Rikakas looks shocked. She carefully examines Aika. "Amazing."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 16
"Class, we have another new transfer student. I am really amazed at the turnover rate this year, but I suppose it can't be helped. But, putting that aside, let me bring in the new girl."
Towa stops poking Kiraki and sits straight up in wonder.
The new student writes her name on the board. "My name is Asami. I have just signed with the AJAX agency. I hope that you all will help me get adjusted here."
Towa notices that most of the boys in the class are swooning, but most of the girls seem indifferent.
One of the boys in the class gathers his courage. "Miss Asami, what sorts of things do you like the best?"
Asami smiles. "That's easy. I love to eat. I could eat all day if I didn't have people who would stop me."
Towa cringes when half of the guys in the class start volunteering to share their lunch with Asami.
"She's so dreamy."
Towa looks sideways at Kiraki. "You're not going to get busted out of our group now, are you?"
"Sorry."
--
At the start of lunch, Towa visits Erina's palm reading booth. "I think we have a problem."
Erina's eyes grow wider. She sniffs the air. "Why do we have a problem? I don't detect any Imagins in the area."
"Are you sure? We just had a new transfer student and she looks exactly like Konkonkas. She even has a food obsession like Konkonkas."
"It's probably a coincidence. Unless ..." Erina stares off into space.
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend ☆ Ship version)
--
Reina motions for Towa to sit with her group during the later part of lunch.
"So, where is Miyibi-kun today?"
"She said that she had some errands that she had to do, but she would bring us a surprise later."
"Okay."
"Oh, here she comes now."
Towa sees Miyabi and Asami approach the table.
"Hi, everyone. I have been showing Asami around the school."
Miyabi and Asami sit down.
"Now, Asami, you might already recognize them from home room, but this is Reina-sama and this is Towa. This other person is Sayumi."
Asami looks at Towa in a strange way. "I thought it was unusual in this school for boy idols and girl idols to fraternize."
Towa motions for Asami to hold it down. "Well, since you're in my homeroom class, I think you should know my secret. The reason that Reina-sama and I fraternize is because we're in the same agency."
"That makes no sense at all. What agency are you two in?"
"I'm in two agencies. In JE I am known as Towa. In HP I am known as Aika."
"I can't even imagine that. You are a boy, right?"
"Of course."
"So they don't mind?"
Sayumi breaks in. "Of course we don't mind. Aika is a dependable person who does a good job at keeping her group together."
Asami rolls her eyes. "And, I thought some of the girls at AJAX were characters."
Towa prepares himself to ask some tough questions. "So, Asami, when did you sign with AJAX?"
"About a week ago."
"Why did you apply to AJAX rather than HP?"
Reina-sama pushes Towa's shoulder gently. "Don't you think that it is still early in the day for such harsh questions?"
"I don't know why. It's just that it seemed like the right thing to do at the time."
Miyabi puts her arm around Asami. "Don't worry, you probably heard a song by my group and subliminally absorbed which agency it was from."
Suddenly Towa hears the Den-O ring tone. "Excuse me, I need to take this call. I will catch up. Bye!"
Towa runs out into the school yard and answers his phone.
"Imagin, second floor, west wing. I'll meet you there."
"I'm on my way."
Towa races as fast as he can to the west wing of the school. When he gets to the second floor he can hear a scuffle in one of the class rooms.
Towa opens the door. An Imagin wearing a sailor's cap and club clothes is wrestling with Risako.
Risako looks up. "Aika. This isn't what it looks like."
Erina barges into the room as well. She waves her hands. Risako dozes off.
"Don't worry, I won't tell Saki-kun."
The Imagin sniffs the air. "A singularity point? This is good. I love a good challenge."
"You're not going to think it's a good thing once I encore you."
Aika! That was a good one.
Thanks, Yossikas.
"Sorry Cinderella, but the clock is striking twelve. Your microphone will belong to Captakas." Captakas snaps her fingers and music starts. "Hold me, hold me. I've got no backbone. These words are stuck in my chest."
"Stage starto!" Towa transforms into Aika.
Aika hears Yossikas inside of her head. Aika, who will you pick?
I know this song. Why don't you guys let me fly solo this time?
Go get 'em!
Thanks, Rikakas.
Aika confronts Captakas face to face. "Before the buds of love, blossom, the petals of love fall. I dream endlessly, don't let me be alone."
They go back and forth for about two minutes. Finally Captakas starts weakening.
Mikikas slaps Yossikas on the back. "Encore her, Aika!"
Yossikas gives Mikikas a dirty look.
"The night that you understand love's logic is a tearful night that shreds up love. A tale of ... OOOOFFF"
Aika feels himself being tackled and shoved against a wall.
Aika watches in horror as he sees the Imagin wake up Risako and show her Risako's true idol image.
The Imagin jumps inside of Risako.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 17
The Imagin jumps inside of Risako. Risako passes out.
Rikakas, Yossikas, and Mikikas rush through the door of the classroom. They pull the person who tackled Aika off of Aika.
"Thanks. I wonder who this is?"
Aika turns over the now limp body of the attacker. "Konkonkas! I knew she was up to no good."
Mikikas pouts. :bored: "I already encored that poser."
Yossikas looks at a pile of chairs. "Wait a second, there's someone else here." Yossikas rearranges the chairs and pulls Erina out of the pile. "How did you get there?"
"That person over there jumped me from behind and threw me."
"Um, guys, I know we have a situation with Konkonkas, but that Imagin has already gone back to the past."
Erina holds a train ticket besides Risako's head. "Can you hear me? I need to know what the meaning of this date is."
Risako opens her eyes. "That's when I heard my favorite song, The Peace, for the first time." Risako goes back to sleep.
"Aika, let's go."
"But, what about Konkonkas?"
"I don't know. But, I do know that she cannot follow us. She's a human."
Aika makes some non-comprehending gestures but is swept out the door of the classroom and into the Den-O Liner by the rest of the team.
"What do you mean, she's a human? How could a human have seen what was going on?"
Jun Jun slams her walking stick down on the floor.
Aika jumps a little bit.
"When an Imagin is encored, they normally go back to their dimension. But, if an Imagin has already changed a song into a coin, then they stay on earth as a human, unless the person who encored them forgives them."
"But, if she's a human how could she see me after I transformed?"
"She couldn't. The other Imagin controlled her."
"Oh, great."
"Being a Den-O is not the easiest job in the world." Jun Jun turns and walks off.
Erina nudges Aika. "We're almost there."
Aika turns to the Imagins. "So, who knows the song?"
Rikakas starts jumping up and down. "Me, me, me."
Three years earlier a very young looking Risako is lying on a blanket in a park listening to the radio on headsets and reading a book. Suddenly, she passes out and Captakas appears.
But, before she can make a move, the Den-O liner appears and drops Aika right in front of Captakas.
"Wait right there, we have some unfinished business."
Captakas giggles. "You couldn't get the job done before."
"But, your puppet isn't here to save you from being encored."
"No matter!" Captakas snaps her fingers and the music begins. "Oh, hey let's go! Yeah, let's all go. Hey, hey, let's sing. Yeah, let's all sing."
Aika presses the gold button on his microphone. "Sailor Form" Aika transforms into Aika/Rikakas and is decked out in a sailor outfit with white pants and a striped shirt. "Everybody get up. Our home is the future, let's get up! Get up! Everybody scream, even though it doesn't mean anything."
Wow, Rikakas, your dancing has improved.
That's because I understand this song.
Really?
Aika/Rikakas go back and forth with Captakas for a minute or so but Captakas cannot keep up. The music grinds to a halt.
"Bah. I should have had Konkonkas throw you out the window."
"But, you didn't. And now, since Aika didn't have the opportunity to do so because of your cheating, I'll say this for her: Do you want an encore?"
Captakas turns into sand and blows away.
On the way back, Aika huddles the team. "What should we do about Konkonkas?"
Yossikas ponders. "You know, if she was all human then she couldn't be controlled by the other Imagin."
Aika looks at Erina. "Maybe you could interrogate her?"
"It's worth a try. Try to steer her to me after school."
Towa skips the last class of the day and changes at home. He then waits by the school gate.
Asami walks out.
"Hey, Asami!"
Asami looks around bewildered. "Who are you? How do you know my name?"
Aika drops his Aika voice. "It's me, Towa." He goes back to his Aika voice. "This is what I look like when I work for HP."
"Very slick."
"Say, could you do me a favor?"
"What?"
"The fortune teller in the booth over there? She's really a spy sent by HP to make sure that their idols behave. But, she kind of gets lonely if there aren't many customers. Do you want to have your palm read? I'll pay for it."
"I don't know."
"I think she still has some Takoyaki balls."
"Okay, let's go!"
Erina looks at Asami's palm. "This is very auspicious. It seems that you have had some problems in your past, but now things are looking up for you."
Asami starts looking nervous. "Well, um, I don't remember much about my past."
"Well, Asami, I think I know something that might help that."
"Good!"
"Just sit back and close your eyes, and I will play some music."
As Erina plays, Asami becomes more and more agitated. Finally, she sits up in a start. "Who are you guys?"
Aika smiles. "Welcome back Konkonkas."
"What happened? The last thing I remember was trying to get another coin for the master."
"The master?"
"Yes, the master is the one who gives us our assignments."
"So, you were successful in turning a song into a coin?"
"Yes. It was a great feeling."
"How many coins does the master have?"
"Two. I gave the master the second one."
"What does the master look like?"
"No idea."
Konkonkas dozes off.
"Sorry, Aika, that's about the limit that I can influence an Imagin with my keyboard."
Asami wakes up. "So, Towa tells me you have some Takoyaki!"
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 18
"Everyone, I have an announcement." Aika looks at Miyabi, Sayumi and Reina-sama. I wish I was better at reading the atmosphere. "I was thinking that a good way to make Asami feel accepted at this school is to have a Karaoke party."
Sayumi smiles an evil smile. "Towa, this is a first for you. Are you sure this isn't a way for you to spend some more time with Asami? After all, I did see you pick her up after school yesterday."
Towa flinches, fearing an explosion from Reina.
"Little brother, I think this is a great idea. I think you need to expand a little bit with your socializing."
Oh yeah, she's not the same Reina. "I can go as Aika so that won't look like a mixed date to the scandal magazine photographers."
Miyabi smiles. "This is great, I will ask around my agency. It will be a real exciting party."
There might be some excitement at that.
--
That weekend, Asami, Aika, Reina, Sayumi, Miyabi, and Chisato assemble at a Karaoke club.
Watch out Aika, this is the same club that the boy embarrassed me at.
It will be okay, Rikakas, these aren't encore battles.
Aika, what are you taking about? Every song is a battle for supremacy. You shouldn't be carefree about this.
Yossikas, I'm not going to be laid back. I set up this little party for a reason.
"Little brother, are you okay? You look a little spaced out."
"Sorry, just thinking to myself."
The group enters their room.
Asami twirls around. "Amazing! This is as big as my apartment!"
Aika smiles. "Chisato recommended this place."
"I know you love to eat, and this place has a nice menu."
"Menu?"
Chisato raises an eyebrow. "Wow, you act like you were born yesterday sometimes, you know? Haven't you ever been in an Karaoke club before?"
Asami looks down. "Well, to tell the truth, my memory isn't very good."
"I'm sorry. I made you say something embarrassing. Please accept this menu as my apology."
Asami takes the menu from Chisato. Her eyes double in size. "Sugoi!"
"Please feel free to order as much as you want. They have room service here."
Asami quickly scans the menu. "Okay, I have decided. ... Everything."
The group faceplants.
Aika clears his throat. "You might want to pace yourself. After all, you won't be able to sing if your mouth is full."
Sayumi gathers everyone's order and phones for the food.
"So, who's going to be the first on the microphone?" Aika looks around for a volunteer.
"Aika, as the senior girl at our agency, I will accept responsibility. But, my first song will be a song battle with you. Be prepared to be overwhelmed by my cuteness."
You see Aika, Imagins are the only ones who use battle boasts before a song battle.
That seems to be true, Yossikas. "I look forward to it, Sayumi. But, don't be surprised if my singing will make you cry."
Oh, boy! Send me in!
Rikakas, this isn't that type of a battle.
Sayumi punches in the commands on the controller. The machine fires up. "Hey, my boy. Such an age gap. Hey my boy. I don't care."
Good, I recognize this song from the concert. "You're deep voice is beautiful. You're sigh is audible despite the distance between us. I entrust the rhythm to you while we dance."
Aika goes toe to toe with Sayumi trying to match her choreography as well.
They make it to the end of the song.
"Tres bien, Aika. Maybe we should do a duet next concert?"
Aika flinches again expecting an explosion from Reina's direction that again doesn't materialize.
"That would be a great idea. You two look good together."
"But, Reina-sama, you know that I would only want to do a duet with you."
"That's strange, Sayumi, we're already in a group together."
Sayumi sighs under her breath in earshot of Aika. "So oblivious."
Sayumi gives the microphone to Reina-sama. "You choose who to challenge."
"Well, since we are in different agencies we don't get to sing together a lot so how about I challenge Miyabi."
"Sure!"
Aika sees Sayumi turn purple with envy.
"You pick the song."
"That's easy." Miyabi enters the codes in the machine. "It's a woman's feeling, a premonition of love, that sweet look is sparkling. Because summer is hasty, you can't relax at all."
The food arrives during the Miyabi/Reina battle. Aika notices that Asami eats very slowly as to enjoy every bite.
After many more battles the microphone is passed to Aika.
"I'd thought that I would challenge the guest of honor here, if she can turn away from her fast food for a minute."
Asami laughs. "Sure. Any song you want. You pick."
"Namida ga Tomaranai Houkago."
Aika pushes in the codes to the machine.
Aika and Asami go back and forth for a couple of minutes. Then, Asami turns bright red and breaks out in a cold sweat. She runs from the room.
"I'll see if she's okay." Aika runs out in the hall.
Asami leans against the wall in shock. "What is happening to me?"
"I don't know what. But, I do know why."
"Why?"
Aika leans in and whispers. "It has to do with your lack of memory. A couple weeks ago you were an alien invader. I defeated you in a song battle and you became a human because you had already completed a mission."
"I want to say that what you just said makes no sense. But, it does kind of explain things."
"Look, I invited you to this party for a reason. Your buddies still have a bit of control over you and they can take over your body and cause you to interfere in song battles. The big question is which side are you on?"
"I don't know. This is a lot to think of. But, while I was singing, I did remember one thing. The reason I became an idol singer was to get better so that I could defeat you."
Aika smiles. "Asami-kun, I'm glad. It will be fun to have a rival. Now, let's get back to the party."
Asami looks at Aika in shock.
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
It's back! Warning - there is much emo-ness in the new arc.
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 19 - Catastrophe at the Fish Market
"Everyone, please adjust your seat belts and enjoy your trip."
Towa looks around. Wow, this is a big turn-out of girls for a field trip to a fish market. There's only two other guys on the bus.
Sayumi nudges Towa, who sits next to him. "You weren't here yet for the last field trip. The girls in the bus are all fans of the bus guide lady."
"What?" Towa looks around and sees all the girls with hearts in their eyes. "This is odd. Even Miyabi is here. I thought she would have backed out since Reina-sama is doing a photo shoot."
Miyabi loudly sneezes.
The bus guide, an attractive young adult lady offers Miyabi a tissue. "Are you feeling okay, miss?"
"I'm feeling okay now." When the lady walks back to the front of the bus Towa sees Miyabi make a peace sign and smiles like a cat that just ate a canary.
Towa looks behind him and see Yurina in the back using her huge camera to get candid shots of the bus guide. Well, at least Saki and Risako are acting normal, being ecchi with each other. "Yurina, too?"
Sayumi giggles. "Well, don't worry. I know that Asami and myself are only doing the trip because the food you can get at this place is amazing."
Asami, who sits in front of Towa, looks over the seat. "I heard they have hundreds of types of fish there, and places that will prepare any fish that your buy right there. I'm so excited."
"Looks like you have your priorities in order."
Asami winks. "Of course."
Towa smiles. "I'm looking forwards to learning ways to prepare fish."
Towa gets nudged from behind. "What is it Kiraki?"
"This atmosphere is kind of scary."
Hiro, who sits next to him, nods.
"Hiro, you should consider this a luxury. To be on a bus trip and not have to worry about being stalked or having to run from fan girls."
Hiro strikes a conceited pose. "I guess there is that."
Kiraki shoves Hiro. "What sort of example are you setting for your kouhai? What the heck?"
"Since when are you my kouhai?"
Sayumi nudges Towa. "So nice to see them get along."
---
Towa gets off the bus. "Wow, this place is huge!"
The bus guide leader comes from the entrance of the building with a large serving cart carrying rice bowls. "Everyone, please take a bowl. The school will be paying for everything you can put into your bowl for the first ten minutes. Please do not hold back."
The student's line up to take their bowls.
"Miss Kobiyashi, will you be taking a bowl as well?"
"Why yes, I will."
Towa hears all the girls close to him in line murmuring.
Towa gets his bowl.
"Okay, everyone, ten minutes should be enough time so please no shoving or rushing. The ten minutes begins now." Miss Kobiyashi blows a whistle.
Everyone files into the building. Towa can see fish stands as far as he can see.
"Towa, why don't we go right? Miss Kobiyashi is going left and she'll take her fan girls with her."
"Good idea." Towa goes down one of the right aisles, along with Hiro, Kiraki, Sayumi, Saki, and Risako.
Towa looks at Saki, who is looking at some sashimi and making a face. "What's wrong?"
"Well, I actually prefer cooked fish to raw fish in the morning."
"Same here. But, I do know there's a stand that will cook up your fish on the spot."
"Oh, cool!" Saki helps herself to some tuna and salmon.
Towa hears a high pitched squeal. He rushes over to see Hiro scaring Kiraki with a live king crab. "Kiraki, I thought you were a tough guy?"
"I'm tough against things with two legs, not against things with six claws."
"And, Hiro, we only have ten minutes. I'm sure you want to eat, right?"
"Hai." Hiro puts the crab back.
Sayumi looks at Towa's bowl. "This is so like you, Towa. You're picking things for their nutritional value, not for their cost."
"I am?" Towa nervously laughs.
Towa hears a whistle. "Five minutes!"
"Hey Towa! They have boiled lobster over here!"
Towa runs over to Risako and is rewarded with the contents of one of the lobster's leg meat.
Towa hears a whistle. "Time's up!" It went by so fast!
The group gathers back together in the main lobby.
"Okay, everyone, we can all eat by the tables in the center of the lobby. Those who want any item cooked can go to the stand in the pink area."
Oh great, it's a long way away. Towa gets up and is joined by Saki, Risako, Asami, Miyabi and Kiraki.
When they are almost to the cooking station Towa notices something out of the corner of his eye. "You guys keep going. I will catch up."
Towa rushes over to a palm reading booth. "Why are you here?"
Erina gives Towa a serious look. "We have detected the presence of an Imagin in this area."
"I have my cell phone. I will be on high alert."
"Towa, that bowl looks like heaven."
"Do you want some?"
"I can't. If I sample some I will probably go into a frenzy and empty your bowl."
"How about I give you a slice of the salmon sashimi and then run?"
"You better run fast." Erina takes some chopsticks and grabs a slice. "Delicious!" Smart boy, he already took off.
Before Towa can get to the cooking station he nearly collides with a fish seller.
"Hold on there son, it's obvious you want one of these fish." The fish seller waves two large fish around as if they were flag batons.
"Oh, no, no. I have plenty already. Maybe some other time?"
"Come anytime. My stand's fish are always the best." The fish seller lets out an ear splitting imperious laugh.
Where have I heard that laugh before? Well, it doesn't matter. Towa rushes to rejoin the group by the cooking station.
Before he can get there his phone rings with the Den-O Liner horn ring tone. "Yes?"
"It's the cook at the cooking station."
Saki gives her bowl to the cook, an attractive young lady with vaguely Western features. "Please cook the tuna, salmon and mackerel."
"No problem, de gojaimasu." The cook twirls her shiny knives.
"How cool."
"Hey, you guys are from that idol school, right? Did you know that if you look into these knives you can see your true idol image, de gojaimasu?"
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: "de gojaimasu" is a polite speech sentence ending, used by Mikakas primarily to be annoying.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 20
"Hey, you guys are from that idol school, right? Did you know that if you look into these knives you can see your true idol image, de gojaimasu?"
Saki looks at her reflection in the knives. "Sure."
"Good, now the song of you heart belongs to Mikakas, de gojaimasu."
Saki faints and is caught by Risako. "Hey, what's going on?"
"Out of my way, de gojaimasu." Mikakas jumps over the counter and pushes Risako into the rest of her group."
"Hold it right there! I'm not going to let you do what you want." Towa runs up.
"A singularity point? This is my lucky day, de gojaimasu. Your microphone will belong to Mikakas, de gojaimasu."
"I don't think so." Towa holds up his rail pass. "Live starto!"
Towa transforms into Aika.
Aika. My blood craves the thrill of battle. Let me in!
Without even knowing her song? Bold as always Yossikas. But let's wait until she announces the song.
"We will battle with the following song: Mini Moni Bus Guide, de gojaimasu."
A novelty song? Well, no matter. I will do it.
"Henshi" Makikas transforms into an uniform wearing bus guide.
"Bus guide form." Aika presses the red button and transforms into Aika/Yossikas.
Aika, I look ridiculous.
Do you want Rikakas to do it?
No, this is my fight now. "Guiding young adults to see interesting sites, Atashi Sanjou! I must warn you, my every performance is at the level of an encore!"
Mikakas ignores her. "Music starto, de gojaimasu!" The music starts. "MiniMoni Bus is a mini bus! MiniMoni Bus is not candy! Look this way, please!"
Aika/Yossikas gets into it. "A banana has nutrition. A smiling face is made for a greeting. This button dissuades a person, everyone has distress about that."
She's weakening. Finish her off Yossikas.
Roger. "We are done putting away the toys we have gotten free from watching TV. Everyone can carry chances, hold on to the big ... oooff"
Aika/Yossikas can feel themselves getting tackled.
"So sorry I can't play with you any more, de gojaimasu. I have a song to erase, de gojaimasu. Good bye, de gojaimasu!" Mikakas opens Saki up and jumps inside.
Erina runs up. "Are you okay?"
"Yes, no thanks to Asami here."
"That's not Asami."
Aika/Yossikas jumps back. She sees that the person who tackled her was the fish salesman. "Who is this person?"
"No idea."
"Aika? I did hear a command to attack you, but I ignored it."
"Asami, thanks. But, I really have to go back in time to stop Mikakas."
"Do your best."
Erina holds a card by Saki's head. "What significance does this date have for you?"
"That was the date I first heard the song of my heart, Disco Queen."
"Aika, let's go!" Erina finds a door to a closet. She claps her hands. Her and Aika/Yossikas run through the door to the Den-O Liner. Yossikas disengages and Aika turns back into Towa.
Erina fumes. "This is bad. I had no idea that Imagins could control random people like that."
Jun Jun looks up from her banana rice dish. "They cannot do anything like that. Aika, are you sure that person was a stranger?"
"Well, her laugh did remind me of someone."
Yossikas gives Towa a serious look. "What type of laugh?"
Towa does the imperious laugh.
"Makokas. I should remember, she's one of my victims."
Erina nods. "Well, one crisis at a time. We still have to defeat Mikakas."
"Maybe someone else should do it. We got tackled pretty hard."
Aika nods. "We're just lucky that Makokas didn't slap us in the face with one of her thirty pound mackerels."
"Okay, get ready, we're almost there."
"Aika, let me do it. I'm sure I will succeed where senpai failed. Maybe one upping her will be a new hobby? :wahaha:"
Aika nods.
Mikakas stands in front of a candy store. Music plays from a radio inside the store. "What a wonderful place to erase a song, de gojaimasu."
The Den-O liner sweeps down and deposits Towa. "Stage Starto!" Towa changes into Aika. "Hold it right there. You're not going to erase any songs today."
"We'll see about that, de gojaimasu! Henshi." The clothes of Mikakas change into a club outfit.
Aika hits the blue button on her microphone. "Club form." Aika changes into Aika/Mikikas and her clothes change into a club outfit.
"Shall we begin, de gojaimasu?"
Aika, look at those beautiful cakes in the window! Do you think cake eating would be a good hobby? :ding:
We have a Imagin to encore, okay?
"Disco Disco Di Di Di Disco, Disco Disco Di Di Di Disco, COME ON, WOW WO I'm the disco queen.
"I want to be told I'm super cute today, too. I want to see some new moves. I put on just a little wild makeup and dance around gorgeously."
Mikikas, what's wrong?
It's hard to concentrate with those cakes over there. And, this song is so easy that my mind keeps wondering. :dizzy:
"I always feel wonderful, I don't want to forget this fresh feeling. Your smile is like dessert. Just a little; without, it's boring."
The song grinds to a halt.
"I'm so sorry, de gojaimasu. But your microphone belongs to me now, de gojaimasu."
Mikikas separates from Aika and pushes her down. "No way. You only beat me. Leave her out of this." :pleeease:
"Very well, de gojaimasu. Do you want an encore, de gojaimasu?"
Aika looks on in horror as Mikikas turns into sand and blows away.
"Now, if you'll excuse me, de gojaimasu, I have a song to erase." Mikakas emits a horrible ear bleed inducing sound. The radio in the cake store which had started to play Disco Queen switches to another song.
A coin appears in the hand of Mikakas. "See you later, de gojaimasu."
Mikakas disappears.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's Note: "Gochisou-sama" is commonly said after a meal, similar to "Itadaki-masu" being said before a meal.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 21
"Now, if you'll excuse me, de gojaimasu, I have a song to erase." Mikakas starts emitting a horrible ear bleed inducing sound. The radio in the cake store which had started to play Disco Queen switches to another song.
A coin appears in the hand of Mikakas. "See you later, de gojaimasu."
Mikakas disappears.
Erina grabs Aika. "Quick. We need to get back to your time."
Aika looks at Erina in shock. "We failed?"
Erina drags Aika back to the Den-O Liner.
Aika changes back into Towa. "What has happened?"
Jun Jun puts her hand on Towa's shoulder. "Bad things. Bad things indeed. Mikikas is now back in her home dimension and won't be coming back."
Yossikas sneers. "How is that bad? She was incredibly annoying."
Jun Jun ignores Yossikas. "Also, your friend Saki is no longer the girl you once knew. Once the song of the heart is ripped out, most victims fall into despair and apathy."
Towa falls to his knees and starts sobbing. "I couldn't save Saki?"
"Towa, if you want to save Saki, we will have to find out who the master of these Imagins is and recover the coins."
---
Mikakas appears on the roof of a building. "Master, here it is, de gojaimasu!"
A shadowed figure takes the coin. The figure takes out a CD titled "Top 10 hits" and places it in a CD player. The figure skips through the CD. "Impossible. Impossible! IMPOSSIBLE!!"
"Is something wrong master, de gojaimasu?"
The master steps out of the shadows. It is a slightly older looking version of Yuu. "Am I still smiling? I'll bet my face looks pretty scary."
"Did I do wrong, de gojaimasu?"
"No, something else must be preventing this mission from completing. I'll bet it's that singularity point."
"Then I failed, de gojaimasu. I could have taken her microphone, but I encored that traitor instead, de gojaimasu."
"No. That's one less obstacle between me and her."
---
Erina runs out of the closet door and starts waving her arms. All of the field trip students at the cooking station freeze. Their eyes glaze over then clear. "Okay, Towa. Their memories have been erased. All we have to do is drag Makokas to my stall and then we can restart time."
"I can help, if you like."
Towa looks at Asami in surprise. "You're not affected?"
"I'm afraid not."
Asami and Towa carry Makokas by the shoulders to Erina's palm reading booth.
"Asami, Towa, you two should go back. I will restart time then."
"Okay."
Towa and Asami rush back to the cooking stand. Towa is relived to find that Erina had not used the time stoppage to eat all of his food.
Time restarts.
Towa sees that there is a different chef handling people's food. Saki is upright and slowly eating her cooked food.
Risako comes over with her cooked food. "Is it good? Can I have a bite?"
Saki ignores her.
"Oh, I get it. It's so good that you can't respond." Risako eats some of the food in her bowl. "I see what you mean!" Risako does the Yonesuke head rolling gimmick. "It's so delicious!"
Saki continues to ignore her.
Miyabi nudges Towa. "Towa, I have to bring this bowl back to Miss Kobiyashi, since she prefers cooked fish. (Isn't that cool?) But, I do need to ask you," Miyabi whispers, "what in the world was that?"
Miyabi looks confused. "What do you mean?"
"Oh, I don't know, things like you transforming like a magical girl into Aika, then transforming into a bus guide, then singing along with the cook who also transformed into a bus guide. I could go on, but you should get the idea."
"After we eat lunch, I will try to explain it to you."
"Okay, I think Miss Kobiyashi must be getting really hungry."
---
Miyabi puts her hands together. "Gochisou-sama!"
Towa does the same.
"So, are you going to explain this to me?"
"Yes. Come with me. Asami, you come as well."
"Roger, my rival."
Towa leads them to the palm reading booth. Erina is inside reading a manga. Makokas is snoring on a chair.
"Any luck?"
"Still asleep."
"Towa, why did this man tackle you?"
"Well, let me start from the beginning. The original cook was an alien from another dimension. She was trying to steal the 'song of the heart' from Saki. I tried to stop her by engaging her in a song battle. She commanded this person here to tackle me so that she could get out of losing the battle. She then went back in time and erased Saki's song of the heart. I tried to prevent her but I failed miserably."
"What song was Saki's song of the heart?"
"Disco Queen."
Miyabi has a completely blank face. "When was that popular?"
"Before the battle, you would have known it because it was a big hit. But now, the song has never existed in this universe. The cook changed the song into a coin."
"Is this why Saki hasn't spoken a word since then, even though Risako keeps trying to pretend that nothing is wrong?"
"Yes."
Miyabi grabs Towa violently with tears in her eyes. "Towa, I have seen this happen before! Kanon was my group mate before Yuu replaced her. One day she was normal, the next day she acted exactly like Saki!"
"Where is Kanon now?"
"She's institutionalized. She never recovered."
Makokas wakes up. "Where am I? Well, no mater. Do you guys want to buy some fish?"
"Miyabi, you told me earlier that you could do 'super counseling'. Do you think you could do that for this person?"
"I can try." Miyabi takes some beads out of her pocket and starts praying over Makokas.
"Hey, what are you doing young lady? Aagh!" Makokas goes limp.
"I was able to dispel an evil spirit that was controlling her body."
Makokas wakes up. "What's going on? Why am I dressed like a guy?"
Towa looks closely at Makokas. "Who are you?"
"My name is Makoto. I have come to Tokyo from Niigata to make my debut as an idol singer."
Asami pulls Towa aside. "That's the same sort of vague background story that I got."
"So Makokas must have erased a song before she was encored."
Erina shoots Towa a look. "Towa, I think Makoto must be tired by now. We should let her go. Makoto, welcome to Tokyo. Please do your best as an idol."
Makoto walks off.
Suddenly, Asami bursts into tears and runs out of the booth. Towa chases her down.
"Towa. I don't remember the song that I turned into a coin, but I now remember the idol's name that I took it from. It was Kanon!"
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 22 - An Unsatisfying Measure Of Revenge
Lin Lin makes hot chocolate for Rikakas and Yossikas. She starts to reach for the blue colored whipped cream but then withdraws her hand in sorrow.
"Here you go, a red colored hot chocolate for Yossikas and a gold colored hot chocolate for Rikakas."
The two Imagins drink their hot chocolate, color coordinated by colored whipped cream to their Den-O Liner wrist bands, and murmur their approval.
Lin Lin sighs. "I guess I should take the blue whipped cream back to the storage room."
Rikakas looks at Lin Lin blankly. "Why do that?"
Lin Lin looks sad. "Because I can't make hot chocolate for Mikikas anymore."
Rikakas looks depressed.
"Why are you two depressed? Mikikas was barely on our side. She was only fighting other Imagins because she thought it might be an interesting hobby. She lost because she was never serious about gaining glory through song battling. Good riddance to her." Yossikas turns up her nose.
"Lin Lin, maybe I can help you with those cans?"
"Okay."
Lin Lin and Rikakas leave Yossikas alone in the dining car. Yossikas looks out the window and then uncontrollably starts crying.
---
"Little brother! I have something to show you."
Towa stops in the hall. Oh no. Reina-sama hasn't heard about Saki yet. "What is it?"
"Take a look at this contact sheet. We had some time left over in the shooting schedule and the producer asked me if there was anything I would like to try. So, we shot a roll of this." Reina shows Towa the contact sheet.
Towa gets a lump in his throat. It's the old Reina! "Very interesting."
"Well, I thought it might be fun to cosplay as Gangster Barbie from Lost World."
"But, is it cosplay if you were Gangster Barbie?"
Reina-sama puts her hand close to Towa's mouth. "Not so loud! Remember, what went on there was supposed to stay there."
"Sorry."
"But, the producers don't know if this would be good for my image or not. They think that my fans might not accept images like these."
"Well, they are pretty shocking."
"True. Maybe some time down the road. By the way, Miyabi told me something bad happened to your fellow soap bubble Saki."
"Yes. Miyabi is afraid that Saki has come down with the same malady that Mayabi's former group member Kanon has."
"That's horrible. I wish there was something I could do to help her."
"I wish there was as well."
---
"And so, she checked into her hotel after the long trip." The teacher reads in English. "Miss Saki, could you continue reading from there?"
Asami looks up. She has been secretly munching on snacks, but now looks on with dread as if she is watching a car crash in slow motion.
Saki stares straight ahead and says nothing.
"Miss Saki? Could you please read for us?"
Risako jumps up. "Sensei, this story is obviously too banal for Saki to read. I could read it for you though."
"Is that so? Well, please proceed Miss Risako."
Asami starts tearing up. She puts away her snacks.
Risako finishes reading.
"Now, Miss Saki, you see that was not too banal, right? Why don't you think about this outside while holding some water filled buckets?"
Saki doesn't move.
"Sensei, I agree with Saki on the passage being banal. My conscious will not allow Saki to do this punishment alone."
"Very well, both of you stand in the hall."
Risako leads Saki out to the hall.
Asami looks on in shock.
---
Miyabi walks down the hall.
"Miyabi-senpai?"
"Asami. How are you holding up? That was a pretty weird incident at the fish market, huh?"
Asami starts crying.
"What's the matter?"
"Miyabi-senpai, there's something I have to confess to you."
Miyabi starts laughing. "Wow, you do act like you were born yesterday sometimes. That sort of stuff people write down on letters. I get them all the time, but, of course my heart belongs to Reina-sama."
Asami notices that they are near a room that is not in use. "Come with me."
"Even if you do this in an empty room, it's not going to work."
Asami shuts the door. "Miyabi, there's something about me that you don't know. I used to be an alien, but Aika defeated me in a song battle, like the one you saw at the fish market. Normally I would have gone back to my own dimension, but since I had already eliminated a song beforehand, I wound up staying on as a human."
"Asami, you and Towa are taking this joke far enough. Don't you think this joke is in bad taste with Saki being in such bad shape?"
"I know Saki is in bad shape! And, it's killing me inside. It's killing me inside because I know that Kanon is suffering the same thing."
"But, you've never even met Kanon."
Asami starts speaking in a low sinister voice. "Kanon was wearing a t-shirt with a picture of Cinderella on the front. She was about to eat a takoyaki. She asked me if her true idol image was going to look like Cinderella. She looked into my mirror and then I ate her takoyaki and then I stole and erased the song of her heart. Miyabi, I put Kanon in the institution. It was me."
Miyabi tears up. Miyabi smacks Asami across her chubby cheeks.
"Please, hit me harder!" I can't stand hurting on the inside without hurting on the outside as well."
Miyabi lets out a cry of anger and hits Asami harder. Asami crashes into a bunch of tables.
"What's going on in here?"
Asami and Miyabi look around to see Airi standing in the doorway.
"What are you two doing?"
Asami picks herself up. "Airi-senpai. I am sorry for causing such a disagreeable scene. I mentioned that I didn't think that Reina-sama was very pretty and Miyabi was trying to educate me in the error of my ways."
"Miyabi, I think that it's kind of disgusting that you're so fascinated with someone who not in our agency. Would you have smacked her around if she said that I wasn't pretty?"
"Sorry, Airi."
"So, shake and make up."
Asami and Miyabi shake hands.
"Good. Anyway, there is a visitor to the school here who wants to show me my true idol image. Maybe she could show you guys your true idol image as well? That wouldn't be a problem, right?"
The visitor walks into the room. "No problem at all, de gojaimasu!"
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 23 - An Unsatisfying Measure Of Revenge
"Good. Anyway, there is a visitor to the school here who wants to show me my true idol image. Maybe she could show you guys your true idol image as well? That wouldn't be a problem, right?"
Mikakas walks into the room. "No problem at all, de gojaimasu!"
Asami looks horrified. "Don't do it Airi. She's bad."
"What could be the harm?" Airi looks into Mikakas' mirror and faints.
"You monster. I'll get you!" Asami rushes Mikakas but then falls to her knees.
Miyabi rushes over to help Asami. "What's wrong?"
"She's attempting to control my mind and make me attack you."
Miyabi pulls out some prayer beads and starts chanting over Asami.
Asami makes it back to her feet and yells at Mikakas. "Who's going to listen to you?"
Mikakas runs over and pushes Miyabi down.
Asami falls to her knees again. "I will not do it!"
Sorry, no time to play, I have a song to erase, de gojaimasu!"
"No so fast!"
Miyabi looks up. "Towa!"
"You have to get through me first. Stage starto." Towa transforms into Aika.
"The result is going to be the same, de gojaimasu. We will battle with the song Summer Night Town, de gojaimasu! Henshi." Mikakas's professional looking clothes change into a club outfit.
Aika, I know this song. I will protect this song with all of my strength.
Okay, Rikakas. "Club form." Aika transforms into Aika/Rikakas. "A friend is gone forever. Many tears are shed. A cry for justice is heard. I, Rikakas, will protect the music I love."
Mikakas ignores her. "Music starto, de gojaimasu!" The music starts. "Smile, smile, smile, try to make to wonder what I'm feeling, but you can see right through me somehow that I know. Do you know how long it will take for me to love you? Come on I really feel for you, I hate you, hate you, hate you, love you."
Aika, she's singing in English!
Aika/Rikakas hear Yossikas' voice in their heads. Just sing the song in Japanese. There are no penalty points associated with doing that.
Penalty points?
Roger. Let's do this Aika.
"A summer night that feels the season, I want to stay together forever. I don't voice my selfishness but I want to stay together. What a strange feeling."
Mikakas looks confused, but continues. "Feel me, touch me now. Take me, love me now. Won't you tell that you love me forever."
"I couldn't dive into your arms, so I sulked and cried."
They battle on for another minute and then the music grinds to a halt.
"Ha, ha, ha. You didn't even know the lyrics, de gojaimasu."
Aika/Rikakas smile. "You are mistaken. Your song is a cover of a Japanese song. Our lyrics were correct. And, you lost."
"Muri. Muri. Muri, de gojaimasu! There's no way." Mikakas' smile vanishes when she realizes that this is true. "No! Wait, wait. I could forgive Mikikas. You don't have to encore me."
Rikakas, look to your side. That low life is still trying to get Asami to attack you to get out of losing.
Aika/Rikakas glances quickly to the side. "Well, that was a wonderful offer Mikakas. What else can I say, but, ..."
Mikakas looks hopeful.
"Do you want an encore?" The face of Rikakas hardens and she snarls the question.
"Bye bye, de gojaimasu!" Mikakas turns into sand.
Kick the sand! Quickly!
I hear you, Yossikas. Aika/Rikakas kicks and scatters the sand before it disappears.
Asami collapses.
Erina runs into the room. "Great job guys. Let's get this place cleaned up while I fix Airi's memory."
"Wait, Asami is hurt."
I'll help clean things up.
Okay, Rikakas.
Aika and Rikakas separate. Aika changes back into Towa. Towa runs over to Asami who is being helped by Miyabi. "How is she?"
"She's just tired."
Asami opens her eyes. "Rival. I didn't give up."
"I know. You did well."
Miyabi looks indignant. "Wait a second. Asami, shouldn't your rival be an Ajax girl?"
Asami sits up on her own and gets a sly smile. "Miyabi, shouldn't your crush be an Ajax girl?"
Miyabi waves her hand in front of her face. "No, no, no. One day you'll understand why. Trust me."
"Okay. But, anyway, thanks for helping me resist Mikakas. For some reason her mental attack was stronger this time."
Towa smiles. "Last time she was attacking you and Makokas at the same time."
Miyabi stares at Rikakas. "By the way Towa, I remember palm reading lady. But, who is the pill box hat girl?"
"Oh, I'm Rikakas."
"Towa, is she another monster?"
"Yes, but Rikakas does not want to erase songs. She loves music and would rather be encored than to hurt a song."
"This situation is getting stranger and stranger."
Asami puts her hand on Miyabi's shoulder. "Senpai. The important thing is for Rikakas and Aika to keep fighting. If they can recover the songs that were lost then Kanon will go back to normal. If they fail, more girls will wind up like Kanon and Saki."
Erina comes back into the room. "Okay, Airi is on her way to lunch now."
Towa gets a thoughtful look. "I guess I won't get to find out what the song of Airi's heart is."
Miyabi looks at Towa like he was an alien. "What are you talking about? It's Massara Blue Jeans. How can you not know that?"
"I'm not in your agency?"
"You're being ridiculous Towa. There was an article in last month's Idol Singer Monthly that listed all of the songs of the heart of all of the girl idols in Tokyo. Although, I don't remember seeing your name."
"I haven't been a girl or a boy idol for very long. Maybe I started too late to participate in the survey. But, do you have a copy of that magazine?"
"Yes, it's in my locker."
"Could you get a copy of that article for me right now? I know I am being inconvenient, but this could help Kanon get back to normal."
"Be back in a second."
Erina, Asami, and Rikakas look at Towa with stunned expressions.
Finally Asami speaks. "I don't remember what the master looked like. But, I do remember that she always had a music player and a magazine with her."
Miyabi comes back. "Here it is! And, I copied all of the pages that had the poll."
Asami looks at the magazine with a flash of recognition. "That's the one."
Towa looks at the copied pages. "Great. We'll just need the copies. You should get back to lunch. I'm sure Reina-sama is being bored by Sayumi right now."
"I can't let that happen!" Miyabi runs out.
Asami bows low before Towa. "I know that I don't have a right to ask you this, but, please forgive my being encored so I can fight with you like Rikakas did."
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Potato girl means a country bumpkin.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 24 - An Unsatisfying Measure of Revenge
Asami bows low before Towa. "I know that I don't have a right to ask you this, but, please forgive my being encored so I can fight with you like Rikakas did."
"Let's discuss this on the Den-O liner. I'm not quite sure I know how to answer your question."
Erina claps her hands. The Den-O liner's horn sounds. "All aboard."
They walk through the door of the classroom onto the Den-O liner.
Yossikas stares at Asami with disdain. "Konkonkas, don't you think your request is a little weird?"
Asami looks at Yossikas with a blank expression. "Who are you?"
"Atashi, sanjou! I am the Imagin whose every performance is at the level of an encore, Yossikas. I happen to be Aika's main weapon."
Asami still looks lost. "And, my request is weird because?"
Yossikas slams her hand on her diner table. "It's obvious. How did you lose to Mikikas? You lost because you heard the your host's microwave oven ring and you became distracted. How did Mikikas lose? Because she saw the cakes at the store and became distracted."
Jun Jun stamps her walking stick, startling Asami. "Yossikas has a point. Not needed is an Imagin who takes her mind off a song during a performance."
Asami looks at Jun Jun blankly.
"Oh, my name is Jun Jun. I own this time train."
Lin Lin hands Asami some hot chocolate. "Here you go. My name is Lin Lin."
"Thanks." Asami takes a sip. "Amazing!"
Towa goes into a deep think. "I think I have it. Asami, let's put the decision off until this weekend. Do you have Saturday free?"
"Yes."
"Good, then meet me at that Karaoke club. We can decide then if you should join us."
Asami bows. "I will do my best!"
---
Aika, Yossikas, and Rikakas wait in the lobby of the Karaoke place.
"Aika, I cannot tell you how weird I feel."
"Just relax Yossikas. It's a mall. No one will notice you."
"I am here!"
Aika directs the other three into a medium sized booth. "Okay, here is the deal. I have studied the list I got from Miyabi. In my opinion, we should master all of the songs on the list."
Yossikas' jaw drops. "Aren't there over fifty songs there?"
"Seventy three."
"All of them?"
Aika gets in Yossikas' face. "You saw what happened after a loss. We have an obligation to make sure that losing never happens again."
Yossikas chuckles. "Aika, I see now that I made a really good choice in picking you. This is some real fire I am seeing now."
"We'll see if you still feel that way after we finish rehearsing. And, Asami?"
Asami looks up from the menu. "Yes?"
"While you are singing, the three of us are going to tempt you with junk food."
"Uso! No way! You're being sadistic now."
"Asami, if you think about it, you'll see exactly why we're doing this. I can't have you get encored because you became distracted during a challenge."
Asami sighs. "You're right."
"Okay, let's order some food and get this party started."
---
"I won't allow things like looking astray. Say it: you love me, you love me, you love me, you love me. Yeah, say it right here.
"Special generation LOVE. I want to trust in fate. Even after a million years pass this love will not be ..."
Rikakas waves a green tea stream cake (Uiro) in front of Asami. "Why aren't you singing?"
Asami beats her head with her fists. "Why can't I get this? Let's try it again."
Aika cues up another song.
"Stubborn. You're stubborn. You're still clueless. Enough is enough, goodbye, my love.
"Friendship. There's no way we can go back to being friends. I intend to be selfish from ..."
Yossikas waves a monaka (two mochi pieces filled with azuki bean jam) in front of Asami. "If you stop singing like that in a challenge you will be encored."
"Why?" Asami starts crying.
"Let's try another one."
---
An hour later, after failing to complete a single song, Asami puts up her hands. "Rival, you are correct. I am ten years too early to be of service to you."
Aika smiles. "Asami, I was always going to forgive you. I just wanted you to understand how strict we were going to be from now on. Besides, we were here last night trying things out ahead of time and Yossikas got distracted by warabimochi and Rikakas got distracted by dorayaki. So, it does happen. And, I could tell that it was taking you longer to get distracted the more we practiced."
"Rival, I am not worthy."
"Too bad. But, this is a war and sometimes in war you need to use what you have, not what you would want to have." Aika takes out his cell phone. "Erina, we're ready."
They hear the Den-O liner's horn. The walk through the door of the booth to the Den-O liner.
The dining car is festively made up with banners and streamers. Lin Lin and Jun Jun look on with approval.
"Asami, I forgive your being encored."
Nothing happens.
Yossikas starts panicking. "What is this? Did something not work?"
Konkonkas' eyes light up. "Is this good enough for you?"
Yossikas jumps back.
Jun Jun takes a ticket out of her pocket. "I believe this has your name on it, Konkonkas."
Konkonkas takes the ticket and it vaporizes and re-materializes as a light-pink wristband.
Erina smiles. "Aika, your microphone should now have one of its buttons be light pink."
Jun Jun clears her throat. "Konkonkas, although you now have permission to ride this train, I think that you would be of more use to us if you continued as Asami."
"I understand."
---
Kiraki walks the halls in between classes. He sees some boys bullying a girl.
"Look at this weird uniform."
"She looks like a potato girl."
"Maybe she got lost and is going to this school by mistake?"
One of the boys starts shoving the girl. "I think she's just stupid."
Kiraki grabs the boy who did the shoving and introduces the boy's head to some nearby lockers.
The rest of the boys run away in fear.
"Are you okay?"
The girl looks up with sparkles in her eyes. She pushes her index fingers together. "Why yes, I am. Thank you. My name is Makoto."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 25 - An Encore For Konkonkas part 1
"Towa! I think that you should meet this new person." Miyabi winks at Towa.
Geeze, I am going to be late for class. "Okay."
Miyabi pulls Makoto out of the crowd of students hurrying through the halls trying to get to class. "This is Makoto. She is the newest idol over at Ajax."
"Please take care of me."
"Makoto, this is Towa."
"No way! The Towa?"
This cannot be good. "What do you mean?"
"I'm sorry but Kiraki always talks about what a good senpai you are to him."
"You know Kiraki?"
"He's so dreamy."
Both Towa and Miyabi look shocked.
Miyabi shoves Makoto. "Hey you, don't get any weird ideas. National idols aren't supposed to have boyfriends."
"Sorry." Makoto pouts.
---
Yuu paces the top of the Ajax building.
A new Imagin appears.
"Kannakas, you are to get this song." Yuu points to a spot in her copy of Idol Singer Monthly.
"I understand."
Kanna disappears.
---
Risako steps into Miss Megumi's office. It is small and cluttered with stacks of paper everywhere. "You wanted to talk to me?"
"I think we both know why you are here."
"Is it about Saki?"
"She's been almost completely unresponsive in practice."
"She's just not feeling our new song yet."
Miss Megumi slams her hand down. "Risako, wake up! I have gotten calls from your school and you've been making excuses for Saki there as well. Saki can't be uninspired by everything. And, she's never been uninspired before. What's going on?"
Risako start crying. "I don't know!!"
"She hasn't started taking drugs has she?"
"Of course not."
"She doesn't have a secret boyfriend that she had a fight with?"
"No way."
"Anything at all I should know about?"
"You tell me. Maybe this has to do with the fact that we went to Lost World."
Miss Megumi ponders. "I have never heard of anyone who came back from Lost World who had these symptoms."
"But, is it at least possible?"
"Honestly, I would have to say no."
"But, what I am to do?"
"Well, we cannot live in denial. I am recommending that Saki go on medical leave since she is not in condition to practice or perform."
"Then put me on leave as well."
"Risako, the school also told me that you would not allow Saki to be punished unless you had the punishment as well. I know it must be crushing to have your friend not feel well, but do you really want to throw away your career?"
"I would not be able to concentrate worrying about her."
Miss Megumi gets in Risako's face. "I will give you one week off. But, as cruel as this is going to sound, I don't think that you should be with Saki now. Whatever is wrong with her is not something friendship can cure. She needs professional help."
"I hate you!"
"That's okay. I'm your boss and sometimes you should hate me. But, at this point, you're the one that I think can be saved. Saki, not so much."
"I will never accept that."
"One week. After that, you might not have a job to come back to."
"Fine!" Risako storms out of Miss Megumi's office.
Miss Megumi looks on in wonder. What in the world could be wrong with Saki?
---
Towa enters the JE building and waves to the receptionist. He goes to the stairs for his usual pre-practice workout of running up five flights. However, this time he is stopped dead on the fourth floor landing.
"Hold on there buddy, there's a problem."
Towa looks with surprise at Hiro, Seiji and Josephine. "What's wrong?"
Josephine takes control. "Towa, as you know, at JE we tolerate a certain amount of scandal and seediness, since that helps develop a successful boy idol's image. However, I have received reports that someone has crossed a line that should not have been crossed."
Is he talking about me? "Oh?"
"I have received reports from my spies at the school that Kiraki has fallen in love."
"That's worse than having sleazy affairs?"
Seiji nods. "It seems stupid, I know. But, think about it from a marketing point of view. How are girls supposed to fall in love with us if we are taken? The guys who have sleazy affairs are at least still on the market."
Hiro chimes in. "This is a critical time for us. We shoot our music video next week. If Kiraki doesn't have his head in the game our video is going to stink out the place."
Josephine nods. "The boss can still yank Climax Jump and give it back to the flagship group if you guys can't bring the song to life."
"I understand. I will do what I have to do."
Hiro squeezes his shoulder. "I knew you would be a team player."
Great.
---
Towa approaches Kiraki in the halls. He can see that Kiraki is talking to Makoto and being totally infatuated. Josephine's spies are right on the money with this one.
"Hello, Kiraki."
"Towa, have you met Makoto yet? Isn't she dreamy?"
"Makoto, are you Kiraki's girlfriend?"
Makoto blushes purple. "Well, I don't know. I mean, I haven't talked to him about that. But..."
Towa smacks Kiraki upside of his head. "You know Kiraki, I think you're being pretty darn low to lead this girl on like that."
Kiraki shoves Towa. "What are you talking about?"
"You'll have to forgive Kiraki. He often pulls pranks like this. The truth is he will never really be in love with you."
"What?"
"Kiraki is in love with me."
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 26 - An Encore For Konkonkas part 2
"You'll have to forgive Kiraki. He often pulls pranks like this. The truth is he will never really be in love with you."
"What?"
"Kiraki is in love with me."
Makoto looks at Towa with a stunned expression. Then she looks at Kiraki and then back at Towa. She nods. "Kiraki, I want you to know that I support you and Towa. Please be happy together." Makoto runs off in tears.
Kiraki grabs Towa by the collar. "What the heck was that for?"
"Josephine and the rest of the group asked me to intervene. We have a video to shoot next week. We can't have you causing the wrong kind of scandals by having a girlfriend."
"But, Makoto is special."
He doesn't know the half of it! "I'm sure she is, but we all make sacrifices to be idols."
"And, telling her that I'm in love with you? She's going to tell half the school now that I'm gay."
"But, it's the truth."
Kiraki punches Towa. They go to the ground and start wrestling, Towa trying to prevent Kiraki from hitting him.
Kiraki's phone rings with the Den-O liner's ring tone.
"Crap that's important."
"I don't care!"
This sucks! I can't break free of Kiraki so I can't stop an Imagin attack.
Suddenly, Kiraki slumps over.
Towa struggles and frees himself from being under Kiraki's limp body. Towa sees Erina.
"Hurry! An Imagin is attacking!"
Erina and Towa sprint through the school. They arrive at an empty classroom where they find Miyabi's limp body.
Erina hold a ticket up to the side of Miyabi's head. "Does this date have any meaning to you?"
"That's the date that she heard the song of her heart, Special Generation Love, for the first time."
Erina looks up at Towa with surprise.
Miyabi, in a trance, nods.
"I do have the list memorized, you know."
"Okay, we better get there at once."
Erina claps.
Towa and Erina walk through the door of the classroom into the Den-O Liner diner car. Asami is already there.
"Tough break, rival. To be in the middle of a fist fight when an Imagin attacked."
"Sometimes, guys have to do strange things. But, stop snickering. I want you to encore this new Imagin."
Yossikas stomps her hand on the table in front of her. "This is absurd. We don't know anything about the other Imagin yet."
"Doesn't matter. Konkonkas had the highest score on Special Generation Love."
Yossikas sulks. "I guess you're right."
"Where's the battle ground?
Jun Jun looks up. "Miyabi heard the song at a bake shop."
Asami looks panicked.
Lin Lin runs up to Asami. "Don't worry. I have just the right things to help you."
---
Kannakas looks around the bakery, standing over the limp body of a younger looking Miyabi. "This should be a snap."
"Excuse me, there is something you need to do before you erase that song."
Kannakas turns around. "Who are you?"
Asami, wearing dark glasses and holding a microphone smiles. "I am the annoying surprise reporter Imagin, Konkonkas. Today's interview will be about what you'll be doing after you get encored."
"Not happening. Henshi."
Yossikas, looking on from the Den-O Liner starts gagging. "Lin Lin, what did you do to Asami? What is that awful smell?"
"I put Tiger Balm under her nose so she wouldn't be able to smell the cakes. And, I gave her black glasses so she can't see anything."
"Wow."
Asami smiles at Kannakas. "I'm afraid it will."
The music starts. "Saying this and that, making excuses, don't annoy me.
"If you like that girl then why don't you go get her?
"Showing off, showing off, tottering about in silver accessories. Who are you trying to appeal to?"
Rikakas looks on in amazement from the Den-O Liner. "Wow, we're seeing the real Konkonkas now."
"Special generation LOVE, I don't feel lonely passing through Ikebukuro. This love is Fore-v-e-r."
The music grinds to a halt.
"This can't be happening."
"You look depressed. I have something than might cheer you up. Would you like an encore?"
Kannakas disappears.
Towa and Asami return to the Den-O Liner.
"So, how did I do?" Asami nervously looks around the dinner car.
Yossikas looks at Asami with annoyance. "Well, I guess you did okay."
Rikakas shoves Yossikas. "Don't listen to her. She's just jealous. You kicked butt."
Asami smiles. "Well, I owe it all to Lin Lin. I wasn't even aware of the cakes while I was singing."
"It was nothing."
Towa smiles. "Looks like the hard work and practice paid off as well. That Imagin didn't have a chance."
"Rival, I will continue to work hard."
Towa nods. "But, I still have a fight to get back to."
Erina raises an eyebrow. "I can arrange it so that Kiraki won't notice that he fell asleep."
"Okay."
Erina and Towa depart from the Den-O Liner and arrive at the school hall.
Erina erases the memories of all the students watching the fight.
"Can I be on top when the fight resumes?"
"No. We're here to preserve the time line, not change it."
"Rats." Towa gets on the floor and scissors Kiraki's body with his legs. "Okay, restart him."
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 27 - An Encore For Konkonkas part 3
"Can I be on top when the fight resumes?"
"No. We're here to preserve the time line, not change it."
"Rats." Towa gets on the floor and scissors Kiraki's body with his legs. "Okay, restart him."
Kiraki tries to punch Towa who deflects his punch and ties up Kiraki's arm behind Kiraki's back.
"Will you stop this stupid fight? It's not like I said something that wasn't true."
Kiraki struggles. "Shut up."
"Isn't it true that you had a crush on Aika not so long ago?"
Kiraki glares at Towa.
"So, why don't you get your head on straight and channel some of this anger so that we can have a good promotional video for our song?"
Kiraki stops struggling. "I suppose I can put this on hold for a week. But, after that, I can't say I won't beat you up."
"That's the spirit."
---
On top of the Ajax building Yuu fumes. "She got totally wiped out. How could this have happened?"
A new Imagin appears before Yuu. She looks lightly older than the others. "Yuu, I'm afraid that the singularity point has discovered our secret and is now well prepared for any other Imagin that we can throw at her."
"So, our deal was for nothing?"
"No. I have a plan. Allow me the honor."
"Very well. This whole mission will come down to you, now."
---
Aika enters Miss Megumi's office. "You sent for me?"
Miss Megumi nods. "I have some bad news. I am placing the Shabondama Four on hiatus."
Aika nods. "I kind of expected that with Saki and Risako being in the state that they're in."
"I don't understand what could have happened to Saki. Do you know anything, Aika?"
"Well, I could tell you something, but you can't repeat it to anyone or else people will think that I am crazy."
"Hey, they trust me to keep Lost World a secret. I think I am trustworthy."
"Do you remember the Saki's answer in the Song of Your Heart survey in Idol Singer Monthly?"
"Sure, it was ..." A panicked look comes over Miss Megumi face. "That's weird. I made a point of learning all of their answers."
"It was Disco Queen."
Miss Megumi looks even more puzzled. "The Abba song?"
"No, that's Dancing Queen. The reason why you can't remember it is because someone stole the song and erased it. Now, the song has never existed."
Miss Megumi has a completely blank look on her face.
"I know this sounds absurd. So does Lost World. But, there is a way that Saki can be cured. I am working on that now."
"Well, Aika, I'll just have to trust you then. Please do your best to make Saki well."
"I will give it my all."
---
Towa, Hiro, Seiji, and Kiraki sit on the floor of a gym, listening to the director of the promotional video.
"Since this is your first video, it would be best just to have the four of you against a plain background. If you guys really have the goods, then it should pop out on the screen. So, this video will be all dancing and expressions. Okay?"
The boys nod their approval.
"Okay, let's go through the dance that you learned."
The assistant turns on the boom box. "Grab on to the waves of time, right now let's go to the place of promises..."
Towa concentrates hard on doing the dance.
The song ends. The director looks pleased. "That was wonderful. I can tell you boys are really committed to this project. Now, all you have to do is work on some heroic poses at home for inset shots and we'll be there. The shoot next week should be a snap. But, you'll have to excuse me, I have another meeting to run to." The director runs out.
Seiji tousles Kiraki's hair. "Look at you! You were with us the whole way. I'm glad to see that your head is back in the game."
Kiraki smiles bashfully. "Well, I did what I had to do."
"So, you're no longer seeing that girl?"
"I am seeing her."
Hiro shoves Kiraki. "Baka! You're going to derail our group right before we debut?"
"No, no. I figured out a way to make it work. Makoto and I are spreading the rumor around the school that me and Towa are an item. That way Makoto can hang out with us pretending to be a fujoshi."
Hiro frowns. "Kiraki, that's, that's ..." Hiro's frown changes to a smile. "... brilliant. You could actually get some good rumors started with this."
Towa looks annoyed. "Wait a second. This sounds like I'm going to get implicated in this as well."
Kiraki turns up his nose at Towa. "It was your idea to start with. Deal with it."
---
Towa leaves the high school. An older woman is waiting for him at the gate.
"Excuse me. This is for you." The woman gives him an envelop.
Towa looks at the envelop. It is addressed to "The Singularity Point". Towa looks up and the lady has vanished.
Towa runs to the palm reading booth. "Erina, something weird just happened."
Erina looks at the envelop. "This looks bad." She takes out her cell phone and dials. "Yossikas? Come down at once. You need to see this."
The door to the booth opens and Yossikas enters. "What, what?"
Erina shows her the envelop.
"So, it has come to this."
"Is it safe to open?"
Yossikas nods.
Towa opens the envelop and pulls out the note.
"Singularity point. On the Tuesday of next month you are challenged to a song battle. The song will be Akai Nikkichou. You will lose so make any final preparations you need before then. Yukokas."
Yossikas pats Towa on the shoulder. "I have seen this before. This is pretty serious stuff."
"This Yukokas must be pretty confident."
"I have never heard of an Imagin who lost a challenge like this. She must be very well prepared."
"Well then, we know what we have to do."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 28 - The Challenge of Yukokas part 1
"It's always hard to tie a red thread to love. After love burns out what kind of diary am I supposed to pick out..."
Yossikas, Konkonkas, and Rikakas study Aika intently as he sings.
Aika finishes and looks at his score. Aika exhales loudly, depressed. "Eighty-one."
Yossikas tries to overturn the table she sits at in the Karaoke booth, but the table is attached to the wall and does not budge. She then slams her hand on the table. "This is ridiculous! No Imagine would ever make a challenge on a song that they couldn't at least score an eighty-six on. If the highest any one of us can do is eighty-one we might as well not even show up and get encored by default."
Rikakas weeps into a tissue. "The beauty of songs can be cruel."
"Rival, I will work hard! I know I can improve from seventy-eight."
Aika looks sad. "There's only a couple days left before the challenge. I'm not sure it's possible to improve that much."
Yossikas seethes with anger. "What kind of talk is that? Are you giving up? That's not like you at all!"
"I'm just being realistic. It's good that we want to win, but we must face the reality that we might be badly overmatched here."
Yossikas pulls back her hand as if to slap Aika but Rikakas stops her.
"Stop it. Beating ourselves up won't help us raise our scores."
Yossikas sits down and sulks. "I can't stand this!"
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend star Ship version)
--
Towa opens his foot locker at school. A dozen letters fall out.
Hiro chuckles. "Look at you! Racking up a big fan club I see?"
Towa stuffs them in his bag for disposal later. "You're seeing things wrong. This is Sumo Boy's fault. All of these letters are going to say we support your romance with Kiraki."
"Even so, it looks like you're doing the something right."
"You're too noisy."
---
Miyabi and Asami ride the subway together.
"Asami, I think this is a bad idea. It's not that Kanon will be traumatized by seeing you, but I'm worried that your seeing her will be depressing for you."
"Please give me the favor of being depressed."
Miyabi nods. "Okay, but she's in really bad shape. I have been to visit her before and the other people at the asylum are also pretty depressing."
"It's something I need to do."
---
"Cut." The director looks disappointed. "Hey, guys. I think there's something missing today that you guys had last week. I'm going to get some coffee. You guys discuss among yourself how to get it back."
Towa feels Seiji's hand on his shoulder.
"Is something bothering you? You seem a half step behind today."
Hiro butts in. "I can tell you. Kiraki is bullying him by spreading the rumor that they are an item."
Seiji gives Kiraki a cold look. "Kiraki, I am disappointed. I know that this was a convenient way to solve your problem with Makoto, but you should have talked to me or Hiro first. We would not have minded you naming one of us. We already deal with a rumor like that with each other. We're at the point now where we can laugh about it."
Kiraki bows low to Towa. "Towa, I am sorry. When my father taught me martial arts he did not teach me anything about lashing out at my opponents in anger."
This is becoming a touching scene even though they are completely wrong about what I am worried about. But, I can't really tell them that I am worried about getting encored tomorrow and losing my opportunity to help Saki get her life back and help Erina get her world back. "Kiraki, it's okay. I'm just being a baby about it. Getting bombarded by weird support letters is just not something important enough for me to screw up this shoot over. I must ask you guys to forgive me."
Hiro tousles Towa's hair. "That's the Towa I know. Now, let's kick some butt!"
---
Miyabi and Asami ride the subway back from the asylum.
"Are you okay? I did warn you that you shouldn't go."
Asami is still involuntarily shaking. "It's okay. I needed to go. I'm getting off a stop early from the Ajax stop. I have something I need to do."
Miyabi smiles. "Okay. I know that you want to help things now, so if you need anything don't be afraid to ask me."
"Thanks, Miyabi. You're a real friend."
"But, I will have to warn you that looking after Reina-sama takes precedence over you."
"But of course." Asami giggles.
---
"Cut!" The director smiles. "That was what I was looking for. You guys really jumped off the monitor on that one. I'll let the make up people touch you up and then we'll knock down those insert shots. This video is going to make you guys stars."
The director walks off.
The boys give each other high fives.
Seiji smiles a sneaky smile. "Hiro, since you said that you didn't mind earlier, why don't we have a insert scene where you're comforting Kiraki?"
"Bad boys don't do stuff like that."
Josephine, who has been watching the shoot, mostly holding his breath, clears his throat. "Hiro, when I woke up this morning the plan was to debut you as a comforting big brother type. Unless you've had an affair with the Emperor's daughter or some other scandal big enough to force our hand, and had it this morning, you're still a big brother type!"
"You guys are tough on me."
Seiji smiles an evil smile. "Okay, then. Kiraki, Hiro, I want to see a scene that will convince the school that there's no way that Towa and Kiraki could be together."
Kiraki turns up his nose. "That's a dumb idea."
Seiji whispers into Kiraki's ear. "Is it, Kirarin?"
Kiraki turn beet red. Finally, Kiraki relaxes. "Okay. You're right. It does make sense. But, it's up to the director to use the idea."
---
"Cut!" The director visibly relaxes. "Great job, everybody! I think we have more than enough for a video that people won't be able to get enough of."
The boys cheer.
"Hiro, I especially like that shot you did with Kiraki. I could sense some real chemistry there."
Hiro and Kiraki notice the way the director is looking at them and look nervously at each other.
Hiro frantically makes an "X" with his wrists. "No, no, no. We're just friends."
The director chuckles. "Good answer."
Hiro gives Seiji a dirty look.
Seiji smiles an innocent smile.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 29 - The Challenge of Yukokas part 2 (Episode 100 of the Meta-series)
Rikakas sits alone in the diner car. She weeps.
Lin Lin comes in with a vacuum. She wears headphones. She vacuums the room while doing a little dance.
Finally Rikakas notices. "Do you always dance while vacuuming?
Lin Lin turns off the vacuum and takes off her head phones. "I was listening to music. Check it out." Lin Lin hands the head phones to Rikakas.
Rikakas gets a shocked expression on her face.
---
Asami finishes singing. The Karaoke machine flashes a score of eighty. Asami groans.
Yossikas looks annoyed. "At least you are improving. I've been stuck at eighty-one for days now."
Aika sighs. "Four hours to go and the best I can do is a eighty-two."
Rikakas bursts through the door. "Oh my god! Oh my god! Oh my god! You must listen to this!" Rikakas holds Lin Lin's portable music player.
Aika plugs the music player into the adapter on the Karaoke machine.
Yossikas' eyes bug out. "What!? The opening is in English?"
Rikakas nods. "More than that. Listen closely, there are four parts!"
They listen to the song in amazement.
Yossikas smiles a sneaky smile. "You know, boss, when responding to a formal challenge we are allowed to do things that we normally wouldn't be allowed to do ..."
Aika nods. "We have four hours, let's make this work!"
---
Reina-sama, Sayumi, Miyabi, and Makoto sit around a table during lunch.
Reina-sama sighs. "I don't know what could be happening with little brother today. He didn't show up for class and he isn't answering his phone."
Makoto nods. "How vexing. I can't hang out with Kiraki without him being there."
Miyabi nods. "This is very strange. Asami also didn't come to class and is also not answering her phone."
Sayumi gets a devilish grin. "Fu-fu-fu. I wonder if they ran off together."
"Don't say things like that. Little brother is a dependable person."
---
Yossikas, Aika, Konkonkas, and Rikakas wait around in an empty area of a park.
"This is where the map she had with challenge note said, right?"
Yossikas nods. "Ah, here she comes now."
Yukokas walks up. She wears male clothing, a red jacket, red pants and a white shirt. "I hope you have made your final preparations?"
Aika sneers at Yukokas. "If you're talking about the song, then yes, we have."
"A pity that you are so overconfident. I'm sure your next of kin will wonder what happened to you."
"Don't assume you'll win."
"Well then, singularity point, I see you have no desire to hold onto life. Let's do this."
"Agreed. Formal form." Konkonkas and Yossikas change into outfits similar to Yukokas. Aika and Rikakas change into formal long red dresses. Rikakas enters Aika.
The music starts. "Hey, I'm afraid to ask you for I want to know so much."
Yukokas looks shocked that Aika/Rikakas has started in English bit presses on. "But, if I open my heart, I feel that would be the end. And, there is only one thing. Still, I will love you more."
Rikakas leaves Aika to join Yossikas and Konkonkas who sing harmony.
"I felt you a bit more affectionately today. You remembered the day we met. I have to go buy a new red diary soon, (but) I'm unsure."
Konkonkas, Rikakas, and Yossikas switch in and out as needed.
"Do you perhaps like another girl now? I can write it in my diary, but I can't bear to ask. To make sure love would always burn I bought a red diary, but does love disappear because it burns? Please tell me, my love."
They reach the end of the song.
Yukokas starts crying.
Yossikas sneers at her. "Did the strength of our singing make you cry?"
"No, it's just a sad song. One has to feel the emotions to truly know how to sing it."
Rikakas jumps up and down. "I know exactly how you feel."
Yossikas smacks Rikakas on top of her head in annoyance.
"It's a pity. I did not expect you to last the whole song. Using an alternate version of the song was a good tactic, but I can feel that your score was not higher than mine. So, with no further ado, do you want ..."
"Wait." Yossikas holds up her hand. "We might not have a higher score than you, but, this is a formal challenge match and the one who makes the challenge must win outright or she gets encored."
"What?"
"We tied."
"That's impossible. No, no!"
Aika smiles. "I hope there is good weather back in your world, do you want ..."
"Wait. I agree to be encored. But, I have no reason now to protect the idol I made the initial contract with."
Aika, and the three Imagins look at each other in shock.
"Her name is Yuu, and you can find her on top of the Ajax building."
Aika looks puzzled. "Yuu?"
Yossikas has a flash of recognition. "I remember! She is in that Ajax group you were introduced to with that Miyabi girl."
Asami also gets a flash of recognition. "I think I have seen her in general practice, but she keeps to herself mostly. She only talks to her Musk group mates."
Aika smiles. "Thank you Yukokas. Enjoy your trip home. Do you want an encore?"
Yukokas smiles. "Good luck." Yukokas turns into sand and disappears.
The Den-O-Liner picks them up.
They sit down in the dining cars tables in shock.
Jun Jun walks up to them. "That was a good job you did. Look out the window."
Aika looks out the window. It looks like a new track that leads into a tunnel is under construction in the distance.
"If we get those coins back, that new track will allow us to connect to what the universe was before the interference."
Erina looks out the window. "I'll be able to go home."
"But, before we take care of Yuu, there's one thing I want you to do, Aika ..."
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's Note: "-ben" refers to the dialect of a region.
Author's Note: Makoto says "sou dateba naa" which is "that's the way it is" in Niigata-ben.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 30 - The Challenge of Yukokas part 3
Makoto walks towards class.
"Hey, over here."
Makoto sees that Aika is waving her towards an empty class room. "What is it? Who are you?"
Aika closes the door behind them. Aika speaks with his boy voice. "It's Towa."
Makoto giggles. "Oh come on. Don't you think this is dangerous? You could get Kiraki in trouble this way."
"Well, that might be true. However, I have a couple of things I need to talk to you about."
"Is Kiraki in trouble?"
"No. However, the act the two of you have been doing to fly under the radar needs to change. We shot a video yesterday and there is a scene in the video that will convince all the girls that Kiraki is going out with Hiro."
Makoto smiles. "Kiraki talks a lot about Hiro. He sounds like a very forceful person."
"So, you would have no problems changing your act?"
"I would do anything to stay with Kiraki."
Aika smiles. "Then I have some bad news for you. Within the hour you will never see Kiraki again."
Makoto looks panicked. "What?! Why?"
"Well. It's kind of hard to explain. But, let me start from the beginning. May I ask you a couple of questions?"
"Sure?"
"Where are you from?"
"Niigata."
"Which town?"
Makoto's face goes blank.
"What is Niigata known for?"
More blankness.
"Appeal with some Niigata-ben."
Still more blankness.
"Doesn't it seem strange that you don't know the answers to some really basic questions."
"But, I'm cute so it's okay, right?"
"Not in your case. The reason you're no longer going to be with Kiraki is because you're name is not Makoto. Your name is Makokas. You are an alien from another dimension."
"No, no, no. I am an energetic happy type of an idol, not an idol who acts like an alien."
"You came to this world to steal the songs from other idols' hearts. You succeeded in turning one song into a coin. However, when you tried a second time I defeated you in a song battle and encored you."
Makoto's eyes widen. "And, I was upset that Yossikas had turned traitor and was helping you."
"Bingo. And, I am going to end this time line. You will not be in the time line that will be created."
Makoto grabs Aika by her collar. "And, if I stop you, then I will get to be with Kiraki?"
"Maybe. But, don't you think that it will get back to Kiraki that you hurt me? Don't you think that will hurt our group's chances? Are you so selfish that you would ruin Kiraki's career to be with him?"
Makoto lets go of Aika. "No. I would not hurt Kiraki like that."
"However, there is a way that you might still wind up with Kiraki."
"What is it?"
"I'm about to battle the big evil. She can probably still manipulate you into interfering on her behalf. The safest way to prevent this is for you to join Yossikas."
"Okay, I will do it, for Kiraki's sake."
"Good." Aika claps his hands. They hear the Den-O liner's horn. "This way." Aika leads Makoto through the door of the classroom into the Deno-liner's dining car.
Makoto sneers at Yossikas.
Asami puts her hand on Makoto's shoulder.
"Asami, why are you here?"
"We're alike. I am Konkonkas."
Makoto looks at Aika. "So, what happens now?"
Jun Jun sneaks up behind Makoto. "What happens now is we decide whether or not to forgive your encore. If we do, you will regain all your memories and powers as Makokas. But, you will need to swear allegiance to Aika. If you don't, we can always kick you out of the train with no way to get back to your world or Kiraki's world."
"I guess that's the way it is then."
Aika chuckles. "You do know Niigata-ben."
"I do?" Makoto blushes.
Aika looks at Jun Jun.
Jun Jun nods.
"Makokas, I forgive your getting encored."
Makokas gets an evil look on her face. "You guys have to be kidding me. An Imagin acting sappy over some guy. Do you really think I am going to help you?" Makokas does an imperial laugh.
Jun Jun grabs Makokas by the scruff of the neck and prepares to throw her off the train.
Asami intervenes. "Wait, let me talk to her."
Jun Jun nods.
"Makokas, I know it's hard to accept, but you are no longer just Makokas, you're also Makoto. The same way that I am both Konkonkas and Asami. Your dreams, your friends at Ajax, your love with Kiraki, these things may seem like rubbish to Makokas, but they are very important to Makoto, and you cannot stop the fact that you are also Makoto."
Makokas gets a sad look. She sits down at one of the dining car's tables. "For some reason I feel like twirling a large fish."
Jun Jun stands beside her. "So, will you stand with Aika?"
Makoto nods.
"Then this is for you." Jun Jun hands Makokas a ticket.
Makokas takes the ticket and it vaporizes. A black wrist band appears on her wrist.
"You now have permission to ride with up. Also, that black band will prevent Yuu from controlling you."
"I understand."
Jun Jun smiles. "Well then, it's time to take someone's microphone."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
Author's note: Kyonyuu means having large breasts.
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 31 - The Final Battle
Kiraki walks the halls in between classes.
"Hey Sumo Boy! Wait up!"
Kiraki sees Hiro and Seiji run up to him.
"They just sent a rough cut of the video to our email addresses. I was able to copy it to my phone. I wanted us to watch it together."
"Where's Towa?"
"I guess he's out today. Oh well, his loss."
"Should we really watch it?"
"I'm sure he won't mind. Come on, we only have a short amount of time in between classes."
"Okay."
--
Opening Credits Theme: Climax Jump! (Friend star Ship version - Full PV)
--
Yuu continuously flips through the tracks on her personal music player and sobs incoherently. "Why? Why?"
The Den-O liner horn is heard. The Den-O liner flies past and one of the cars stays behind on the roof of the Ajax building.
Aika exits the car.
"Singularity point. I have been waiting for you. I will take your microphone and recruit a new army of Imagins."
Aika gives Yuu a dirty look. "Ehhhhhh? You haven't given up?"
"Never! I will never stop up until I have fixed the injustice that the fates have given me."
Yuu notices that Yossikas, Rikakas, Asami, and Makokas, all wearing frilly formal black and white waitress outfits, are carefully carrying a large dining table out of the train car. "What are they doing?"
"Before you can try to take my microphone you have a much more important obligation to take care of."
The table is set down. Erina, is similar dress, comes out of the car and spreads an ornate elegant looking tablecloth over the table.
"What sort of nonsense is this?"
Lin Lin, also in similar dress, emerges from the car and directs traffic. Yossikas and Rikakas come out of the car with large expensive looking chairs. Makokas and Asami bring out candelabras. Erina first brings out a serving tray and puts it in front of Lin Lin, then goes back and gets a tray of food, hidden under a fancy serving hood.
Makokas and Asami light the candles in the candelabras.
Jun Jun emerges from the car wearing a formal tuxedo.
Lin Lin yells in a loud voice. "Hear ye, hear ye. The challenge is about to commence. Contestants please report to the table."
Yuu turns up her nose. "This is stupid."
Yuu suddenly finds herself sitting down at the table.
Jun Jun sits down. "Singularity points cannot refuse a challenge like this."
Yuu tries to rise but cannot. "Okay, what do you want me to do?"
Lin Lin places a large plate of banana rice in between Jun Jun and Yuu. A small flag, held by a tooth pick, is in the middle of the dish pointing upwards. Lin Lin then unrolls two large napkins in front of Jun Jun and Yuu, each napkin holding a variety of vintage spoons.
Jun Jun smiles. "The rules are simple. We take turns. If the flag falls after you take a bite you lose. You must use your spoons in order. You go first."
Aika goes over to Erina. "Wouldn't it have been easier if I encored Yuu?"
"Nothing would have happened. Neither of your are Imagins."
Aika looks on in amazement as the owner and Yuu furiously make their moves. "What would happen if the owner loses?"
"Nothing good. She would lose her license. But, that's not going to happen. Owner practices too hard to lose to a novice."
Suddenly a pained look comes over Yuu's face. She make a move and the flag falls.
Jun Jun makes the "Home Alone" expression.
Yuu leans backwards. A microphone suddenly appears from the middle of her chest.
Jun Jun takes the microphone. "I'm afraid you no longer belong in this time line."
Yuu starts to fade.
"Wait! I want to ask Yuu one question before she goes."
Jun Jun smiles at Aika. "Certainly."
"What was the great injustice that you wanted to fix?"
"I was a rising star for the Ajax agency. Around one year in the future I made my solo debut. It was a great song. It was to be my ticket to being an idol whose name would live forever."
"So, what happened?"
"A bunch of grannies came out of retirement. Girls who had been popular idols some five to twenty years ago all came out of retirement the same week. My song should have been top five. But, because of those hags, my song was shut out of the top ten. I was subsequently dropped from Ajax."
"So, why were you using Imagins to erase songs?"
"It's obvious! By eliminating the most popular songs of these hags they would not have been given the chance to come back and my song would have made the top ten and I would be a huge star in the future instead of a nobody, reduced to doing bikini DVD's for rent money."
Aika has a shocked look on her face. "That's insane, but I almost understand that feeling."
"But, even though I erased three songs, my single never went up in ranking. It never appeared on my top ten compilation." Yuu holds up her personal music player.
Aika thinks for a minute. "I got it! I know why your song never went up."
"Why?"
"Because it will not exist."
"What? Did you erase my song?"
"No. The song will not exist because in the new time line that you created you never debuted as a soloist."
Yuu's jaw drops.
"You erased the song of the heart from Kanon from Musk."
"She was a nerdy girl. I never liked her or her Cinderella gimmick."
"She had to drop out of Musk and you were the replacement. So, you never debuted in the future as a soloist because your were tied up doing Musk."
Yuu withdraws in shock.
"I think I can understand the feeling of wanting to be a star at all costs, but to undertake such a destructive plan without any thought as to whether or not there would be unintended consequences, Yuu, you're a baka!"
Yuu starts crying. "You're right. I am a moron. I was even getting good reviews for my bikini DVDs."
Jun Jun looks at her sternly. "You are no longer a singularity point. You will return to the point before you were contacted by Yukokas. Since you will not be a singularity point Yukokas will not contact you. You will also not remember any of the havoc that you have caused, a fate way too good for someone like you."
"If it is any consolation to your sense of justice, I will start shooting The Kyonyuu Ranger part three the day after I get back."
Jun Jun smirks. "Do your best."
Yuu disappears. Three coins appear at the table where Yuu had been sitting.
To be continued
-
(This is a fan fic based on the "public images" of various Hello!Project artists and is no way, shape or form trying to imply anything about the personal lives of the real people behind the public images.)
An Annoying Paradise - Den-O Part 32 - Repairing The Damage (season finale)
Yuu disappears. Three coins appear at the table where Yuu had been sitting.
"So what happens now?"
Jun Jun smiles at Aika. "What happens now is that the maids will carefully put away the equipment. This is official issue dueling equipment and would cost a lot to replace."
"Should I help?"
Jun Jun gathers up the coins before the maids take away the table. "You can help me instead. I need to analyze the coins to make sure I restore the past correctly."
"Sure."
Jun Jun and Aika walk back to the Den-O liner storage car. In one corner of the car is a small machine that looks like a juke box.
"We can use this machine to analyze the coins."
Aika nods. "One of the coins should be for Disco Queen."
Jun Jun holds up one of the coins. "This one just got warmer."
"It's the Song of the Heart for Saki. Wow, it will sure be great seeing her get back to normal."
"I can do one better than that. When I restore the song the reality where she had her song stolen will no longer exist. It will be as if it never happened to her. You will be the only one who will remember that it happened."
Lin Lin comes into the car and parks the serving tray into it's designated place. "You guys will need this." Lin Lin hands Aika the Song of the Heart survey from Idol Singer Monthly.
"Aika, check to see if Saki is only that list."
Aika scans the list. "She is not."
"Watch." Jun Jun places the coin in the juke box.
"Disco, Disco. D-D-D-Disco..."
"Now, check the list."
Aika scans the list again. "Amazing! The entire list moved around to put Saki's entry in alphabetically."
"That's good. But, we still have two more coins."
Aika scans the list. "There is a missing entry for Kanon. However, Reina-sama still has an entry."
"Has she become withdrawn?"
"No. But, one moment she was a delinquent type, the next moment she was a Yamoto Nadeshiko type and I was the only one who remembered the was that she was."
Jun Jun meditates for a few minutes. She then holds up one of the coins. "I think that this is the one for Kanon." Jun Jun puts the coin in the juke box.
"Just relax, take it like a surfer coming off a wave. Just relax, take it like a surfer, coming coming coming up."
Aika smiles. "Girigiri Surf Rider!"
"Now, check Reina-sama's entry."
Aika looks puzzled but looks up Reina's entry anyway. "EEEEEH?? Her song changed!"
Jun Jun nods. "It was as I suspected. Kanon and Reina-sama share a Song of the Heart. When Konkonkas took Kanon's song the song stopped existing. Therefore, Reina-sama never heard it and was free to bond with another heart song."
"So, that's why her entry used to say Sakura Mankai."
Makokas, Kononkas, Yossikas and Rikakas pull the table into the car and put it in it's place.
"Getting crowded in here."
Jun Jun shrugs. "Maybe they should have planned things better."
"So, what about the last coin?"
"I'm betting that this is the coin of the song that brought Erina's parents together."
"But, I wonder who it could be from? Saki and Kanon were the only two withdrawn girls that I heard of."
"There are many companies in this list. She was probably someone who didn't run in the same circles as you did."
Erina enters the car. "Is that the one?"
Jun Jun nods. "I think so. We were just trying to figure it out what the song was."
Erina sneers. "I know what we can do. Let's interrogate Makokas. She was the one that took it."
Makokas enters the cab. "Lot of good that would do. I have no memory of encountering the idol. Just a memory of giving Yuu the coin."
"Well, all hope is not lost. If we recognize the song when the machine gets the coin then we can see which idol on the list had it."
Aika nods at Jun Jun. "But, what if more than one idol has the song?"
Makokas gets excited. "I know what to do. Mark every fifth idol on the list. That way if an idol reappears then you'll be able to tell which grouping she's in."
Jun Jun hands Aika a pen and Aika furiously marks off every fifth entry.
"Ready."
Jun Jun places the coin into the juke box.
"Without a glance, it is goodbye is it? Compared to how I look, I'm not so strong. At a time like this, I don't know what sort of expression would be good. From the start, even as I had nothing like confidence, I just pretended."
Aika smiles. "That's Onegai Dakara."
"Now check this list."
"There is a group with six girls and one of them has that song."
Jun Jun stamps her cane. "Great! That means that our job is finished. The juke box now has enough information to restore the sands of time."
Yossikas calls from the back of the car. "All done!"
"Okay, Aika, let's get out of this storage car and call back the Den-O Liner proper."
After much squeezing and climbing, Aika escapes from the car, now filled with the materials from the challenge.
Aika watches in amazement as the Den-O Liner swoops down, backs up onto an alternate track to couple with the storage car, then swoops around to pick them up.
Aika sits down in the diner car. "So this is it? I don't get to say goodbye to my friends?"
Erina sits down with Aika. "There's no point. That time line no longer exists. Even if it did, what's the point of saying goodbye to people who you are going to see in a couple of minutes anyway?"
"What about them?" Aika looks back at another table where the Imagins sit nervously.
"Whether I like it or not, Jun Jun is going to pardon them and allow them to live on in your world and time line."
Yossikas snickers. "You didn't think you would get rid of us?"
"That would have been bad. After all, Asami and I are rivals."
"Wait a second, I'm your rival as well. And, you know I hate to lose."
"Scary."
Jun Jun motions to Erina and Aika to look out of the train.
They see that the track in the distance has grown and now connects to the track that they are on.
"Home."
Aika feels Jun Jun put her hand on Aika's shoulder.
"Aika, before I drop you off, I want to remind you of one thing. You are a singularity point. You will remember everything that has transpired. However, you must protect the flow of time. You must not use the knowledge you gained in this timeline to unduly influence the correct timeline."
"What do you mean?"
"Well, remembering test answers at school is okay, but remembering winning lottery numbers is not."
"I knew I forgot to do something."
Jun Jun smiles. "There are many singularity points out there. Yuu won't be the only one who will be tempted to use her powers for evil. I may need your powers again."
"Do worry. I will be happy to help again."
"Thanks. Next stop is yours."
--
Closing credits theme - Onegai Dakara... by Mano Erina
The End of An Annoying Paradise Den-O